Student Workbook Total Hours Year 1 :: 120 120 Hours Part 1 : 62 Hours
Student Workbook Index
1
Acknowledgements
02
Welcome Page
04
Content Index
05
How to Use this Student Workbook
10
Why Do You Need Employability Skills?
12
Best Wishes to the 21st Century Learner
13
Acknowledgements We are grateful to the curriculum and learning experience design teams and consultants at Quest Alliance for spearheading the creation of this curriculum, conceptualizing and developing content for the workbooks, building assessment framework and review processes with all the contributors. We thank the team at the National Skills Development Corporation (NSDC) for their invaluable contribution to the whole process, including curriculum framework, the review and coordination process and support in adapting the curriculum to various short-term training courses for skilling programs run by MSDE. We are thankful to the Directorate General of Training for their partnership and support on the curriculum, and the roll-out of a comprehensive assessment for this new Employability Skills curriculum. We appreciate the support provided by the National Instructional Media Institute (NIMI) for reviewing the assessment frameworks and content. We also thank the National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD) for reviewing the entrepreneurship module in the curriculum. We value the support from TATA Strive on supporting the content review process as well as supporting the user testing to validate the approach and simplicity of the books. We would like to express our gratitude to the Hon’ble Secretary, Ministry of Skills Development and Entrepreneurship (MSDE), Government of India, for his vision and leadership in revamping the Employability Skills curriculum to support young learners in the country. This new Employability Skills curriculum is created with support from the Future Right Skills Network, anchored by Accenture, Cisco, J.P. Morgan and Quest Alliance.
Content Development Leads • Sushmitha Sridhara, Quest Alliance • Ankita Dhyani, Quest Alliance • Bindia Ballalsamudra Vishvanath, Quest Alliance • Sulab Kumar, Quest Alliance Content Creation & Development Team • Jahnavi Nannapaneni, Quest Alliance • Azmat Minhaz, Quest Alliance • Nanditha Menon, Consultant (QA) • Ranjith Kumar, Consultant (QA) • Shivani Sharma, Consultant (QA) • Auxohub, QA Consultant (QA) Editorial / Review / Assessment • Neena Bhathena, Consultant (QA) • Lenin Joel, Quest Alliance • Pranjal Mishra, Quest Alliance • Alphia Anita A, Quest Alliance • Rubini Raghunathan, Quest Alliance • Prachi Singh Bais, Quest Alliance • Niharika Bhayana Khatri, National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) • Elizabeth David, National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) • Lokpal, National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) Workbook design / Cover design / Illustrations • Ladyfingers Co., Consultant (QA) • Vinay Kiran MS, Consultant (QA) • Mohammed Sajjad, Quest Alliance
2
User Testing Team • Priyanka D’souza, TATA Strive • Lalit Sharma, TATA Strive • Jaya Verma, Consultant (QA) Conceptualisation, Curriculum & Assessment Framework & Co-ordination • Preeti Arora, National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) • R P Dhingra, National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) • Dr. Jayaprakasan, Directorate General of Training (DGT) • Bharti Sawhney, Directorate General of Training (DGT) • Dr. Poonam Sinha, National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD) • Kotresh HB, Quest Alliance • Nikita Bengani, Quest Alliance • Senthil Kumar, Quest Alliance • N Nath, National Instructional Media Institute (NIMI) Supporters • Future Right Skills Network - Accenture | Cisco | J.P. Morgan| Quest Alliance
Request for feedback How do you like this Student Workbook? What was your experience of reading it? How can we improve this Student Workbook? Your views and opinions are very important to us. Please share your valuable feedback. Please write to:
[email protected]
3
Welcome Page Dear Learner, Welcome to the Employability Skills Student Workbook. This workbook has been designed to help you understand: 1. What are Employability Skills? 2. How to learn Employability Skills. 3. How to use these skills to excel in the world of work. In this book, you will learn many new and interesting topics which will help you get ready for employment. You will build knowledge and skills for developing your career path. The concepts are explained in simple language, along with examples and activities. Use this workbook as a guide and a reflection journal, to share your thoughts and ideas. Remember, this book can help you become a self-learner and make you ready for your career! All the best. Happy learning!
Hello! Good morning.
4
Hello! How are you?
MODULE 3 | B
MODULE 2 | CV
MODULE 1 | ES
Content Index Introduction to Employability Skills
No. of Hours
Page No.
3 Hrs
14 - 26
No. of Hours
Page No.
1.1 Importance of Employability Skills 1.2 Learning Employability Skills Online 1.3 Explore the Future of Work
Constitutional Values: Citizenship 2.1 My Values and Ethics
3 Hrs
27 - 38
No. of Hours
Page No.
2.2 Our Constitution: Guiding Principles 2.3 Protecting Our Environment
Becoming a Professional in the 21st Century
6 Hrs
39 - 61
No. of Hours
Page No.
3.1 21st Century Employability Skills 3.2 Know Yourself 3.3 Behaviour and Attitude 3.4 Critical Thinking and Decision-Making 3.5 Time-Management in the Workplace 3.6 Problem-Solving
Basic English Skills 4.1 Motivation to Learn English
20 Hrs
62 - 126
MODULE 4 | BE
4.2 Naming Words 4.3 Naming Words: Singular and Plural 4.4 Pronouns 4.5 Action Words 4.6 Describing Words, Objects, Surroundings and Processes 4.7 Introduction to Punctuation 4.8 Kinds of Sentences: Introduction 4.9 Writing Simple Sentences 5
4.10 Reading Activity 4.11 Speaking
MODULE 4 | BE
4.12 Listening 4.13 Talking About Likes and Dislikes 4.14 Greetings and Self-Introduction 4.15 Asking and Responding to Questions 4.16 Group Discussion on Simple Topics 4.17 Telephone Skills 4.18 Reading and Understanding Job Descriptions 4.19 Speak and Share Information About the Workplace 4.20 Writing Applications and Cover Letters
Communication Skills 5.1 Importance of Communication
No. of Hours
Page No.
No. of Hours
Page No.
10 Hrs
127 - 161
MODULE 5 | COM
5.2 Verbal Communication: Speaking 5.3 Verbal Communication: Writing 5.4 Non-Verbal Communication 5.5 Practicing Effective Communication 5.6 Workplace Communication: Introduction 5.7 Effective Team Work 5.8 Managing Conflicts 5.9 Handling Criticism 5.10 Assessing Your Communication Ability
Essential Digital Skills 6.1 Introduction to Digital Skills
MODULE 6 | DL
6.2 Basics of Computers 6.3 Exploring a Computer 6.4 Exploring Windows Operating System 6.5 Creating and Saving Files 6.6 Basics of MS Word 6.7 Creating Documents on MS Word 6.8 Basics of MS Excel 6.9 Simple Functions on MS Excel 6.10 Introduction to Digital Skills 6
20 Hrs
162 - 231
6.11 Using Search Engines 6.12 Searching for the Right Information Online 6.13 Social Media MODULE 6| DL
6.14 Social Media for Professional Development 6.15 Internet Safety 6.16 Communication Using Email 6.17 Introduction to Mobile Applications 6.18 Internet of Things (IoT) 6.16 Using Online Meeting Tools for Interviews 6.20 Exploring Popular Sites for Learning and Career Growth
MODULE 7 | IN
Diversity and Inclusion 7.1 Gender Stereotypes
No. of Hours
Page No.
6 Hrs
232 - 257
No. of Hours
Page No.
7.2 Understanding Gender-Based Discrimination 7.3 Understanding Gender Equality 7.4 Diversity in the Workplace 7.5 Inclusion in the Workplace 7.6 Sexual Harassment in the Workplace: POSH Act
Financial and Legal Literacy 8.1 Introduction to Money Management
9 Hrs
258 - 291
MODULE 8 | FL
8.2 Basics of Banking 8.3 Online Banking and Digital Transactions 8.4 Mobile Banking Apps 8.5 Online Payments 8.6 Salary 8.7 Savings 8.8 Loans and Insurance 8.9 Legal Literacy
7
Entrepreneurship 9.1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship
No. of Hours
Page No.
14 Hrs
292 - 347
No. of Hours
Page No.
9.2 Entrepreneurial Mindset 9.3 Difference between Self-Employment and Entrepreneurship
MODULE 9 | ENT
9.4 Market Scan: Exploring the Market 9.5 Understanding Customer Needs 9.6 Selecting a Type of Business: Product or Service 9.7 My Final Business Idea 9.8 Building Your Business Plan 9.9 Pitching for Your Business 9.10 Basic Legal Functions Needed for Any Business 9.11 Marketing in the 21st Century 9.12 Accounting for Business 9.13 Funding for Your Business
MODULE 10 | CD
9.14 Business Stories: Learning from Successes and Failures
Career Development and Goal-Setting
10.1 Introduction to the World of Work
5 Hrs
348 - 368
No. of Hours
Page No.
10.2 My Interests and Abilities 10.3 Building Your Career Pathway 10.4 Job Market Research 10.5 Setting Goals for Your Career
MODULE 11 | CSI
Customer Service 11.1 Customer Service and Relationship Building 11.2 Types of Customers 11.3 Probing to Identify Customer Needs 11.4 Simple Techniques for Communicating with Customers 11.5 Closing Sales and Customer Feedback
8
5 Hrs
369 - 384
Getting Ready for Apprenticeships and Jobs
No. of Hours
19 Hrs
Page No.
385 - 428
12.1 Positive Work Environment 12.2 Personal Grooming and Hygiene 12.3 Managing Stress in the Workplace 12.4 Building My Resume MODULE 12 | J
12.5 Preparing for an Interview 12.6 Decoding Interviews 12.7 Mock Interviews 12.8 Professional Networking 12.9 Handling Rejection and Failure 12.10 Industry Visit: 1 12.11 Industry Visit: 2 12.12 Reflection After Industry Visit 12.13 Guest Lecture by Alumni or HR 12.14 Introduction to Platform-Based Jobs 12.15 Applying for Jobs Through Online Portals 12.16 Enrolling for Apprenticeships
9
How To Use This Student Workbook “If four things are followed – having a great aim, acquiring knowledge, hard work, and perseverance – then anything can be achieved.”
– A.P.J. Abdul Kalam Dear Learner, This workbook was created keeping you in mind. It aims to support you with everything you may need to achieve success in your life and career. This book will help you: 1. Learn new skills • Become aware of new concepts • Develop 21st century skills • Discover a career mindset 2. Reflect on your learning • By writing down your experiences • Through activities • By learning with your peers 3. Share your learnings • Have discussions with your trainer • Explore deeper learning with your family and peers • Share your learnings through online platforms
Here are some tips to learn better: 1. Every lesson has space for you to think and write. Write in your own words, using simple English or whichever language you are comfortable with. 2. Every lesson consists of colorful images and illustrations. This is to make the lesson interesting and will help you learn better. 3. There are peer-learning and self-learning activities in each lesson. Do make use of them to share your learnings. 4. Each lesson has a similar structure. Refer to the sample lesson on the next page.
10
Sample lesson:
Name of the Lesson
This is the name of the topic. For example, ‘Naming Words’.
In this lesson you will learn:
This explains the subtopics which needs to be covered in the classroom session.
1. 2.
Thinking Box
‘Thinking Box’ helps you reflect or recall what you already know about this topic.
Let’s learn about
You will be introduced to a new concept/topic here. This is the first learning objective.
Let’s learn
You will further learn about a new concept or another concept is introduced. This covers the second learning objective.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a 1. 2.
if you know this topic well.
This section has interesting classroom activities which will help you apply what you have learnt. Do these activities with your peers. This section helps you recall the key learnings from the lesson.
3.
You can learn in offline mode - through this workbook.And online mode - through digital lessons. We hope that you will always be a ‘learner’ and keep up with the trends. Do your best to continue upgrading your skills, so that you can find success in your chosen field!
11
Why Do You Need Employability Skills? Let us, first of all, understand the meaning of ‘skill’. Skill is the ability to do something well. If you practice regularly, you can become skillful. For example, driving skills. We learn the technique of driving, and with practice we can become good drivers.
1. Decide what skills you wish to learn.
2. Set a goal.
3. Search ways that can help you in learning the skill.
4. Practice regularly.
Today, the most important skills are soft skills. Soft skills refer to the ability to communicate and work with the team, or hard skills with a focus on technology. These are the skills that are in high demand and can make you a successful candidate when seeking a job or a promotion. Employability is a combination of skills and traits required for almost every job. These are common skills that make one desirable for an organisation. Recruiting managers or employers are most likely looking for people with these skills. These days, employers don’t only hire ‘workers’. They are looking for people who can contribute to the organisation and can grow to become leaders in their field. They want people who can: • Talk well (communication skills). • Listen well (follow instructions properly). • Respect and get along with colleagues (interpersonal skills). • Take responsibility and initiative (leadership skills). • Apply knowledge to solve problems (critical thinking). • Keep up with new trends (upskill). Through these lessons, we hope that you will be able to develop your personality, improve your attitude, and become a person who is highly employable and can achieve great success in any organisation!
12
Best Wishes to the 21st Century Learner Dear Learner, Thank you for undertaking this learning journey! We wish you the best as you become a self-learner and join the workforce, equipped with 21st century skills. Through the Employability Skills curriculum, we hope you are able to: • • • • • •
Experience joyful learning Be a respectful and responsible citizen of India Practice inclusive and compassionate values Plan your career and life effectively Become a self-learner Get ready to be the future workforce of the country
All the very best!
13
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
1.1 Importance of Employability Skills In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are employability skills 2. Importance of employability skills 3. How to become a self-learner with growth mindset
You’ll see many people around you who are in a job or business (parents, siblings (brother/sister), friends or teachers). Tick on qualities you think that helps them in their job or business. Good communication skills.
Problem-solving skills
Good typing skills.
Quick-learner
Good cooking skills.
Fighting skills
Good English writing skills.
Teamwork
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about Employability Skills Employ To be in a job or work for salary
Ability +
To have the right skills, knowledge required to do something
Skill +
The ability to not only know something, but also do it in action
=
Employability Skills
Employ: To be given a job by an employer or to have one’s own business. A person is said to be employed when they get paid for their work on a regular basis. Ability: To have the skills to perform a task well. Skills: The ability to do something well.
Therefore, employability skills are a set of many skills which we need to be sucessfully employed. Employability skills not only help in our work life, but also help us lead a better life. For example, learning financial skills will help you manage your money for personal needs also. In this book you are going to learn about many skills that help you in the short term and long term for work & personal life.
14
for interviews.
What skills set would you look for in an employee? Check the boxes.
Identifies problems with cars
Repairing and replacing defective parts of cars
Manages their house well
Good communication skills
Use computers to make bills for the customers
Honesty and dedication towards the work
Q2: Sakina works in sales. She needs to call customers to share information
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
full time employee to support you. You have received a number of resumes
MODULE 1
Q1: You have started a business of a car repair shop. Now you want to hire a
about the latest products. She needs to be clear about what to say. What skills will help Sakina?
Digital literacy
Money management skills
Good communication skills
Time management skills
Let’s learn about the importance of Employability Skills In today’s competitive job market, it’s important to be unique. To get a good job & grow in our career we need two types of skills: 1. Technical Skills (Ex: Stitching, Carpentry, IT, Plumbing etc)
2. Employability Skills (Soft skills which will help you use your technical skills well & have a successful career) Employability Skills can help you: •
Know how to behave in a professional environment
•
Identify and solve problems
• • • • • • • • •
How to work with a team
Communicate well at work Gain digital literacy
Find a meaningful career path Get hired for a job
Learn how to use digital technology comfortably Speak English confidently Be confident as a person
Present yourself well in the workplace
Lots of employers will final hiring decisions based on how well candidates have both kinds of skills!
Make a group of 5 people. Form an imaginary company (companies can be of any sector, like Retail, Information Technology, Manufacturing, Financial Service, Hospitality etc). List down the top 10 skills that you would like your employees to have.
15
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
Let’s learn about how to become a self-learner with a growth mindset Self-learning is something we have been doing all our life! It is learning something on our own. We usually think we need teachers or elders to teach us something new. But, we can learn by ourselves also. We don’t always need a school, classroom or a teacher to teach. Self learning happens when you take responsibility for your own learning. It is a process in which you decide to learn a new thing in your own way. For example, as a self learner you get to decide the following: •
What to learn?
•
How to learn?
• • • •
Why to learn?
When to learn?
How fast to learn?
How do I test myself?
A self-learner is the one who: •
Believes they can learn
•
Takes initiatives
• • • • •
Is curious
Explore independently Accept responsibility Manages time
In order to be a successful self-learner you need one important thing - a growth mindset.
What is the Growth Mindset? A growth mindset is the opposite of a fixed mindset. A person with a growth mindset is always willing to grow, change and learn. A person with a fixed mindset is rigid - they cannot change easily or allow new ideas to make them better. To be a self learner, one needs to have a growth mindset. Because, when we learn something by ourselves we may make many mistakes, we may fail a few times also. Learning to keep on trying and not giving up till we succeed is what really helps us grow in life.
Growth mindset
•
I can do this
•
I cannot do this
•
I will learn from my mistakes
•
Mistakes are equal to failure
•
• • • • •
16
Fixed mindset
Mistakes are normal
•
I will try again
•
I can learn new things
•
I am happy to accept if I am wrong
•
I will work hard
I am happy to change
• •
Mistakes are unacceptable If I fail once, I will always fail I cannot work hard
I cannot learn new things I do not like to change I cannot be wrong
Table 1
Table 2
I’m a curious person. I google about many things that I want to know. I believe that by practice, I can improve myself. I believe that failures are learning. I accept challenges.
When I see others succeed, it inspires me.
I believe that feedback is an opportunity to learn.
I should not waste my efforts in learning new things.
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
Which mindset do you think you have? Do the activity below to find out!
MODULE 1
Activity Time!
I believe that most skills are god gifted and it can’t be learned over time.
I should not try anything new which can lead me to fail. I feel threatened by others’ success.
I should not take feedback from anyone.
If you selected most of the activities in Table 1, you may have a Growth mindset. If you selected most of the activities in Table 2, you may have a Fixed mindset. It is time for you to reflect on the above exercise you did for yourself.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Employability skills are a set of many skills which we need to be sucessfully employed. 2. Lots of employers will make final hiring decisions based on what other skills candidates can bring to the job apart from their technical trade based skills. 3. Having self-learning skills help you achieve lifelong learning and opportunities to grow in your career. 4. Growth mindset is important to be a self learner.
17
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 1
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
1.2 Learning Employability Skills Online 1. What is e-learning? 2. The benefits of e-learning 3. How to log into e-learning portals for Employability Skills
What do you know about online learning and its benefits?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn what is e-learning The COVID-19 pandemic has changed how learning takes place all over the world. Many learners, like yourself, started learning online through online classes, YouTube videos, different apps etc. Online learning or e-learning is education or learning received online, via digital devices such as: •
Computers
•
Smartphones
• •
Tablets
Any other devices that can be connected to the internet
Through e-learning, you can use educational materials at any time and from any place!
You can go beyond the limits of traditional books and classrooms, and learn through many sources. You may use formats like e-books, PDFs, audio, video, online lectures etc. You can learn trade skills as well as Employability Skills.
What are the top three things you want to learn online? 1. 2. 3. 18
E-learning is not only for your college or education days! With online education you can learn skills which can help you do your job well. This can be a continuous process, throughout your career. In fact, if you keep improving your skills, your career growth is better.
Quick delivery of lessons
Increased learner engagement
Improved recall and retention
•
Practice and learn digital skills
•
Explore new career pathways
• • • • •
MODULE 1
Let’s have a look at how e-learning can help you gain employability in the 21st Century:
Develop in-demand job skills
Get new skills at a lower cost Access to latest content
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
Let’s learn about benefits of e-learning
More resources and greater flexibility
Ease of access
Learn what you are interested in Career growth
E-learning is changing the job market for employees all over the world. You will now have to learn continuously and gain new skills to grow in your career. Hence, as a 21st Century learner, you must explore the world of e-learning.
Q1. What kind of jobs are you looking for after your ITI course?
Q2. What skills can you learn online to help you get this job?
Let’s learn how to log into e-learning portals for Employability Skills An e-learning portal is a website that gives you access to online learning material. There are several websites to help you learn Employability Skills online. Here are some websites to get you started:
Employability skills portals
Web address
Purpose
Bharat Skills Portal
https://bharatskills.gov.in/
Discover online lessons and study material for trade skills and employability skills
eSkill India
https://eskillindia.org/
Gain access to free, certified online courses
ASEEM
https://smis.nsdcindia.org/
Help you find sustainable livelihood opportunities.
19
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
NSDC
https://nsdcindia.org/
Seek aid for funds to set up profitable training centers and vocational centers.
NIMI portal
https://nimi.gov.in/ver2_/
For instructional materials, e-content, Question Banks for the use of the trainees.
NAPS portal
https://www. apprenticeshipindia.gov.in/
Apply for apprenticeship opportunities relevant to your trade
Scheme portals
https://www.india.gov.in/ my-government/schemes
Get access to information about several welfare schemes of the Government
There are many e-portals available to learn employability skills. You will demonstrate how to log into one. Let’s explore one of the most useful portals for ITI learners, the Bharat Skills Portal.
Step 1: Check for internet connectivity.
Step 2: Open Internet Explorer (Chrome, Mozilla or Firefox) or launch google.com
Step 3: Type the web address/portal address ‘bharatskills.gov.in’ then press the Enter key.
Step 4: The Portal dashboard will be displayed with course, training and notifications like in the image below.
20
Activity Time!
Step 6: To learn trade related skills online, click on ‘ITI Blended Learning’ option.
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
Step 5: To join training you can click on the interested training course.
Step 7: To enroll and register yourself click on the enroll button. Step 8: Enter your username in the Username field, your email address and enter your Portal Password, select ‘Create new account’.
Step 9: The training login screen will appear as displayed below, enter the details and you would be able to access the training materials.
Step 10: Now to access study material for various courses, choose your course in the displayed list. You can now access study material, employability skills, mock tests and much more!
Step 11: You can also use OTP based login. At Bharat Skills portal, click on the ‘useful links’ menu. You will be directed to below link for OTP based login http://employabilityskills.net/app/users/login
21
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
Tip for you:
Keep your password very simple to remember. Write down your login id and password here so you don’t forget it:
Bharat Skills Login id: ____________________________
Bharat Skills Password: ______________________________
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. E-learning means learning received online, via digital devices such as: computer, smartphone, tablets etc. 2. E-learning helps us in improving our digital skills, as well as in finding jobs 3. E-learning helps us become a 21st century learner 4. There are different e-learning portals to learn employability skills online such as Bharat skills, NSDC, NAPS, NIMI etc.
1.3 Future of Work In this lesson you will learn : 1. Exploring post-COVID job market 2. The future of work 3. What skills do you need for the future of work?
Pick the statement/s that you feel is true: 1. World will never be the same again after the COVID 19 Pandemic.
Thinking Box
2. We’ll be back to normal in 2 years.
3. A new world, with new types of jobs, new working conditions will get created.
Let’s learn about the post-COVID 19 job market The COVID 19 pandemic brought the entire world to a halt. There was uncertainty all over the world at the start of the pandemic. Schools, offices, colleges and shops were closed. Many people lost their jobs and some even lost their loved ones. Now as the world is slowly recovering, there are new trends, especially in the job market - in India and around the world.
22
2. Remote Working: Many offices have closed down because staff are working from home. Big IT companies are making working from home the new working policy. This has helped women and caretakers to work better. At the same time, it has created additional pressure on them to manage office work and home work.
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
1. Digitization or automation of jobs: Many jobs are getting digitised. Machines and humans are replacing human beings in the workplace. For example, robots are being used to serve food instead of waiters in restaurants in Mumbai, Bangalore and Ahmedabad.
MODULE 1
Let’s take a closer look at the post COVID 19 job market:
3. Hiring from a wider pool of candidates: Because people can work from anywhere, companies are willing to hire candidates from all over the country. For example, if an office is based in Bangalore, candidates from all over India can apply and work from their own home. This has increased the competition for good jobs.
4. Need for digital skills: It has become very important to have basic digital skills. Everyone from vegetable vendors, big supermarkets to small shops now use digital currency.
5. Rise of platform economy: Digital businesses such as Uber, Ola, Zomato, Big Basket, Swiggy have increased their business. Instead of having physical shops, products are displayed on a digital app or website.
6. Focus on Green Jobs: This is a new job sector in the 21st century. Green jobs are jobs that help to reduce pollution, preserve the environment and the planet. Such jobs get additional support through subsidies from the Govt.
23
MODULE 1
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
There have been many changes in the world of work during and after the COVID 19 pandemic. What are some changes that you have noticed?
Let’s learn about the future of work In the past few years, there has also been rapid growth in certain industries in India. There are new kinds of job sectors that are coming up with new and exciting opportunities that we haven’t seen before. Jobs that have become outdated or reduced in demand in the past 5 years: •
STD booths
•
Audio cassette/ CD recording
• • •
Photo studios
Scissors grinder Bicycle repair
Jobs roles that exist now that were not present 5 years ago: •
Ola/Uber driving
•
Mobile repair
• •
Swiggy/Zomato delivery Social media influencer, Youtuber
The following sectors are most likely to grow rapidly in the coming years: •
Online retail
•
Pharmaceutical
• • • • •
Healthcare
Financial and banking Computers and IT
Gig work sector (Online education, transportation services and caterers)
Green jobs (Environmental Technician, Solar Installer, Recycling Worker)
Find out the new type of job opportunities available for your trade by searching online What are the different job roles available?
24
How can young professionals stay competitive in this demanding and changing job market? These 21st Century Skills will help you get employed and create a successful career path, even when the job market keeps changing continuously. Tip: Use Google search to understand what these skills mean, if you don’t understand them.
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
According to India Skills Report 2022 by Wheebox, only 48.7% of total youth in India is employable. This means almost 1 out 2 Indian youths are not employable. The study also says that about 75% of all the companies surveyed reported that candidates don’t have the skills that employers need. Additionally, the job market will keep changing continuously (the way it changed during COVID 19). The skills we have today will not be of much use in the future. To stay employed, we need to keep on learning new skills.
MODULE 1
Let’s learn about 21st century workplace skills
21st Century Skills
Foundational Literacies How students apply core skills to everyday tasks
How students approach complex challenges
•
Literacy
•
Scientific literacy
•
Financial literacy
•
• • • • •
Numeracy
ICT literacy
Cultural and civic literacy
Character Qualities
Competencies
•
Critical thinking/ problem-solving Creativity
Communication Collaboration
How students approach their changing environment
•
Curiosity
•
Persistence/grit
• • • •
Initiative
Adaptability Leadership
Social and cultural awareness
Q1. What do you think the words “21st Century Skills” mean?
Q2. Which of the listed 21st Century skills do you wish to learn?
25
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS MODULE 1
21st Century Skill
Rate yourself
Communication
____/10
English Literacy
____/10
Digital Literacy
____/10
Financial Literacy
____/10
Problem Solving
____/10
Flexibility
____/10
Creativity
____/10
Entrepreneurship
____/10
Career mindset
____/10
What can you do to improve your score?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The COVID 19 pandemic had a great impact on the job scenario in India and across the world. 2. Some jobs became obsolete (out of use) while a lot of new jobs emerged. 3. 21st Century Skills will help you get good employment and create a successful career path.
26
Activity Time!
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP
2.1 My Values and Ethics In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 2
1. What are values & ethics 2. How ethics and values impact our behavior 3. Identify my personal values
There are six basic values of our country. Checkbox the one you know. Right to equality
Right to freedom of religion
Right against exploitation
Right to constitutional remedies
Right to freedom
Thinking Box
Cultural and educational rights
Let’s learn about ethics and values Ethics means to decide what is right and wrong for a human conduct. Ethics is necessary to have a good society, where everyone feels safe and respected. Ethics is usually the same for the whole of society. Example 1: Someone has mistakenly left their mobile phone on the bus. You immediately run to them to return it. This shows that you have ethics of honesty. Hence, you did the ‘right’ thing.
Example 2: You see a man beating another person. You get angry and stop the man from beating. You scold the beater for being violent. Then the beater tells you that the other person is a robber. Now, did you do the right thing or not? Sometimes it’s not easy to know what is the ‘right’ thing to do. In such situations you can refer to the above six basic values of our country. Values are the beliefs that guide or motivate our attitudes or actions. They show how a person thinks, feels and behaves at home, at work and in society. It desides the ‘character’ of a person. It is more personal than ethics. For example, your value is to be punctual. You are always on time. But, there are times when you cannot be on time. Then, you feel bad for not living according to your values. Every individual has their own values that are taught to them by their family, culture, religion etc. The values we have determine our behavior. If our value is to respect people - in our actions we will actually show respect to everyone irrespective of their gender, religion, caste, wealth, nationality etc.
27
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
Situation: A man and a woman are holding hands and walking down a street. A group of men started bullying them saying, “This is against our culture and we will not tolerate such activities in our society.” Discuss in a group, what is the right thing to do?
Let’s learn about how ethics and values impact our behavior Our ethics and values form the pillars of our character. These are the six main pillars of character. The pillars of character support us just like pillars support our building and make it strong. This helps us make right decisions.
1. Be honest
2. Be reliable 3. Be loyal.
Trustworthiness 1. Be accountable. 2. Keep trying.
3. Always do your best.
Responsibility
4. Think before you act.
5. Use self control and be self disciplined. 1. Be kind and compassionate. 2. Show empathy.
3. Help others in need.
Caring 1. Respect public property.
2. Protect the environment.
3. Vote and abide by the law.
Citizenship
4. Act for the welfare of your society, country and the world. 1. Be non-judgemental.
2. Make decisions based on facts. 3. Be open minded.
Fairness
4. Do not spread fake news 1. Be kind and respect all those who are different from you despite their age, gender, sexuality, color, caste, religion or class.
Respect 28
2. Don’t hurt other people’s feelings.
Action & behavior
Mention the category of ‘Pillar of Character’
Action & behavior
Mention the category of ‘Pillar of Character’
Action & behavior
Don’t forward fake news on social media. Verify from the right source.
Be considerate towards people with special needs.
Don’t be judgmental.
Do not play loud music or make noise in public places or at night.
Speak the truth
Don’t threaten, hit or hurt anyone
Keep your neighborhood clean.
Exercise your voting rights.
Follow the traffic rules
Volunteer with an NGO
Respect the laws of the country.
Use the golden words (please, thank you, sorry, excuse me).
Accept the other persons’ point of view.
Respect differences in language, culture, religion etc
Forgive others
Help elderly people/senior citizens
Be determined to complete your job in the right time.
Protect the environment
Don’t blame others or find faults with others.
Don’t cheat anyone
Don’t speak rudely
Mention the category of ‘Pillar of Character’
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP
(Note – some actions can be written under more than one pillar.)
MODULE 2
Activity Time!
Against each action or behavior mention the category of the ‘Pillar of Character’.
29
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
Let’s learn about ethics and values Personal values are your beliefs that are very dear to you. Your personal values decide your day-to-day actions and guide you through your life. Values define who we are. Personal values differ from person to person. You learn personal values from your culture, childhood, life experiences and other factors. Steps to choose your personal values
1. Think of things that are most important in your life.
2. Remember the experiences where you felt very happy.
3. Imagine what you would like to hear about yourself from others when you turn 60.
4. Think of things that you admire in others to discover your values.
Make your personal value tree from the list of values given below
Activity Time!
List of values Achievement
Fun
Caring
Growth
Motivation
Health
Open-minded
Humor
Perfection
Innovation
Personal development
Ambition Charity
Collaboration Creativity Curiosity
Dependability Empathy
Encouragement Enthusiasm Ethics
Excellence Fairness Family
Friendships Flexibility Freedom
30
Generosity
Making a difference
Happiness
Optimism
Honesty
Passion
Individuality
Performance
Intelligence Intuition Joy
Kindness
Knowledge Leadership Learning Love
Loyalty
Popularity Power
Professionalism Punctuality Quality
Recognition
Relationships Reliability
Resilience
Risk-taking Safety
Security
Self-control Service
Spirituality Stability Success
Thankfulness
Traditionalism
Understanding Wealth
Well-being Wisdom
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Ethics is to decide what is right and wrong for a human conduct. Values are the beliefs that guide or motivate our attitudes or actions. They show how a person thinks, feels and behaves at home, at work and in society. It desides the ‘character’ of a person. 2.
Our ethics and values form the pillars of our character. The six main pillars of character. The pillars of character support us just like pillars support our building and make it strong. This helps us make right decisions.
3. Personal values are your beliefs that are very dear to you. Your personal values decide your day-to-day actions and guide you through your life.
31
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
2.2 Our Constitution: Guiding Principles In this lesson you will learn : 1. Introduction to the Indian constitution 2. Guiding principles of the constitution 3. Rights and duties as an Indian citizen
Republic Day of India is celebrated on 26th of January. Do you know why? Search on the internet (or ask someone) and write here.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about our Constitution Like every household, schools or sports has their set of rules similarly, every country has their own set of rules; we call it law.
The Constitution of India (Bhartiya Samvidhan) is like a rule book. It is made of laws and rules for the country. It also tells the rights and duties of its citizens. It helps to manage the country in a good and fair way. Did you know? 1. All countries have a Constitution.
2. The Constitution of India is the longest Constitution in the world. 3. Dr. BR Ambedkar was the chairperson of the writing team. Preamble of the Indian constitution
The Preamble to the Constitution of India is a brief statement about the purpose and principles of the Constitution.
The Constitution of India PREAMBLE We the people of India, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a [SOVEREIGN, SOCIALIST, SECULAR, DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC] and to secure to all its citizens: JUSTICE, social, economic and political LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; EQUALITY of status and of opportunity; and to promote among them all FRATERNITY assuring the dignity of the individual and the [unity and integrity of the Nation]; IN OUR CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949 do HEREBY ADOPT, ENACT AND GIVE TO OURSELVES THIS CONSTITUTION.
WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC and to secure to all its citizens: It is a declaration that the people of India have defined themselves as free people (sovereign). That there is social and economic equality in this state and there will be no discrimination based on caste or gender. Everyone has equal rights and opportunities to get jobs and earn their livelihood.
32
India is a SOVEREIGN country: this means India can make its own decision. Other countries do not make or affect the rules and decisions of India.
India is a SOCIALIST country: this means the government should give equal access to resources and opportunities to its citizens from all caste, religion, gender and financial status. The resources can include access to food, healthcare, clean environment and quality education.
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP
The guiding principles in our preamble are the characteristics of country, they are:
MODULE 2
Let’s learn about the guiding principles of The Indian Constitution
India is a SECULAR country: this means that people from all religions or no religions are treated equally in our country.
India is a DEMOCRATIC country: this means that everyone is allowed to have different opinions and make their own choices. It gives equal respect to everyones’ opinions, thoughts and beliefs.
India is a REPUBLIC: this means that all the citizens have the freedom to vote for a leader who will represent them. One person, like a King or a Queen, does not hold all the power in a republic
Discuss in your group about examples of each principle. Take help from your teacher or search online.
Activity Time!
SOVEREIGN
Example: Choosing a Prime Minister or President of India. No other country effects this decision
SOCIALIST
SECULAR
DEMOCRATIC
REPUBLIC
33
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
Let’s learn about the rights and duties of an Indian citizen Rights: things that we are morally and legally allowed to do.
1. Right to Equality - Ex: Every citizen in the country is equal before law to each citizen irrespective of religion, language, age, caste, sex and gender. 2. Right to freedom - Ex: Freedom to practise any profession or to carry on any occupation, trade or business 3. Right against exploitation - Ex: Prohibition of employment of children
4. Right to freedom of religion - Ex: Every person is free to practice any religion 5. Cultural and Educational Rights - Ex: The citizens can conserve their culture, language or script
6. Right to Constitutional Remedies - Ex: A person can move to the Supreme court if he/she wants to get their fundamental rights protected. Duties: Duty is a responsibility. You should do it for yourself and others. This makes you a good citizen.
Example: Parking your vehicle in the space given to you and not anywhere you want to, wearing a helmet while riding.
Read the statement written in the middle of the column. Put arrow to the correct boxes of either Rights and Duties
Activity Time!
Getting quality education Paying taxes
Rights are the things we expect from our family, community and our country.
Getting clean water Marrying anyone of your choice Practice any religion Dropping waste at proper govt. authorized locations only
34
Duties are the things we do for our family, community and our country.
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The Indian constitution is a set of laws and rules for our country which tells about the rights and duties of its citizens and helps the country run in a fair way.
MODULE 2
2. There are 5 guiding principles; SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC and REPUBLIC 3. We as citizens of India have our rights (mentioned in the preamble also) and duties which we should be responsible for.
2.3 Protecting Our Environment In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is environmental crisis? 2. Need for maintaining a sustainable environment 3. How to develop a green lifestyle
Thinking Box
Circle the type of pollution you know about Water pollution
Air pollution
Sound pollution
Let’s learn about the causes of environmental problems Have you ever wondered:
1. What happens to the garbage after it is collected by a garbage truck? 2. Where does the garbage I see in a river or on the beach go? 3. Is there a negative effect of cutting down trees?
The above problems lead to pollution. Pollution is when gases, smoke and chemicals enter the environment in large amounts and make it harmful for plants, animals and humans. In recent times, these environmental problems of pollution have become very serious. As per scientific studies, the harmful effects cannot be changed. This has led to an environmental crisis.
Let’s look at some of the major problems that have caused this environmental crisis.
35
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
Environmental problems
Causes
Land Pollution
Solid and liquid waste disposed of in landfills and chemical wastes that pollute the earth’s surface.
Air pollution
Exhaust from vehicles and smoke from industries and factories, burning of fuels, etc.
Water pollution
Water gets polluted with paints, plastics and chemicals released from industries and other human activities.
Deforestation
Forests are destroyed by cutting trees for agriculture and housing purposes.
Soil erosion
When dirt or soil washes away by water, wind, and other natural forces.
What are some of the environmental problems in your region?
Pollution has various negative effects on the health of plants, animals, people and the planet. Let’s examine the major effects of environmental problems today: Ozone depletion
36
The thinning of the ozone layer is due to the release of poisonous gases like CFC’s in the atmosphere. This causes severe damage to human health.
Loss of Biodiversity
Climate change, pollution, hunting of animals and destruction of their shelter results in death of many precious plants and animals
Long-term effects on human health
Humans are at increased risk of many diseases due to pollution heart, diseases, lung congestion, cancer and lesser life expectancy.
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP
Global warming happens when carbon dioxide (greenhouse gas) and other air pollutants collect in the atmosphere. This leads to a rise in earth’s temperature
MODULE 2
Global warming
We need to maintain our environment to create a safe life for all living beings on this planet; and for future generations.
What are the common effects of pollution in your locality?
Let’s learn how to develop a green lifestyle Protecting the environment is our responsibility. How can we adopt an eco-friendly lifestyle in our day-today life? Here are some green habits you can adopt to save the planet. In order to make simple changes to live a greener, sustainable life, We must:
Use bicycles and public transportation.
Avoid chemical pesticides and fertilisers.
Save electricity by turning off appliances and lights.
Reduce the amount of plastic waste.
Carry reusable cloth/paper bags when shopping.
Recycle cans, bottles, paper, books, and even utensils.
Plant trees and encourage others to do so.
37
CONSTITUTIONAL VALUES-CITIZENSHIP MODULE 2
What are methods you will follow to adopt a green lifestyle?
Geeta and Noor are good friends. They decided to grow a vegetable garden behind their houses. They found out that giving fertiliser would help the plants grow better. Geeta collected cow dung from a milkman. Noor went to a nearby shop to buy fertiliser. Both were happy to see vegetables in their garden. Who do you think followed a more environmentally friendly method? Why?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Pollution has negative effects on the health of plants, animals, people and the planet 2. We need to maintain our environment to create a safe life for everyone 3. We can reduce unnecessary waste by following - reduce, reuse and recycle 4. We can save the planet by adopting green habits like recycling, planting trees, saving water etc.
38
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 3
1. Introduction to the 21st century 2. How to assess your skills? 3. Making a plan for your skill development.
By now, you must have understood the term ‘Employability Skills’. You might know that in cricket a batter scores 100 runs, which is called a ‘century’. Similarly 100 years is also called a century. The period between the years 2000-2100 is called the 21st century.
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
3.1 21st Century Employability Skills
Thinking Box
What are the 3 main ways in which people learn differently in the 21st century? 1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about 21st century employability skills What is industrial revolution?
Industrial revolution is the way in which major changes take place in the way manufacturing happens. Over different centuries, the process of manufacturing various goods has changed due to technology and scientific development. We may think this is a small change. But, it’s not. Every time there has been an industrial revolution, people’s way of life has completely changed. For e.g., Our grandparents, in their childhood, used to play with handmade toys. As time passed, few industries started making toys with the help of machines. Through machines, toys were produced in large quantities.
What types of toys did you or your friends have in your childhood? Handmade Machine made 39
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Let us understand the 4 major industrial revolutions.
1st Industrial revolution
2nd Industrial revolution
3rd Industrial revolution
Started in 18th century.
Started in 19th century.
Started in 20th century.
Things developed: Cotton mills, steam engines trains
Things developed: Electricity, mass production of clothes, cars & other goods
Things developed: Computers, Internet, machines for simple human jobs like ATM
4th Industrial revolution
(also called Industry 4.0) Started in 21st century. Things developed: Robots for human jobs, Internet based jobs, Entire world connected through internet and technology
We all are here
Select
the skills or tasks that are most relevant in the 21st century to be employable. Skills for job/task
Skills for job/task
Typing skills
Critical thinking and Problem-solving
Hardware skills
Computer programming languages
Wood cutting skills
Physical strength
Needle work & weaving
Logical reasoning
Digital fluency
Communication skills
Basic computer skills
Teamwork and collaboration
Entrepreneurial skills
Time management skills
Creative thinking
Data scientists
Blacksmith
Self-learning skills
Let’s learn about how to assess your skills Regular checking or assessment of your skills is necessary for the growth of your career. Here are the different ways to assess your skills. Step 1: Make a list of your hard and soft skills.
40
Ex:
Hard Skills
Soft Skills
60 words per minute typing speed
Quick Learner
Step 3: Research on the skills which are in demand in your trade. You can do this by researching the big companies in your trade - understand what skills are trending today.
Ex: You can use online search engine (like Google) to search “skills required for a civil draughtsperson’s jobs” •
Create your resume and do self-reflection
•
Take an Online Behavior Test
•
Ask other people for feedback on your work
Let’s make a plan for your skill development We usually think that a person can be intelligent or not intelligent. We decide this based on marks in school or college. But that is not true! There are 8 types of intelligence or smartness!
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Ex: I need to learn MS excel.
MODULE 3
Step 2: Identify gaps in your skillset.
LM
AL
M AL
Logic Smart Nature Smart
BAL-LINGUISTIC
Word Smart
L O GI CA
Self Smart
V ER
People Smart
Multiple Intelligences
Picture Smart
NATURALISTIC
IN TR
ON RS
L
VISUAL-SPATIAL
NA
Body Smart
Music Smart
IN TE RP ER
TIC MA HE AT
C SI
AL
ILY-KINESTHETIC BOD
SO
U
Someone can be weak in mathematics, but can be very strong with physical skills (playing sports, weightlifting, yoga etc). Someone who is weak in language skills, maybe very good in musical skills. So, next time someone asks you your strengths, you can tell them based on these 8 types of smartness!
AP E
With the help of the statements below, you can check what type of intelligence or smartness you have. Select the statements which you relate with the most, in all the categories.
Picture Smart Characteristics:
Read and write for enjoyment
Word Smart Characteristics:
Remember written and spoken information
Logic Smart Characteristics:
Have excellent problem-solving skills
Body Smart Characteristics:
Are skilled at dancing and sports
41
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Are good at putting puzzles together
Interpret pictures, graphs, and charts well Enjoy drawing, painting, and the visual arts Recognize patterns easily
Music Smart Characteristics:
Enjoy singing and playing musical instruments
Recognize musical patterns and tones easily Remember songs and melodies
Have a rich understanding of musical structure, rhythm, and notes
Enjoy reading and writing Debate or give persuasive speeches
Are able to explain things well Use humor when telling stories
People Smart Characteristics:
Communicate well verbally Are skilled at non-verbal communication See situations from different perspectives
Create positive relationships with others
Resolve conflicts in group settings
Enjoy thinking about abstract ideas
Enjoy creating things with their hands
Can solve complex computations
Remember by doing, rather than hearing or seeing
Like conducting scientific experiments
Self Smart Characteristics:
Analyze their strengths and weaknesses well
Enjoy analyzing theories and ideas Have excellent self-awareness
Understand the basis for his or her own motivations and feelings
Q1. So, which one (or more) is your area of smartness?
Have excellent physical coordination
Nature Smart Characteristics:
Are interested in subjects such as botany, biology, and zoology
Categorize and catalog information easily
Enjoy camping, gardening, hiking, and exploring the outdoors Dislikes learning unfamiliar topics that have no connection to nature
Activity Time!
Q2. Can you think of careers where you can make use of your smart areas?
42
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. 21st century employability skills refer to the various skills that are critically important to be successfully employed in today’s world. Example: Digital Skills, interpersonal skills, life skills and career skills.
MODULE 3
2. Regular assessment of your skills is vital for the furthering of your career. 3. Developing our skills for the career we choose will help us grow in our jobs or business.
3.2 Know Yourself In this lesson you will learn : 1. What it means to ‘know yourself’ 2. What are strengths? 3. How to describe qualities, abilities and talents
The top 5 things I do very well are : 1.
Thinking Box
2. 3. 4. 5.
Let’s learn about what is meant by “know yourself” Knowing yourself is having a clear idea of your own self - your personality. It includes strengths, weaknesses, thoughts, beliefs, motivation, values and aspirations. It can shape our personal and professional life ahead. We can build on our strengths and also identify areas to improve.
If we know what we are good at, we can identify the right career opportunities. And, when we understand our areas of improvement, we will always keep learning and growing!
43
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Ability • • •
Interest
Things that we are good at doing
Things that other people recognize as our qualities
Things that people often ask us to help with
•
Activities you like to do
•
Something that you do in your free time!
•
Things that make you happy
We can always acquire new abilities and interests. There are many things that we have never tried yet. As our life experience grows, our abilities and interests also grow.
My identity Think about your life and answer the questions. You can choose to write about it, draw it out, create a poem about it, etc. Be as creative as possible. 1. My name is 2. Sex 3. Age 4. What is the best quality about me? 5. What do I like to do in my free time?
Let’s learn about what are strengths? Having a clear understanding of your strengths and weaknesses will help you create a life-goal. Strengths are qualities and skills that are considered positive. It helps you grow well in life and career. You could have got it naturally, or you could have cultivated and built it over the years, through your experiences. For example, good memory, good communication, good mathematical calculation, kindness, politeness, friendliness are all personal strengths. Weaknesses are lack of strengths or an inability to do something well. Everyone has a set of weaknesses. With hard work you can learn to overcome your weaknesses and turn it into a strength.
What are your strengths and weaknesses?
My strengths and weaknesses
Observe yourself well and identify your personal strengths and weaknesses in the chart below. Also, write about how you will overcome these weaknesses. My Strengths
44
My Weaknesses
How will I overcome my weaknesses?
1. Prepare your answer before the interview
2. Note down a list of 5-6 abilities or skills you possess
3. Highlight the most important and relevant skills for the job 4. Mention qualities that make you unique
5. Provide examples to support the skills you mention
Q1. Identify your strengths.
Tick/circle the qualities, talents or skills that you have. If you wish to add any skills to the list, write your skills in the blank space provided below.
Activity Time!
Quality
Talent
Skill/Ability
Honest
A good painter
A good leader
Caring
A singer
A good cook
Hard Working
A magician
Use computer
Innovative
An actor
Speak English
Career Focused
A director
Drive well
Loyal
An artist
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
In most job interviews, you will be asked to describe your qualities, abilities and talents. You may follow the given tips to describe the qualities:
MODULE 3
Let’s learn how to describe my qualities, abilities and talents
Play ____________ (any sport)
Q2. Complete the following statements with your identified in previous activity. 1. My name is (Write your first name and last name.) 2. I am
(Write 2 to 3 strengths from the list above, or something else)
45
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
3. I am
(Write 1 or 2 weakness from the list above, or something else)
4. I will
(Write 1 or 2 ways to overcome weakness from the list above, or something else)
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Knowing yourself will help you find out your interests, abilities and the right career opportunities. 2. Strengths are positive qualities and skills that will help you grow in your life and career. 3. You can overcome your weaknesses with hard work 4. Describing your strengths and skills is necessary during job interviews.
3.3 Behaviour and Attitude In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are behavioural skills?
3. Motivating yourself to do better.
2. Developing a positive attitude.
Sapna was walking towards her college. 3 boys teased Sapna in a bad way. Sapna got angry and slapped 1 boy. Mr. Raju was walking on the other side of the road and saw Sapna slap the boy. He thought “This girl has such bad behaviour.”
Unlike Mr. Raju, you know the full story. Think and answer. What do you think is good behaviour and bad behaviour?
46
Thinking Box
Behavioural skills are understood by our actions. It can be seen by us and others.
Here are a few of the very important behavioural skills (these are also known as 21st century skills):
1. Communication: Includes speaking skills, listening skills, body language and writing skills. How we communicate can make or break our relationship with others.
2. Self-Improvement: Knowing our own self is very important to improve ourselves. Self-improvement is a skill we use to continuously make ourselves better at what we do. It helps us set high goals and achieve them.
3. Time Management: These skills can help you organize your work efficiently so you can complete your tasks on time. 4. Conflict Resolution: Conflict happens when two people do not agree or have a fight over something. The way we manage/solve the problem is called conflict resolution.
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Behavioural skills simply means the way we interact, manage and deal with our external environment. It includes how to act around people, places and situations.
MODULE 3
Let’s understand what behavioural skills are
5. Decision-Making: When we have many good options, it is hard to decide. For example, deciding about your career path, deciding whom to marry can be big decisions in life. Learning how to decide big or small decisions can help in our behavior skills. 6. Problem-Solving: A person who can solve a problem well has a great gift in life! Solving problems can help with excellent behavior in personal life and the workplace.
Give marks to yourself on the 6 skills below. Out of 10, how well do you know these skills? Ask a close friend to also mark you, so you get an idea of how people see you! Here is an example to help you:
Example:
Communication
You
Your friend
4/10
6/10
You
Your friend
Communication Self-Improvement Activity:
Time Management Conflict Resolution Decision-Making Problem-Solving
47
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Let’s understand how to develop a positive attitude Behavioural skills are visible to others. But, attitude is in our minds. Attitude is what we think about something or someone. Our attitude plays a huge part in how we look at life. It shapes how we react to the things that happen to us. We can’t control what happens to us. But we can develop a positive attitude to deal with the situations in your personal and professional life. You can find various creative ways to keep a positive attitude. Here are a few suggestions: •
Enjoy small pleasures (eating something nice, looking at a beautiful flower, etc.)
•
Find the positive in negative situations (if you lose your purse, try to understand what you can learn from it.)
•
•
•
Try and adapt to change easily and quickly (what you cannot change, you accept.)
Frame the problem in a positive way (You fell from your new bike. Bike is badly scratched and you are bleeding. Instead of thinking of it as a huge problem, you understand that things could have been worse. You could have had a fracture!)
Value yourself and find inspiration (you have problems because you are capable of handling them! Find inspiration from how well you have overcome your problems in the past.)
Everyone has good days and bad days in life. Take your time and think back to a really good day you had and give a reason as to why it was a good day.
Let’s understand how to motivate ourselves to do better We might have either heard or experienced the above mentioned things. This is a common problem we all face. We can request others to help us, but they can only help for a short period of time. The only solution to such a problem is - self-motivation. Self-motivation or the ability to motivate yourself is an important skill. It pushes us to achieve our goals, feel more fulfilled and improve our overall quality of life.
I set my alarm for 6am everyday… But I don’t get up!
Motivating yourself could start with few very simple tips: • • • • • •
48
Just start: The secret of achieving big goals is, starting them! Break down tasks into small steps.
Make a promise to yourself. Give yourself a prize when you achieve it. Be kind and loving to yourself.
Make a pact with a friend to achieve goals together.
Ask people to share their stories of growth.
I have a proper list of all the things to do… But I am just not doing them!
I have set goals and love my goals… But I am not working towards achieving them
What are a few steps you follow to keep yourself motivated?
MOTIVATION
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Success
Goals
MODULE 3
Attitude
Performance
Idea Support
You CANNOT learn behavioural skills by just reading or listening to good tips. Here are some ways to learn and practice these skills:
Activity Time!
Tip: Search online to understand more about these skills and how to learn them.
Skill
What can YOU do to learn this?
How can YOUR Employability Skills FACILITATOR help?
How can YOUR FRIENDS help?
Communication
Self-Improvement
Time Management
Conflict Resolution
Decision-Making
Problem-Solving
49
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The way we interact with others and respond to certain situations shows our behavioral skills. 2. We can develop a positive attitude to deal with the situations in your personal and professional life.
MODULE 3
3. Motivation pushes us to achieve our goals, feel more fulfilled and improve our overall quality of life
3.4 Critical Thinking & Decision Making In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is critical thinking?
3. Practice decision making
2. How to make decisions
Which of the following statements are true for YOU : Statement
Yes/No
Thinking Box
I can solve all problems in my life easily I need the support of my family/friends to make decisions I can take decisions on my own
Let’s learn about What is critical thinking? Critical thinking is a way of thinking to solve a problem. It helps us to find out if something told to us is the truth or not. For example,
Imagine that your uncle tells you ‘We can never learn without books’. You can do critical thinking about this by asking, •
Is that really true?
•
What happens if we learn without books?
•
50
How else can we learn?
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY The following are the steps we follow during critical thinking.
MODULE 3
This way, you can examine a particular problem based on facts. The best practice is to think critically by asking many questions, not just believing everything you hear or see.
Let’s look at another example. Imagine that you are a mechanic, a customer has called you to fix their car that has broken down in the middle of the road. Which of following things would you take with you to attend to the customer: Critical thinking is the process of understanding information available, seeking answers and coming to a conclusion.
Why do you think critical thinking is important?
Let’s learn about how to make decisions Decision making is a process of choosing between two or more options. We make a lot of decisions in our everyday life. Using a step-by-step decision-making process can help you make a thoughtful decision. Critical thinking can help you to make better decisions. Steps followed in decision making:
Decision making
Identify problem Generate options Select best option Implement decision Evaluate and learn from decisions
51
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Let us look at how Priya makes her decision about her career. I am confused about what ITI course to pursue. I like to draw and paint, it makes me very happy.
My uncle says that working in the field of computers is very good. You could learn data entry and programming, become an office assistant or learn Desktop Publishing.
I decided to pursue Desktop Publishing to become a graphic designer. It is the best option for me as I can learn digital art. This helps me follow my passions too.
How did you make a decision to pursue this course at your ITI?
Let’s practice decision making After your ITI course, you get a job in a different state, your family is happy that you have a job but don’t want you to move to a different state. Now use the steps for decision making to find a solution to your problem. Step 1: Identify the problem.
Step 2: What are your options?
Step 3: What is the best option for you?
52
Step 5: What did you learn from this decision?
Divide up into pairs and practice decision-making in different situations. Use critical thinking and logic to make decisions.
Activity Time!
MODULE 3
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Step 4: How will you implement this option?
Problem 1: Should you take a job or continue studying after my your ITI course? Problem 2: Which career pathway is best for you? Problem 3: You have joined a new job and in the first week you feel like you don’t enjoy the work. What will you do?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Critical thinking is the act of using logic to understand the truth. 2. Decision making is a process of choosing between two or more options. 3. The five logical steps to follow to make decisions are: • • •
Identifying problems Generating options Selecting the best option
• •
Implementing decision Learning from decision
53
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
3.5 Time Management in the Workplace In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is time management?
3. How to manage time in everyday life.
2. Why is time management important?
Mark
the time management tips that you follow.
I plan in advance
I do the important tasks first
I turn off my phone to focus on task
I reward myself for completing tasks
I take a break between task
I create a to-do list every day
I set weekly and monthly goals
I set a time limit before I start any task
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about time Management Have you ever thought about: Submit this homework by Friday
Why did you have a timetable in school to learn different subjects? These practices help you learn how to manage your time!
Time management is the process of organizing and planning your activities to make the best possible use of your time. Good time management helps you to work smarter. It is important to balance your time between different activities.
54
Why do your teachers give you a timeline for homework submission?
Time management helps you: 1. Complete tasks on time
2. Set and achieve daily goals 3. Reduce stress
4. Improve performance of tasks 5. Do more in less time
Ram is pursuing an Interior Designing course from ITI Vivek Vihar, Delhi. He wants to learn painting by taking an extra course. However, he is not able to learn painting due to lack of time. What should Ram do? Leave painting classes
Take out an hour by managing his time properly
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Let’s learn about the importance of time management
MODULE 3
What do you understand from the word “time management”?
If Ram decides to leave his painting class, he is losing a good opportunity to grow his career. The reason we often say “I don’t have time” is because we are too comfortable in our daily life or even lazy to work harder. Everyone has the same 24 hours. People with ambition and vision, MAKE time to achieve either goals. Time management is one of the most important skills as a professional. In today’s world of work, work pressure is high. We have to achieve high targets in a short period of time. Without time management, we cannot perform our job well. By good time management in the workplace you can: 1. Learn more skills than others 2. Grow in your career
3. Support your team’s growth
4. Improve your performance at work 5. Meet work deadlines
6. Achieve better work-life balance
What do you understand by the term work-life balance? Why do you think it is important?
Let’s learn ways to manage time in our daily lives If you feel like you don’t have enough time to do everything you wish to, better time management techniques may help you. These are a few tips for managing time in daily life.
Set a goal for yourself
List out all the tasks to achieve this goal.
55
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Create a daily planner
MODULE 3
Give each task a time limit
Set reminders for all your tasks
Block out distractions
Establish routine
Pomodoro Technique Set the timer to 25 minutes
Get to work
Although a mechanical timer is suggested, any type will do
No distractions allowed!
Stop when time is up
Record Progress
Take a five-minute break
This block of work time is called a POMODORO.
Make note of anything that could aid future improvement
Breaks keep you fresh
Get back to work
After the fourth Pomodoro take a longer break (15-30 minutes)
Continue likewise until calling it a day
Pick a task
A list should be planned ahead of time.
And repeat previous steps
56
Squeeze in mindless chores for increased productivity
With such focus and flow, time is used more efficiently while reducing mental fatigue.
Activities
7:00 AM 8:00 AM
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Time
MODULE 3
Think about the past three days and fill in the activities that you commonly do in the given time! This is only for your own reflection. Write activities in as much detail as possible.
Activity Time!
9:00 AM 10:00 AM 11:00 AM 12:00 PM 1:00 PM 2:00 PM 3:00 PM 4:00 PM 5:00 PM 6:00 PM 7:00 PM 8:00 PM 9:00 PM 10:00 PM 11:00 PM
1. If you had to save 2 hours (120 minutes) each day, which activities would you want to avoid? List them.
57
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
2. What is the one new skill you will learn if you get 2 hours more time, daily?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Time management is the process of organizing and planning your activities and tasks to make the best possible use of your time. 2. Time management is important in your daily life and your workplace. 3. The first step to managing your time well is setting goals for yourself. 4. Pomodoro Technique is a simple time management technique of setting small goals and taking short breaks.
3.6 Problem Solving In this lesson you will learn : 1. Techniques of creative problem solving 2. Practicing problem solving
How would you define a problem in your own words?
58
Thinking Box
Sometimes, we get confused about how to solve a problem.
Problem solving in day to day life
The following steps can be helpful! 1. Identify the problem
2. Break down the problem into parts
5. Apply the solution and test what happens
3. Find solutions to the different parts of the problem
6. As we solve more problems, we will get better at problem solving.
4. Select the best set of solutions
7. If the solution is not working, try another way
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Problem solving means finding a solution to any problem. All of us solve problems every day.
MODULE 3
Let’s learn about techniques of creative problem solving
Problem solving
Why is problem solving important in day to day life?
Let’s practice problem solving Let’s solve some problems together!
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Make a team with any 3 trainees from your class.
Together, decide a common problem that has been bothering you all for some time – it can be something in your institute, or about your studies or something in your town.
Think of the problem solving wheel. Make a plan to solve the problem. Follow up to step 6 of the problem solving process.
For example, transport problems, low-speed internet, unclean toilets.
59
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY MODULE 3
Step 1: Identify the problem
What is the problem that you will work on?
Step 2: Break down the problem into parts
What are the different problems within the problem? For example if your problem is - I don’t know which job to choose. One part of the problem is, you do not know what you are interested in. Another part is, you do not have enough information about the jobs available for your qualification.
Step 3: Find solutions to the different parts of the problem
How will you solve all the parts of the problem? A problem has many parts and each part needs to be solved, to solve the problem as a whole.
Step 4: Generate solutions
Brainstorming time! Think of what you can do to solve this problem.
Step 5: Select the best solutions Select the solution as a team.
Step 6: Plan implementation How will you execute it!?
Identify a problem in your day to day life. Now write down how you can solve that problem using problem solving skills. All the best!
60
Activity Time!
if you know this topic well.
1. Problem solving means finding a solution to any problem. 2. Identifying problems is the crucial step in problem solving. 3. Breaking down the problem into parts helps to address the problem.
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Put a
MODULE 3
What I learnt today:
61
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
4.1 Motivation to learn English In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of English 2. Simple and fun ways to learn English
Name the top 3 reasons why you want to learn or improve your English
Thinking Box
1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn the importance of the English Language Here are 4 reasons how learning English can improve your life: 1. English is a common language English is a global language used to communicate with people from different parts of the world. For example, at work, if you meet someone from Japan or Germany, or even a different state in India, English is a common language for communication. 2. English can help you get a better job In an interview, if you can communicate in English, you will have an advantage over others. International companies prefer to hire people who know English. 3. Using internet and social media platforms effectively These days all information and news is online, and all that is in English. Even Social Media platforms are in English. Of course, translation is available, but it does not always convey the message correctly. Knowledge of English can help you use the internet and social media platforms effectively. 4. English can make life fun Knowledge of English gives you access to a wonderful world of entertainment! You can watch English films, shows, news, videos, etc. and enrich your life.
Learning English is necessary for all of us. Communicating clearly and correctly is important in the classroom and at the workplace. It helps us participate in a wide range of activities. So let’s set a goal to learn English successfully!
62
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Every day is a chance to become better! Make an attractive poster with this goal and keep it in your notebook or put it up at home.
If you become better at speaking English, how will your life improve? 1.
MODULE 4
Goal - To communicate confidently in English
2. 3.
Let’s learn some simple and fun ways of learning English Learning English is an opportunity to learn and grow. It is something to be proud of! Here are a few enjoyable ways to learn English. 1. Listen to the English language. Watch English films or shows, and listen to English songs, podcasts, news, etc. 2. Find a friend to practice speaking in English. Set an ‘English Only’ rule when you speak to each other. 3. Read everything you see. If you look around, you will find that there are many things to read - from magazines to pamphlets to movie subtitles.
Hi, how are you?
I’m fine. How are you?
Don’t be afraid to make mistakes. If you are struggling with complicated words, or a difficult sentence, look up Google for the meaning and pronunciation. Keep practicing and you will surely succeed!
63
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Building confidence means recognizing what you are good at. Give yourself three compliments! (For example, if someone asks your best friend what they liked about you, what would they say? Write that down)
1. 2. 3.
Wow! You are truly awesome!
Write 2 specific things you will do in the next 30 days to improve your English. 1. 2.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. English is a global language for communication 2. Knowledge of English is important to get a job 3. English allows us to use the internet and social media effectively 4. There are many fun ways of learning English 5. Every day is a chance to become better
64
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.2 Naming Words In this lesson you will learn : 1. The meaning of Naming Words or Common Nouns
MODULE 4
2. Naming words that have different meanings
Circle everything that you may see in a market Shops
Vegetables
Auto rickshaw
A Dog
Fruits
A Cat Fish
Birds
Thinking Box
Cycle
Shopkeeper
Let’s learn the importance of Naming Words Imagine that you and I are going for a walk. We step out and we are walking on a nice, beautiful road.
Let’s look at the picture and discuss what we see!
We see a wide road. There is a school, and next to it a bank. A bus drives past us. We see the bus driver wearing a brown shirt. There is a small boy in front of the school. He’s playing with two cats. We look up at the sky. There are many clouds. We can also see a crow flying. What did we see?
We saw people, places, animals and things. Then we pointed at them and named them! Here are the words that we used to name them.
Person
Place
Animal/Bird
Thing
bus driver
road
cats
bus
boy
school
crow
shirt
bank
clouds
These are naming words. Any word that you use to name a person, place, animal or thing, is a naming word. They are also called ‘Common Nouns’
65
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Naming Words
MODULE 4
name
thing
animal
place
Here is a classroom. What people, places, animals and things can you see in the classroom? Write down their naming words.
Person
Place
Animal/Bird
Thing
Let’s learn about a few words that are the same, but have different meanings There are some naming words which have two meanings. These words name two completely different things. Let’s look at a few examples 1. Bat
2. Date
1. Bats fly at night.
1. What is the date today?
2. Cricket bats are made with willow wood.
66
2. Dates are very nutritious.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4. Feet
1. There are 26 letters in the English alphabet.
1. We should wash our feet before going to bed.
MODULE 4
3. Letter
2. I wrote a complaint letter to the office.
2. Suresh is 4 feet tall.
Label the pictures using these naming words. There are two pictures that match each word.
Activity Time!
1. Nail
2. Wave
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Naming words or common nouns are words given to people, animals, birds, places, and things 2. Some naming words like bat, letter, feet, date, nail, wave have two different meanings
67
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
4.3 Naming Words Singular and Plural In this lesson you will learn : 1. The difference between singular and plural forms of naming words 2. Using the singular and plural forms correctly
Thinking Box
Identify the following naming words as person, place, animal/bird, or thing : Grandmother -
Computer -
Basket -
Cabinet -
Goat -
Delhi -
Pigeon Home Baby -
Let’s learn the singular and plural forms of naming words
Draw some clouds
What is the difference between the word “cloud” and “clouds”? Cloud is the naming word for one cloud. It is a singular naming word. The word clouds talks about more than one cloud. It is a plural naming word. Singular words are used when there is one person, place, animal or thing to name. For example - teacher, park, puppy, dress Plural words are used when there is more than one person, place, animal or thing to name. For example - teachers, parks, puppies, dresses
68
Now, draw a cloud
Plural (many)
Singular (one)
Plural (many)
Plural (many)
Let’s learn the correct usage of singular and plural naming words Let’s look at some of the most common naming words - both the singular words and the plural words.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Singular (one)
Singular (one)
MODULE 4
Look at the picture. Check if the naming word is singular (one) or plural (many)
Some words are spelt differently in the plural form. Here are a few common examples
For most naming words, we add ‘s’ or ‘es’, to make it plural Singular Words (one)
Plural Words (many)
Singular Words (one)
Plural Words (many)
1. Bag
1. Bags
1. Person
1. People
3. Class
3. Classes
3. Child
3. Children
2. Computer 4. Box
5. Mango
2. Computers 4. Boxes 5.
Mangoes
2. Man/Woman 4. Tooth 5.
Foot
2. Men/Women 4. Teeth 5.
Feet
While using these naming words in a sentence, think carefully if you’re talking about one or about many. 1. Person/People • •
There is a young person sitting in the classroom. ‘Person’ talking about one - singular There are a few people waiting for me in the hall. ‘People’ talking about many - plural
2. Year/Years • •
It will take a year for me to finish this course. ‘Year’ talking about one - singular
The builders took around 20 years to finish the Taj Mahal. ‘Years talking about many - plural
3. Week/Weeks • •
I have to go to the doctor next week. ‘week’ talking about one - singular.
I have three weeks to study for the test. ‘weeks’ talking about many - plural.
4. Man/Men • A man in the shop is buying some biscuits. ‘Man’ talking about one - singular. • Five men walked into the bank. ‘Men’ talking about many - plural.
69
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
5. Tooth/Teeth • •
I have to see a dentist because my tooth is hurting. ‘Tooth’ talking about one - singular. A dentist is a doctor who looks after our teeth. ‘Teeth’ talking about many - plural.
Activity Time!
Match the correct word to the correct picture.
Man (one)
mouse (one)
children (many)
men (many)
mice (many)
child (one)
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Naming words can be singular or plural 2. Singular means one. Plural means more than one 3. The plural form of naming words can be made by adding ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the word 4. Some plural forms of naming words are spelt differently, for example men, women, children, feet, teeth, people 5. While using naming words in a sentence, we need to be careful, and use the singular or plural form correctly.
70
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The need to use pronouns 2. The use of appropriate pronouns
Thinking Box
Write a sentence using these words 1. He
MODULE 4
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.4 Pronouns
2. She
3. They 4. We
Let’s learn the purpose and usage of pronouns This passage is about a dog. Read the passage carefully and underline the naming words The dog is 4 years old. The dog is brown. The dog has a black tail. The dog lives in our flat. The dog loves our family. The dog always plays with me. The dog loves to go for walk. Read the passage out loud. The word ‘dog’ is repeated many times in the passage! How can we avoid this? We can use a pronoun. A pronoun is a word that is used instead of a naming word. The dog is 4 years old. It is brown. It has a black tail. It lives in our flat. It loves our family. It always plays with me. It loves to go for walk. The pronoun ‘it’ is used instead of the naming word ‘dog’.
What is a pronoun?
A pronoun is a word which is used in place of a naming word. Pronouns are used to avoid repetition of the same naming word.
Let’s learn the important pronouns Types of naming words
Write your name here.
Pronouns you can use to replace the naming word I
Me
My (belonging to me)
71
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
A person you are speaking to
You
Your (belonging to you)
He
Him
His (belonging to him) A person who is a man (singular)
She
Her (belonging to her) A person who is a woman (singular)
They
Them
Their (belonging to them) Many people (plural)
You We Us
Our (belonging to us) Many people, including yourself (plural)
It
Its (belonging to it)
An object or an animal or a place
72
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Let’s look at some examples. 1. My name is write you name here. I am a student. 2. Ahmed is a doctor. He works at the hospital.
3. The cab will pick up Sonali. She is coming from the train station. 4. The students are going on a trip. They are going to the zoo.
Choose the pronoun to fill in the blank. 1. Akash and Johnny are writing on the board. _____________ are writing on the board.
a. We
b. It
MODULE 4
a. They
3. Ria and I drank some juice. _______ drank some juice. b. He
2. The box is very heavy. ______ is very heavy. a. It
b. I
Let’s learn to use pronouns accurately to improve your communication Pronouns are used to help us communicate without repetition and without confusion. So it is important to use the correct pronoun when writing or speaking. To use the correct pronoun in a sentence, you must ask two important questions. The answers to the questions will help you use the correct pronoun. Is the naming word singular or plural?
What naming word is the pronoun replacing?
The answers to the questions will help you use the correct pronoun. Is the naming word singular or plural?
Singular
What naming word is the pronoun replacing?
My own name
One person that I am speaking to
A person who is a man
A person who is a woman
An object or animal
I
You
He
She
It
73
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Let’s look at an example.
MODULE 4
Deepika is excited. -> She is excited.
Deepika is excited.
1. Is the naming word singular or plural? Deepika is one person.
2. What naming word is the pronoun replacing? Deepika is a person who is a female.
Is the naming word singular or plural?
Plural
What naming word is the pronoun replacing?
Myself, along with other people
Many people that I am speaking to
Many other people
We
You
They
Let’s look at an example.
Pradeep and I are friends. 1. Is the naming word singular or plural? Pradeep and I are two people. It is more than one person.
2. What naming word is the pronoun replacing? ‘Pradeep and I’ refers to myself, along with another person Pradeep and I are friends. -> We are friends.
Let’s make this passage better by replacing the naming word with pronouns.
Activity Time!
Ayesha is my sister. Ayesha is 17 years old. Ayesha goes to college. Ayesha likes to play
football and basketball. Ayesha’s friends like Ayesha because Ayesha is smart and fun-loving. Ayesha is my sister. __________ (She/It) is 17 years old. __________ (She/Ayesha) goes to college. __________ (She/He) likes to play football and basketball. __________ (Her/Your) friends like __________ (her/Ayesha) because __________ (she/they) is smart and fun-loving.
74
Put a
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today: if you know this topic well.
1. A pronoun is a word that is used in place of a naming word, to avoid repetition of the same naming words.
MODULE 4
2. To use the correct pronoun in a sentence, you must ask two important questions - which naming word are we replacing? Is the naming word singular or plural? 3. Singular pronouns are - I, you, he, she, it 4. Plural pronouns are - we, you, they
4.5 Action Words In this lesson you will learn : 1. Action words (verbs) and their connection to naming words 2. How to use action words correctly in sentences
What do you use for the following actions? Write the words in the appropriate column
See | Sing | Kick | Clap | Eat | Talk | Read | Listen | Type | Jump | Cook | Run | Look | Hear Hands
Feet
Mouth
Eyes
Thinking Box
Ears
75
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Let’s learn action words and their connection to naming words
•
•
Who/What is shown in the picture? A boy What is he doing? Throwing a ball
•
•
Who/What is shown in the picture? A kite
•
What is it doing? Flying in the sky
Naming Words
•
Who/What is shown in the picture? Doctor What is she doing? Thinking
Action Words
boy
throwing
kite
flying
doctor
thinking
As we can see, the action words tell us what a person or object is doing.
An Action Word or Verb is used to show an action connected with a person, an animal/bird or a thing.
What are Verbs? Verbs express: 1. Physical actions
2. Mental actions
3. States of being
I am cold
To Jump
To Think
To Be
Circle the action word. The naming word is highlighted. Please underline the action word (verb) 1. The cat ran across the road.
2. Sejal and I travel by bus everyday.
3. Mohan is helping me with my homework. 4. The children will play in the evening.
76
Since the action word tells us more about a naming word, it appears near the naming word.
We need to keep in mind that the form of the action word or verb depends on the time of the action.
Now
Future
MODULE 4
Past
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Let’s learn to use action words correctly in sentences
• •
Whether the action happened in the past
Whether it is happening currently
Whether it will happen in the future
The action has happened in the past (Eg. Rohit studied yesterday).
The action is happening in the present (Rohit is studying now).
The action will take place in the future (I will study tomorrow).
The action could be happening on a regular basis (Seema studies every day after college) The action is a fact (The sun rises in the east)
As we can see, depending on past, present or future, the form of the action word will change, however, the meaning of the action word/ verb remains the same Let’s look at some more examples:
Last year it rained a lot (‘Last year’ is in the past)
I will return your book next week (‘next week’ refers to the future)
We are playing hockey now (This action is happening currently ‘now’) My mother works in a factory (This is a fact)
We celebrate Children’s Day on 14th November every year (An action that happens ‘every year’ on a regular basis).
Fill in the gaps using the correct action word from the box. jumped
is driving
will watch
Activity Time!
have fly
1. Shilpa _____________________ the car now. 2. Birds __________in the sky.
3. I _____________________ TV at night. 4. The cat ___________ over the wall 5. Every week, we __________ a test
77
MODULE 4
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Action words / verbs tell us about an action connected to a person or thing. 2. The form of the action word or verb depends on the time of the action (past, present or future).
4.6 Describing Objects, Surroundings and Processes In this lesson you will learn : 1. How describing words adds more information to naming words. 2. Use describing words related to size, shape, texture and color in sentences
Do you know how to describe the things around you?
Let’s learn about Describing Words Words that are used to describe things are called adjectives. We use them to give details about something or someone. A red bus. A tall girl. In these sentences, red and tall are adjectives, because they describe the bus and the girl.
Adjectives add details to make sentences clearer or more interesting. Look closely at how adjectives are used in these sentences! •
A screwdriver is a useful tool
•
Radha lives in a lovely house
•
78
Arjun is wearing a yellow shirt
Thinking Box
MODULE 4
What adjectives did Komal use to describe the new office?
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Read how Komal is describing her new sales office. Then, answer the questions!
The new sales office is in a tall green building. There is a small beautiful park next to it.
1. 2.
Let’s learn about a few words that are the same, but have different meanings Adjectives can be used to describe COLOUR
Adjectives can be used to describe SIZE
Adjectives can be used to describe QUALITY
A blue uniform
A long bridge
A happy face
An orange balloon
A large pot
A sharp tool
What is the importance of adjectives in our everyday life? 1. Adjectives help to describe the size, shape, colour and even quality of things. 2. Using them correctly helps us to communicate better with people. 3. It helps to understand what we read, speak and write about.
79
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Write 3 sentences to describe your home. You can use any of these adjectives. Share your writing with your friends in class. 1. Size - big, small, long, large
3. Quality - beautiful, quiet, clean, happy
2.Colour – White, yellow, green, black
1. 2. 3.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Words that are used to describe things are called Adjectives 2. Describing words add details to make sentences clearer or more interesting 3. Describing the size, shape, colour and quality of things help us communicate better
80
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of punctuation marks
MODULE 4
2. How to use punctuation marks correctly
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.7 Introduction to Punctuation
Do you know the names of these symbols? Match the words given below to the correct symbol.
Thinking Box
question mark
full stop
comma
exclamation mark
Let’s learn the importance of punctuation marks Let’s look at an interesting sentence.
“I love cooking my family and my pets.”
What does this sentence mean? Does it mean that this man loves to ‘cook’ his family and his pets? No! What the person is actually trying to tell us is that he loves 3 things: cooking, his family, and his pets. Now let’s use punctuation marks and correct the sentence. “I love cooking, my family, and my pets.”
This is why punctuation is important. The punctuation in this sentence makes the meaning clear to understand.
81
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Here’s another example to understand the importance of punctuation. Please read both the paragraphs aloud. 1. Oh wow congratulations when do you have to leave I’ll tell everyone and we will have a small party for you before you go. Hey, guess what Anil has got a job and he has to leave for the city next week we are planning a farewell party for him will you all come.
2. Oh wow! Congratulations! When do you have to leave? I’ll tell everyone and we will have a small party for you before you go. Hey, guess what? Anil has got a job and he has to leave for the city next week. We are planning a farewell party for him. Will you all come?
Which paragraph was easier to understand? •
The first paragraph was difficult to read and understand, wasn’t it? This is because there are no punctuation marks. The second paragraph has punctuation, so it is much easier to understand, and it sounds better.
•
When we speak to each other, our voice adds a lot to our words. We stop and pause at the end of sentences. We also ask questions in a particular tone. We use another tone when we are surprised or excited, so it is easy to understand what we’re saying.
But when we write, we cannot use our voice. That’s why we use punctuation marks.
Punctuation marks are symbols that we use while writing, to make a sentence clear and interesting.
Circle the punctuation marks in these sentences. •
Finally, Diwali has arrived! Anita, Mukesh and Shana are extremely excited. They can’t wait to go to their favourite event of all time - the fireworks exhibition! They run down the stairs to go to the ground early. Where are the children’s parents? They will join them later.
•
The three siblings climb a tree - a tall mango tree - to get the best view. Wow! Look at the colours! There’s red, green, yellow and blue - every colour they could imagine!
Let’s learn the importance of punctuation marks Full stop (.)
A full stop is a dot that is always placed at the end of a sentence.
Turn to any other page in this book and look at the sentences. All sentences will end with a full stop. Capital letter at the beginning of the sentence
The first letter of a sentence is always written as a capital letter.
Again, turn to another page in this book. Observe the sentences. All sentences will start with a capital letter. The word ‘I’ is also always in a capital letter, no matter which part of the sentence it comes in. •
When can I go to school?
Comma (,)
This symbol is called a comma.
The comma is used in a sentence to show a break within the sentence. A comma is used in a few situations. 1. It is used while making a list of more than 2 things. • •
The Indian flag is saffron, white and green.
The boy shouted, screamed and cried when he saw the clown.
2. It is used in sentences which have two parts that talk about two different things. • •
82
After we eat, we will take a nap.
The clothes were beautiful, but they were too expensive.
Rewrite the following sentences with a full stop at the end and a capital letter at the beginning. 1. the dog barked
2. i like to drive my car
3. my father will cook the rice
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Look out for a red line under the sentence when you make a mistake.
MODULE 4
Tip: When typing sentences on a computer using MS Word, it will automatically suggest corrections when you make a mistake with punctuation.
1. 2. 3.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Punctuation is important so sentences are clear and easy to understand. 2. A full stop is always used at the end of a sentence. 3. The first letter of a sentence is always written in a capital letter. 4. A comma is used to show a break within a sentence.
83
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
4.8 Kinds of Sentences Introduction In this lesson you will learn : 1. Different types of sentences 2. How to make sentences for different situations
Read these sentences out loud. 1. “Is this a mango tree?”
Thinking Box
2. This is a big mango tree.
3. “Wow! This painting is so big!”
What are the differences you notice in sentence 1, 2 & 3?
Let’s learn about the different types of sentences Sentences are a group of words that convey a single idea. There are 4 different types of sentences based on what the sentence means.
I love my cat.
My new car is Red. My dress is blue.
Declarative Sentence
A declarative sentence tells us some information, a fact or an explanation. This is the most common type of sentence that we use. (All the sentences in this section are declarative sentences.) They always end with a full stop. I love my cat.
My new car is Red. My dress is blue.
Exclamatory Sentence
An exclamatory sentence is a sentence which expresses a strong emotion - like anger, surprise, excitement or happiness. An exclamatory sentence always ends with an exclamation mark (!) I’m so angry with her! Oh no!
You did a great job!
84
Congratulations!
I’m so angry with her!
An imperative sentence is a sentence which expresses a command or an instruction to someone. (Instruction manuals, recipe books, etc. are written like this) Give me the keys.
Drive slowly, and take the next right.
Please bring me the jar from the kitchen. Interrogative Sentence
Where did you keep the water bottle?
An interrogative sentence is a sentence which asks a question. Did you know that an interrogative sentence always ends with a particular punctuation symbol? Do you know what it is? It is a question mark.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Imperative Sentence
MODULE 4
Give me the keys.
Is it raining outside?
Where did you keep the water bottle? Does this shop sell clothes?
Read these sentences carefully. Rewrite them in the correct box according to the type of sentence. 1. Come to my office later. 2. I have a gray dress.
3. How do I open this box?
4. The car broke down yesterday!
Declarative Sentence
Exclamatory Sentence
Imperative Sentence
Interrogative Sentence
Let’s learn about how to make sentences for different situations The different types of sentences are meant to be used in specific situations. They help you communicate efficiently depending on the situation. For example, you’ve visited a beautiful park in your neighborhood. You’re writing a text to your friend telling them about your day. To share your emotion in the best way to your friend, would you use a declarative sentence or an exclamatory sentence? The flowers in the park were beautiful.
Wow! The flowers in the park were beautiful!
85
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
The exclamatory sentence is the best way to express your joy to your friend. Let’s look at another example. You are sitting in a classroom and studying. Another student comes in to take some books and leaves. He forgets to close the door. What is the correct sentence to use to ask him to close the door? Close the door.
Please close the door.
Using the imperative sentence ‘Close the door’ is giving the person a direction or a command. However, it is not polite to use a commanding sentence while asking someone to do something for us. It is more polite to ask them the question.
Megha and Mohan are walking on the road. They are having a conversation about their day at school. Write a short conversation between the two of them. Make sure to include at least one sentence of each of the 4 kinds of sentences in the conversation.
Megha: What an exciting day at school today! Mohan: Yes, it was. Did you see _____________________? Megha: Mohan:
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are 4 types of sentences - declarative, interrogative, exclamatory and imperative. 2. A declarative sentence gives information or states a fact. 3. An exclamatory sentence is used to express a strong emotion - like anger, surprise, excitement or happiness. 4. An imperative sentence expresses a command or a request. 5. An interrogative sentence asks a question.
86
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of word order in making sentences
MODULE 4
2. To rearrange words correctly to create meaningful sentences
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.9 Writing Simple Sentences
Look around the room that you are sitting in. Observe for a few minutes. Write 5 sentences about what you see and what people are doing.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the importance of word order in making sentences The little boy is hiding under the table.
What is this sentence about? It is about the little boy. ‘The little boy’ is the subject of the sentence. Brazil is popular for the game of football.
What is this sentence about? It is about Brazil. ‘Brazil’ is the subject of the sentence. Justice is quick and fair.
What is this sentence about? It is about justice. ‘Justice’ is the subject of the sentence.
Every complete sentence has 3 parts: 1. The Subject is what or whom a sentence is about. 2. The Verb (action word). 3. The Object tells us something about the subject.
Subject
Predicate
The little boy
is hiding
Brazil
is
Justice
is
Object under the table. popular for the game of football. quick and fair
87
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
In an English sentence, the subject always comes first in a sentence. This is followed by the verb (action word) and then the object. It’s important to use the correct word order while forming a sentence. When the correct word order is not used, it is confusing to understand the meaning of the sentence. Listen to the teacher the students. X
This sentence is wrong because the word order is wrong. The subject ‘the students’ should come at the beginning of the sentence. Let’s write the sentence in the correct order. The students listen to the teacher.
Combine the two parts and write a full sentence. Remember to always write the subject first.
1.
Verb and Object
Subject
fell down and broke.
The red jar
Subject
Verb and Object
Nicky’s brother
is going to watch a movie.
2.
Let’s learn to rearrange words correctly to create meaningful sentences We learnt that the subject always comes first in a sentence. The action word or the verb of the predicate comes next. This is followed by the rest of the predicate (also called the object of the sentence). You can remember this pattern using these colors.
Subject
The cat The students
Verb
(action word)
Object
runs
across the road.
listen
to the teacher.
You must always use the words in this order to write a correct, meaningful sentence.
88
Verb
Subject
(action word)
1. symbolizes / peace. / The colour white
2. the largest continent in the world. / Asia / is
Object
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Rearrange these words to write a correct sentence. Use the colour pattern to help you.
Activity Time!
3. walked / Neil Armstrong / on the moon. 4. in Australia. / Kangaroos / live
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The words in a sentence must be written in the correct order. 2. The subject of a sentence is what the sentence is about. 3. The subject always comes first in a sentence. This is followed by the verb (action word) and then the object.
89
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
4.10 Reading Activity In this lesson you will learn : 1. Strategies to become a better reader 2. Read and get information from posters and signs
What was the last thing that you enjoyed reading? What was it about?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn strategies to become a better reader Reading is an activity that we do throughout the day. We read road signs. We read words and instructions while using our mobile phone. We read the news, text messages and emails. We read mainly for three reasons. 1. Reading for information. Reading is the most effective way to get information and grow in knowledge. When we read books and articles, we learn new things that improve our skills. We read on the internet to find information about anything in the world. 2. Reading for instructions. When we fill out a form, how do we know what details we need to write? We read the words on the form! Reading carefully can help us complete many tasks correctly. Instruction manuals, user guides, road signs, etc. are all meant for us to read and follow instructions. 3. Reading for entertainment. Reading is one of the most productive and healthy activities we can do in our free time. We can discover many interesting characters and funny stories through reading.
90
10 ways to become a better reader
1. Read
6. Read
3. Read
8. Read
2. Read 4. Read 5. Read
7. Read 9. Read 10. Read
1. Read everything you can see. Read the newspaper, posters, magazines, online articles, etc.
2. Dedicate 20 minutes every day to read something that you enjoy. Choose something that fits your interests. Find books, short stories or newsletters on a topic that you like. 3. Read with a pencil in your hand. Underline important words or points as you read. You can also underline words that you do not know the meaning of. Use the Internet to find the meaning of these words.
Let’s decide to read more! Fill in the blanks to set your goals.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Here are a few things you can do to become a better reader.
MODULE 4
Reading is a very important skill to practice and perfect. Reading can seem difficult and boring, if you are not used to it.
1. I will read _______ books this year. (Write a number) 2. I will read from ______ to ______ every day. (Choose a time)
Let’s learn to read and gain information from posters and signs Understanding posters
A common way to share information is through posters. Posters present information by using images and colours. While reading a poster, first take a look at the title. This will tell you what the poster is about. Then, read the highlighted points. This will give you a summary of the information given in the poster. Finally, read all the details under the highlighted points. This will help you understand all the information.
Understanding signs and symbols
Another way to give information through images is through symbols. There are some common symbols that we see around us.
For example, arrows are one of the most used symbols. When arrows are used in road signs, they are telling us which direction we should go in. When arrows are used in posters or presentations, they are telling us to focus on a particular thing.
Hair Ear
Eye Mouth
91
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Here are some more commonly used signs and symbols. •
Red colour: When the colour red is used in any symbols, it usually means that something must not be done.
•
Yellow colour: When the colour yellow is used, it means, it means that you must be careful. You must pay special attention because there is some risk.
•
This is the Recycle symbol. If you see it on any objects, it means that the object can be recycled. If the symbol is on a dustbin, it means you must use that bin for recyclable items.
•
This is the special access symbol. It is used to indicate when something is designed specifically for use by people with disabilities. Some public spaces have a ramp access, reserved parking facility or a special bathroom for people with disabilities. You will see this symbol in such places.
•
This symbol is used to indicate the place where you can exit a building or a room.
Digital symbols •
When using an app or a website, you will see this symbol on the screen. Clicking this will open the menu which shows you all the available options.
•
This is the power on/off button. You will find this on remotes and devices like the TV, mobile phone etc. You can even find it on the computer screen. Clicking this will turn on or turn off the device.
Match the following: 1. Power on and off 2. Be careful 3. Menu
4. Recycle
92
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. We read to gain information, to get instructions and for entertainment. 2. Posters are a way to convey information in a visually appealing manner. 3. There are commonly used symbols that have particular meanings
4.11 Speaking In this lesson you will learn : 1. The appropriate expressions to use while speaking. 2. How to clearly communicate your views to others.
If you could speak to any famous person in the world, who would you speak to? What would you ask them?
Thinking Box
93
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Let’s learn the appropriate expressions to use while speaking It is important to use words in a clear and correct way while communicating. But, good communication is more than just the right words. When we speak, people can hear the emotions in our voice and see our facial expressions. The expressions of your voice
Can you remember a speech that you enjoyed listening to? Or a dialogue in a film by your favorite actor? What emotion was the person feeling during the speech? Were they angry or sad or happy? The easiest way to convey emotion while speaking is through your voice. Avoid speaking in a single tone that does not share your emotions. Use a happy, excited voice to talk about things that excite you. Use a calm, lower voice to talk about topics that are serious or sad. It’s also important to be aware of the volume of your voice. When speaking to many people or in a crowded room, try to speak loudly and slowly so that everyone can hear you. Speak in a quieter voice when speaking to one or few people. The expressions of your face
Why have video calls become so popular when we already have voice calls to speak to each other? It is because seeing each other’s faces is an important part of communication for us. When you speak, people are usually using both their eyes and ears to focus on you. They can hear your voice and see your face. Our faces naturally make expressions to show emotion. So while speaking, use your facial expressions to match what you are saying. Eye contact is the most important part of your facial expressions. It helps the people speaking feel connected. When speaking to a group of people, move your eye contact from one person to another. Speaking without eye contact shows that you are not confident about what you are saying.
I am writing my exams tomorrow
I am writing my exams tomorrow
Suitable facial expressions + Proper voice tone = Effective Communication
Pick a simple, popular story that you know from your childhood. Practice telling the entire story in front of a mirror. Use voice expressions properly. When speaking in front of the mirror, do it by maintaining eye contact with yourself. It might feel strange at first. But it is great practice for speaking to other people.
Let’s learn how to clearly communicate your views to others “Apples contain Vitamin C.”
This sentence is a fact. You can check if it is true or false. It does not change from one person to the other or from one place to another. “Apples are better than bananas.”
This sentence is not a fact. Suresh likes apples better than bananas. His sister Sangeetha likes bananas better than apples. This is an opinion.
94
Opinion phrases
Examples
I feel that
I feel that these yellow lights are too bright.
In my opinion,
In my opinion, Mrs. Sharma is the best teacher in the school.
Personally, I think
Personally, I think this house is too small.
I respectfully disagree
I respectfully disagree with what you are saying. Eating meat is normal for some and not normal for others. It is upto people to decide.
Write 4-5 sentences about the place where you live. Use the opinion phrases that we just learnt.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Tip: It is normal and acceptable for you to have a different opinion from others. We always need to communicate respectfully, even if we do not agree with others.
MODULE 4
During conversations, we sometimes state facts. Other times we share our personal opinion on something. The person that we are speaking to might have a different opinion on the same topic. We can use certain words and phrases to communicate our opinions during conversations.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Facial expressions and voice expressions help us to communicate our thoughts clearly. 2. Maintaining eye contact with the people we are speaking to helps us to communicate confidently. 3. In a conversation, we can share our opinions with people by using phrases like “I feel that…” and “Personally, I think…”
95
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The purpose and importance of listening 2. How to practise listening to follow instructions correctly
MODULE 4
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.12 Listening
We listen to many things in our daily lives! Tick the things that you listen to regularly. Music
YouTube videos Voice notes
Teacher teaching in class News
Speeches
Audiobooks
Let’s learn the purpose and importance of listening Effective communication is being able to both speak well and listen well. When you are having a conversation with someone, it’s important to listen carefully. This helps us understand the other person and contribute to the conversation. Listening is an important skill to develop. We listen for many purposes.
Listening for information •
Sometimes we listen to get information. When we listen to the news or listen to announcements in a train station- it is listening to get specific information.
Listening for instructions •
96
We must also learn to listen for instructions. In the classroom and in the workplace, many institutions are shared. If we don’t listen carefully, it is hard to follow the instructions correctly. Listening for instructions and information are two of the most common purposes of listening.
Thinking Box
•
Sometimes, our listening skills can also be useful in other ways. Listening to a friend helps us understand them and build a relationship. You can also listen to music, audiobooks and podcasts for entertainment and pleasure.
Think and recall everything that you did in the last 5 days. Write down 3 instances when you had to listen carefully for information or instruction.
MODULE 4
1.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Listening for relationships and entertainment
2. 3.
Let’s learn how to practise listening to follow instructions correctly Listening is like any other skill - you must practice to become good at it. Here are 3 simple things you can do to practise and improve your listening skills. 1. Spend 15 minutes every day listening to something like the news or a speech. Avoid distractions. Don’t do anything else while listening. 2. When you listen to someone speaking or listen to a recording, summarise what you have heard. Try to use 2 or 3 sentences to recollect what the person has said. 3. While your teacher speaks and as you listen, try to write the words that you are hearing. This might seem difficult at first. But keep trying.
Choose the correct answer to the question.
Activity Time!
1. What is effective communication? a. To both listen well and speak well b. To only know how to speak to someone
2. Why is it important to listen carefully? a. To forget all the information given by someone b. To understand the information and instructions given by the speaker 3. What does it mean to summarize what you’ve listened to? a. To recollect everything you’ve heard in 2 or 3 sentences b. To type everything in a document
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Listening is an important communication skill to get information and receive instructions from people. 2. When listening, it is important to focus on the person who is speaking, write down the information and recollect what you have heard.
97
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
4.13 Talking about Likes and Dislikes In this lesson you will learn : 1. The difference between likes and dislikes 2. How to share our likes and dislikes 3. How to talk about others’ likes and dislikes
What are two things that you like to eat? What are two things that you do not like to eat? Write them below.
Let’s learn the difference between likes and dislikes This is Naresh. He likes to eat cake. He enjoys playing football. He loves his puppy.
He does not like the taste of pizza. He does not like being around cats. He dislikes eating apples. These are Naresh’s likes and dislikes!
Likes are things or activities or places that we enjoy. They are things that we feel a positive emotion of joy or excitement towards. Dislikes are things that we do not like. They are things towards which we feel a negative emotion of hatred or fear or boredom. Different people can have different likes and dislikes. You and your friend might like many of the same things. However, you might also dislike some of the things that they like. Our likes and dislikes are one of the things that makes us unique.
98
Thinking Box
Samvita’s Dislikes
Let’s learn how to share our likes and dislikes
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Samvita’s Likes
MODULE 4
This is Samvita. Take a look at her likes and dislikes. Write them down.
We can use particular phrases to talk about our likes and dislikes. Let’s learn which are the best phrases to use.
Talking about likes I like...
I like eating ice cream.
I love…
I love my friends.
I adore…
I adore the paintings made by my sister.
I enjoy…
I enjoy swimming in the ocean.
I’m crazy about…
I’m crazy about football.
Use this phrase to express a strong liking towards something.
Use this phrase to express a strong admiration of something or someone.
Use this phrase to talk about an activity that you like to do.
Use this phrase to express a strong liking towards something.
99
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
I’m fond of…
Use this phrase to talk about a person that you like a lot.
I’m fond of my English teacher.
MODULE 4
Talking about dislikes I don’t like…
I don’t like driving.
I hate…
I hate watching the news.
I detest…
I detest cooking in a dirty kitchen.
I can’t bear…
I can’t bear to clean my cupboard.
Use this phrase to express a strong dislike towards something.
The word ‘detest’ is a very strong negative word. Use this phrase to express a strong hatred towards something.
Use this phrase to talk about an activity or a thing that you don’t like to spend time on.
While we may like and dislike many things, there are some things that we don’t have a positive or negative feeling about. To talk about things that you neither like nor dislike, use this phrase. • •
I don’t mind…
I don’t mind studying physics.
Write sentences about your own likes and dislikes. Use the phrases given below. I’m fond of I hate I don’t mind
Let’s learn to talk about others’ likes and dislikes You can also use these phrases to talk about others’ likes and dislikes. •
She is fond of her little sister.
•
The teacher can’t bear untidiness in the classroom.
• •
Sonya is crazy about cricket.
Pandi doesn’t mind eating apples or oranges.
While talking about likes and dislikes, we can also use these two phrases to add to the meaning of the sentence. Using these phrases adds an emphasis to how much you like or dislike something.
100
2. very much It’s important to place them in the correct part of the sentence. 1. She likes her car a lot.
2. The little girl loves her puppy very much. To talk about others’ likes and dislikes, we must first ask them. We must ask them what they like and dislike so that we know more about the person. Here are some questions you can ask to find out what someone likes or dislikes.
Questions to ask someone about their likes and dislikes
MODULE 4
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
1. a lot
What kind of movies do you like? What kind of food do you like to eat? Do you enjoy being a teacher? Do you enjoy dancing? What is your favourite subject? Who is your favourite sportsperson? What do you like about your city? What do you dislike about this house?
Naveen is at home. His sister Sherin comes in. Notice how they express their likes and dislikes. Naveen: Hi Sherin! Would you like to watch a movie tonight? I enjoy going to the theater.
Sherin: Oh, no! I don’t feel like watching a movie tonight. Why don’t we go out to eat at a restaurant?
Naveen: Sure. I adore the new Chinese restaurant. Or shall we go to eat biryani?
Sherin: I don’t mind Chinese food.
Naveen: Yes, I don’t want to eat biryani today either. Great! Let’s go.
Let’s look at some more things that Sherin and Naveen like and dislike. Look at the chart carefully. Write 5 or 6 sentences about what the siblings like and dislike.
Drinking soda
X
:)
:)
Sherin
X
Cricket
:)
Naveen
Their neighbour :)
Playing video games
Activity Time!
X
X 101
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today:
MODULE 4
3. We can ask other people questions to understand what their likes and dislikes are.
Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. All of us have different likes and dislikes - things that we enjoy and things that we don’t. 2. We can use different phrases to communicate our likes and dislikes in different ways.
4.14 Greetings and self-introduction In this lesson you will learn : 1. The appropriate expressions to greet people in formal and informal situations. 2. How to introduce yourself to others effectively
A new teacher comes to your classroom. They ask everyone to introduce themselves. What would you say? Write it down.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the appropriate expressions to greet people in formal and informal situations. When we begin speaking with someone or addressing many people, we first greet them. There are many different kinds of greetings. They must be ued appropriately in the right context. You use a formal greeting when you’re speaking to a person of authority. Formal greetings are also for conversations in formal contexts like workplace, conferences, business meetings, etc. You can also use a formal greeting when you don’t know the person. Here are a few greetings you can use when you are starting a formal conversation.
102
Hello! How are you?
Hello! Good morning. Good afternoon. Good evening. Hello! How are you? It’s nice to meet you.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Hello! Good morning.
MODULE 4
Formal Greetings
Informal greetings are greetings we use while speaking to friends and family. It is for people with whom we have casual conversations, outside a professional setting.
Informal Greetings Hi! Hey! What’s up? What’s going on? Long time, no see!
Take a look at these situations. Which greeting is appropriate for Sheila to use? 1. Sheila meets her best friend from school at a wedding. They are in touch on WhatsApp and Instagram. They have not met each other in a while. What should Sheila say? a. Good evening. b. Long time, no see! 2. Sheila wants to join an internship. Her teacher introduces her to an office manager who has more details about the internship. Sheila walks into a meeting room to meet the office manager. What should Sheila say? a. How are you? It’s nice to meet you b. Hey! What’s up?
Let’s learn how to introduce yourself to others effectively In the last activity, Sheila met two people. When she meets her friend, her friend already knows her. Sheila does not need to introduce herself. They can begin a conversation because they know each other well. However, when Sheila meets the office manager to talk about the internship, the first thing she has to do is to introduce herself. We introduce ourselves to people in different situations to give them some basic information about who we are and what we do. The way we introduce ourselves depends on the situation in which we are asked to introduce ourselves.
103
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
•
While introducing yourself in a classroom, it’s relevant to share information about what you’re studying.
•
While introducing yourself in a job interview, it’s relevant to share information about your job skills and experience.
•
While introducing yourself to a new friend, it’s good to talk about your likes and dislikes.
When we are asked to introduce ourselves, we can sometimes feel nervous because we don’t know what to say. A good practice is to prepare 5 or 6 sentences of an introduction. You can use this prepared introduction with some small changes. That way you will not feel nervous to introduce yourself!
Let’s look at Shamini’s introduction and learn how to form our own introduction. Hello everyone! My name is Shamini, and I am a student at Ashoka University. I am studying to be a librarian. I chose my course because I enjoy reading. I also would like to help small kids read more. I’m also a basketball player. I go to the park thrice a week to teach some kids to play basketball. The happiest part of my day is when I spend time with children. I’m a patient teacher and a good listener. Shamini’s introduction can be split up into 6 parts. Using these 6 simple parts, you too can write your own introduction!
1
Your name
Hello everyone! My name is Shamini,
2
What you do primarily - as a student or for work
and I am a student at Ashoka University. I am studying to be a librarian.
Some personal or interesting information to add to the previous point
I chose my course because I enjoy reading. I also would like to help small kids read more.
4
Another activity that you do or interest that you have
I’m also a basketball player. I go to the park thrice a week to teach some kids to play basketball.
5
Something that you like doing
The happiest part of my day is when I spend time with children.
6
A personal strength or a positive attribute that you have
I’m a patient teacher and a good listener.
3
104
1
Your name
2
What you do primarily - as a student or for work
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
It’s time to write your own introduction! Follow the 6 steps. Write 1 or 2 sentences to fit into each step of an introduction.
Activity Time!
Some personal or interesting information to add to the previous point
3
4
Another activity that you do or interest that you have
5
Something that you like doing
6
A personal strength or a positive attribute that you have
You’ve written your own introduction! Now practice it out loud. Stand in front of a mirror and practice your introduction.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. We use greetings to begin a conversation. In formal situations, we must use formal greetings. While speaking to friends and family, we can use informal greetings. 2. We introduce ourselves when we meet someone new to give them more information about us. 3. Introductions include basic information about myself and also tell the person more about who I am as a person
105
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 4
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.15 Asking and responding to questions 1. The differences between questions and responses. 2. How to ask and respond to questions using the correct phrases and expressions.
Imagine that you are meeting the CEO of your dream company! What are 2 questions you would ask them?
Thinking Box
Now they ask you these two questions. How would you respond? Write them below. 1. “What is a new skill you would like to learn?”
2. “If you could begin a company or a business, what would it be?”
Let’s learn the differences between questions and responses A question is when you ask someone something. A question is a type of sentence that we ask or write to get further information. In written language, a question always ends with a question mark (?). In spoken language, we change the tone of our voice while asking a question. Read these sentences out loud. • •
I am going to the bank tomorrow.
Are you going to the bank tomorrow?
While asking the question, the tone of your voice must become higher at the end of the sentence. Often, but not always, question sentences begin with a few words that are used to ask questions, also called ‘Question Words’. For example:
How are you? Who is your class teacher? What is the time now?
106
Have you ever tried ice cream with dessert before? Do you have a pen? Are you going to see the doctor tomorrow?
Questions usually require a response or an answer from the other person. A response or an answer is what another person says to address the question that is asked to them. Response sentences usually won’t make sense on their own. You must know the question to fully understand the meaning of the response.
MODULE 4
For example, see these responses. Do they make sense to you?
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Not all questions begin with these words though; there are many other alternatives that can be used to frame the structure of a sentence. For example:
5 pm.
She will.
Not today. But when we read it with a question, you will fully understand it.
Response
Question What time is Reena coming?
5 pm.
Will Reena get my umbrella?
She will.
Are you taking Reena to watch the movie?
Not today.
Match the question to the response Question
Response
Can we use this room?
Yes.
What time is the meeting?
Of course, you can!
Which fruit do you prefer?
I like grapes.
Are you going to class today?
It’s at 4pm.
Let’s learn how to ask and respond to questions using the correct phrases and expressions There are many types of questions. Each type of question calls for a different type of response. Here we will look at two types of questions: Wh- Questions
Wh- questions are questions that start with who, what, when, where ,why and how. The question gives a clear indication of the information that the person wants to know.
107
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Yes or No Questions
These are questions for which the answer is usually either a yes or a no. When used in a formal setting, it is good to answer these questions in a full sentence. Avoid just saying “Yes.” or “No.” as a response. When answering a yes or no question, you can also add some additional information that is useful. Sometimes the answer to the question might not be a yes or a no. In that case, you can respond using some of the following phrases. - I’m not sure.
When is the meeting happening?
- I don’t mind. Do you know how to use MS Excel?
Yes, I know how to use MS Excel.
Where do I have to come?
Did Rhea come to school today?
Are they going to build a new bridge here?
It is at 2pm on Friday
You can come to our office for the meeting.
I’m not sure. I did not check.
No, they are not. They cancelled the bridge project this year
Mallika calls a restaurant to ask them about their timings, what food they have on the menu and if they have home delivery. The restaurant manager also asks for Mallika’s contact details and her food order. Write the conversation between the two of them. Make sure that each person asks at least one Wh- question and one yes-or-no question.
108
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A question is when you ask someone something. 2. A response or an answer is what another person says to address the question that is asked to them.
MODULE 4
3. There are two types of questions - Wh- questions and yes-or-no questions. The response depends on the type of question that is asked.
4.16 Group discussion on simple topics In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to express your thoughts clearly in a group discussion 2. Useful expressions to use while participating in a discussion
What is the meaning of a group discussion? Describe it in your own words.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn how to express your thoughts clearly in a group discussion A conversation is when two or three people are speaking to each other. However, in some situations, topics are discussed among a bigger group of people. Many people give their thoughts and views on a topic. This is called a group discussion. A group discussion is beneficial as it helps you: • •
Learn more about a topic Solve big problems
109
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
•
Discuss new ideas
•
Find strengths and weaknesses of an idea
• •
Understand different people’s views Develop self-confidence
Group discussions can make you nervous. You may feel like you can’t explain what’s on your mind clearly. You may not get an opportunity to share your thoughts unless you speak up clearly.
Here are a few tips to keep in mind that will help you express yourself well in a group discussion. Understand the purpose of the group discussion Think carefully about the purpose of the discussion. Find what and how you should participate. Stick to the point discussed.
Group Discussion Benefits
Be prepared Write down some notes on what you would like to share. Do some research on the topic using the Internet. Write your own personal thoughts and opinions.
•
Speak confidently Use a clear and firm voice during group discussions. Share thoughts and opinions that are important for the discussion. Avoid using fillers like “um” and “I feel…” while expressing facts and information that you know to be true.
• • • • •
Learn more about a topic Solve big problems Discuss new ideas
Understand different people’s views
Find strengths and weaknesses of an idea Develop selfconfidence
Keep eye contact while speaking Making eye contact is important. This helps you to grab the attention of every member in the room. Listen attentively to others Listening to what others in the group are sharing can help you understand and gather new information about the topic. Avoid being distracted or doing other tasks when someone else is talking.
Do not interrupt others Avoid interrupting someone while they are speaking. Raise your hand if you want to contribute and wait till you have a chance to speak.
110
1. 2. 3. 4.
Let’s learn useful expressions to use while participating in a discussion
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
You are invited to be part of the discussion. Write 3 or 4 things that you can contribute to the discussion. (They can be facts/information or they can be your personal opinions.)
MODULE 4
Your institute is having a discussion: Should a computer lab be set up that is open for 24 hours for students to use for studying?
During a group discussion, you respond and contribute in different ways. You can use these expressions to form appropriate sentences. Expressing your opinion
Your opinion is your unique point of view on a topic or an issue. Opinions can change from one person to another.
Phrases to use
Example
In my opinion…
In my opinion, there are too many students in the classroom.
It seems to me that…
It seems to me that students need more space to work on their art projects.
Sharing facts and information
In group discussions, it’s good to also talk about facts and information that you have. Make sure that the information is accurate. It’s also a good idea to tell the group how you got the information.
Phrases to use
Example
We must keep in mind that…
We must keep in mind that there are 70 students and only 2 classrooms.
The fact is that…
The fact is that the average classroom size across the world is 24 students in each class.
Agreeing with someone
In a group discussion, you don’t always have to contribute a new thought. You can agree with what someone else has said and add to their views.
Phrases to use
Example
I agree with…
I agree with Latha.
You are absolutely right.
You are absolutely right. It is difficult to manage the schedule.
111
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Disagreeing with someone
Sometimes, you might disagree with someone’s views. You would want to talk about an alternative perspective and help them reconsider their views. It’s important to do this in a polite and respectful way.
Phrases to use
Example
I don’t quite agree…
I don’t quite agree with what you’re saying.
I’m not convinced that…
I’m not convinced that the files need to be printed. Sending emails is more convenient.
Let’s recap the group discussion from earlier in the lesson. Your education institution is having a discussion to consider if they
should set up a computer lab that is open for 24 hours for students to use for working and studying. You are invited to be part of the discussion.
Write sentences to use during the group discussion using these expressions. •
In my opinion…
•
We must keep in mind that…
•
I’m not convinced that…
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Group discussions are a great way for people to talk together, exchange ideas and solve a problem. 2. During a group discussion, it is important to be wellprepared, confident and attentive when others are speaking. 3. We can use different expressions to express our opinions, to agree with others and disagree with them.
112
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.17 Telephone Skills In this lesson you will learn : 1. Three phases of a telephone call
Name the top 3 differences between making a formal call (call for official or professional purpose) and an informal call (call for personal reasons, to friends & family).
MODULE 4
2. How to use correct phrases to make telephone calls in a professional manner
Thinking Box
1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about three phases of a telephone call Telephone calls are an important method of verbal/spoken communication. In other words, communication that is taking place between two people with the help of a Telephone/phone. Telephone calls can happen in personal and professional contexts. In a personal context, we can speak freely and communicate in a casual manner. Professional phone calls need to be formal, clear and effective. When speaking to a junior or senior, we have to maintain a few simple norms in the workplace. Let’s learn more! •
Caller: A person who makes the call
•
On hold: When a call is kept waiting with a purpose
• •
Receiver: A person who receives the call
Engaged: The person you are trying to call is speaking to someone else
There are 3 phases to a telephone call:
Beginning
Middle
End
Observe the table on the next page.
113
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Steps of a Telephone Call Greet the person
Beginning
Good morning Sir/ Madam I am Rahim from ITI, Guindy.
Introduce yourself
I am trainee in the electrician trade.
Say why you are calling
I am calling to find out if I may come for an internship in your company.
Discuss what should be done
If there is a chance, please let me know. My contact number is 9999922222.
Thank the person.
Thank you Sir/Madam. Have a nice day.
Say goodbye.
Goodbye, Sir/Madam.
Middle
End
Speak politely. Use short sentences. Take notes about important information.
You need to call your friend to share about a job opening near your ITI. Tell your friend about the job title, office location, salary, interview date and other important details. Complete this table with what you will say in each step of the phone call. Greet the person
Beginning
Introduce yourself
Say why you are calling Middle Discuss what should be done Thank the person. End Say goodbye.
114
1. Making a call When you call a friend, they might have your number saved on their phone or they might recognize your voice. So you might not introduce yourself. When making a formal call, it’s important to introduce yourself clearly. You can also include information about yourself that might help the person connect with who you are. •
Hi, it’s [your name] from [company name].
2. Asking for somebody It’s important to check if you’re speaking to the right person. • •
Am I speaking to [person’s name]?
I’d like to speak to [person’s name], please.
3. Giving the reasons for calling Use these phrases to explain to the person why you are calling them. •
I’m calling to discuss…
•
Could you tell me…?
•
Example of a professional telephone conversation “Hello, my name is Soham, I am calling from MM company. Can I speak to Jisha?”
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Different phone calls have different purposes. During formal phone calls for professional purposes, there are some phrases you can use in the conversation. Let’s learn some of them.
MODULE 4
Let’s learn about how to use correct phrases to make telephone calls in a professional manner
“Hello, yes, this is Jisha speaking”
I just wanted to ask…
See the example on the right.
4. Asking when somebody will be available Sometimes when you call someone, they might not be available to talk at that moment. So it’s good to check with them. You can also ask when you can call them again. • •
Is it a good time for us to talk now?
“Hello Jisha, I’m calling to discuss about the New Year discount in our company”
“I am interested. Please tell me more”
When is a good time to call?
5. Asking the person to repeat information Sometimes, we might not hear the person clearly. You can ask them to repeat what they said. Make sure to do this politely, by asking it as a request. You can also repeat the information and check if you’ve understood them correctly. • • •
Could you please repeat that? I couldn’t hear you very well. Could you spell that for me, please?
Let me see if I got that right. [repeat the information]
The most important thing to remember in professional conversations is to speak politely and respectfully.
115
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
You need to call a HR manager to ask for details about an internship. You want to know information about how you can apply, what are the responsibilities and the dates of the internship.
Activity Time!
Complete this table with what you will say in each step of the phone call. Use at least 3 of the professional phrases we’ve learnt. Greet the person
Beginning
Middle
Introduce yourself
Say why you are calling Discuss what should be done
End
Thank the person. Say goodbye.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are 3 phases in a phone call. In the beginning, you greet the person and introduce yourself. In the middle, discuss the purpose of your call. In the end, you thank the person. 2. Informal telephone calls that we make to friends and family are different from formal telephone calls that we make for professional reasons. 3. It’s important to be polite during formal telephone calls and use certain phrases.
116
MODULE 4
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are job descriptions 2. How to relate your skills/education to a job description
You want to start a business where you prepare pickles and sell them. You want to hire one person to help you with the business. You want to find the best person for the job. Write down 2 skills that the person must have.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
4.18 Reading and understanding job descriptions
Thinking Box
1. 2.
Let’s learn about job descriptions A job description is a simple document which has all the details about a job. When a company wants to hire a person for a particular job, they create a job description. The purpose of a job description is to clearly explain the responsibilities and required skills for that particular job. A job description ensures that the right people apply for the job. Not all jobs are a good fit for our personal skills and interests. A job description can help us understand if the job suits our preferences. Here is an example.
Job Title- Office Assistant Location- Chennai Our small but growing company is looking for an honest, organized Office Assistant to manage the day-to-day administration of the office. The successful applicant must have a positive attitude, a desire to work efficiently, and excellent communication skills. Responsibilities and duties
•
Answer calls as required
•
Schedule travel arrangements for senior executives
• •
Maintain filing and storage systems in the office
Greet clients and vendors upon arrival and direct them to appropriate offices
117
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
•
Assist HR with sorting and collating documents
•
Bachelor’s degree preferred
•
Typing speed: minimum 60 WPM with 90 percent accuracy
• Qualifications and skills
• • • •
Handle all incoming mail
2+ years experience in an administrative capacity compulsory Familiarity with MS Office
Pleasant, friendly attitude
Strong interpersonal communication skills
How to apply?
Send us an email at
[email protected] with your resume. Applications close on June 30th
Beena and Vinod both applied for the same job. Beena re-read the job description carefully before her interview. Vinod did not read the job description carefully at all. Who do you think got the job offer? Why?
Let’s learn how to relate your skills/education to a job description When we buy clothes or shoes, we make sure that we buy the correct size. This helps us to be comfortable while wearing them. So it’s important to buy the right fit. Similarly while applying for jobs, it’s important to find the right fit. Job descriptions are an important tool that can help you to find the right fit. A job description has different sections. Each part of the job description has information that can help you consider if it is a good fit for you. Read each part of a job description and ask the question “Does this description fit me?” Job Title
The job title is the name of the role that you will be applying for. It conveys the purpose and scope of the job.
Summary
Some job descriptions have a short summary with details about the company and the job. This section can give you important information about the culture of the company.
Our small but growing company is looking for a reliable, organized Office Assistant to manage the day-to-day administrative aspects of running the business. The successful applicant must have a positive attitude, a desire to work efficiently, and excellent communication skills. This summary tells you that it is a small company. So if you prefer to work in a large company, the summary helps you understand that this is not a good fit.
118
While reading the responsibilities and duties, ask yourself these questions. Have I had similar responsibilities and duties before? Would I enjoy working on these things?
Do I have some skills that can help me fulfill these duties well?
If you answered ‘yes’ to some of these questions, the job description helps you understand that it is a good fit.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
This section describes what the job will require you to do. It lists all the tasks and actions that you will be expected to complete in this role.
MODULE 4
Responsibilities and duties
Qualification and skills
This is a list of expectations that the employer has for the applicants. It sets the conditions for what is required of someone who is applying for the job.
Some qualifications are compulsory - if you do not fulfill that criteria, you cannot be considered for the job. However, sometimes the word ‘preferred’ is used. If you do not meet this condition, you can still apply for the job. If you have strengths in other required skills, the employer will consider you as a potential candidate.
Other details
A job description also includes other important details like job location and the steps to apply for the job.
Read the above-mentioned examples of job descriptions carefully. Choose the correct answer to the questions.
Activity Time!
1. What is the location for the job? a. Chennai b. Hyderabad 2. What does ‘Familiarity with MS Office’ mean? a. Having a college degree b. Knowing how to use MS Office application like MS Word or MS Excel 3. A Bachelor’s degree is compulsory for everyone applying for this job. True or false? a. True b. False
119
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A job description is a simple document which has all the details about an available job. 2. It can help us understand if a job is a good fit for us or not.
MODULE 4
3. It’s important to read the different sections of a job description carefully, making note of important details
4.19 Speak and Share Information about Workplace In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to share specific information about a job or a workplace 2. How to communicate your views and opinions about a workplace
What are the different words used to describe a workplace? Select all the options which you think are correct.
Thinking Box
Office / Organization / Company / Shop / App / Building / Employee / Loan / Bank / School / Plumber
Let’s learn how to share specific information about a job or a workplace During conversations, we might be required to share information about a job that we are currently doing. A team leader can ask you to share details of a project that you are working on. A friend who is applying for a job in your company can ask you questions about your role. A potential customer can ask you for information about your company and your role in the company. A conversation about your job can begin if someone asks you one of the following questions. 1. What do you do?
2. What do you do for work?
3. What line of work are you in?
120
Share the name of your job
Step 1 - Share the name of your job •
I’m a teacher.
•
I’m an office assistant.
•
STEP 2 Tell them where you work
I’m a nurse.
Step 2 - Tell them where you work
If you work for a large and popular company, you can simply share the name of the company. • •
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
STEP 1
MODULE 4
Here’s how you can respond to these questions.
I’m an office assistant at Wipro. I’m a nurse at Apollo Hospital.
If your company is not easily recognizable, it’s good to share what kind of company it is or what they do. You can also talk about which city you work in. • •
STEP 3 Share some information about your responsibilities
I’m a sales manager for a company that sells printers. I’m a teacher at a play school called A-Z School.
Step 3 - Share some information about your responsibilities
If the person is interested, you can share some more information about what you do at work. You can tell them what kind of work you do or what projects you work on. •
I teach maths and art to the children.
•
I take care of the office files and documents.
•
I take photographs for the website.
Vikram is a plumber at a small, local company. A potential client asks him “What do you do?” Write down Vikram’s introduction. Step 1 - Share the name of your job
Step 2 - Tell them where you work
Step 3 - Share some information about your responsibilities
121
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Let’s learn how to communicate your views and opinions about a workplace Now you know how to share basic details about a job! But what if someone asks for your personal opinion on your workplace? How can you talk about how you feel about your job and your workplace? Let’s find out! There are two important things you can talk about while sharing your opinions on a job. Talking about the work that you do The words that you use to describe your work can be positive or negative, depending on how you feel about it.
Positive words to talk about work
Negative words to talk about work
Exciting
Boring
Engaging
Stressful
Rewarding
Challenging
Talking about the people that you work with and workplace culture
Here are a few phrases you can use while talking about the people that you work with. - I love the team I am working in.
- My colleagues/coworkers are great. - I work with some great people. - I like the job flexibility.
- I enjoy taking on challenges at work. We must be careful about if it is appropriate in a particular conversation to talk negatively about our job, our workplace and our coworkers. It is alright to do so while talking to friends and family. If you are specifically asked for feedback or criticism by someone in your workplace, you can share your negative opinions in a respectful way. However, it’s not appropriate to speak negatively about your workplace during office conversations or in job interviews.
Write 3 sentences about your experience as a student. (Write 2 positive opinions and 1 negative opinion.)
122
Activity Time!
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. We can share basic details about our job and some information about what we do at work clearly. 2. We can also share some positive and negative opinions about the job.
MODULE 4
3. It is not appropriate to speak negatively about the workplace during official conversations.
4.20 Writing Applications & Cover Letters In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to write job applications 2. The different types of cover letters
What details about yourself would you include in a job application?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn how to write job applications A job application is usually the first step in applying for a job. Companies call for job applications to invite qualified people to be part of the hiring process. There are different methods in which a job application can be submitted. It’s important to check the job description document or the company website to know the type of job application they use.
123
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
In-person: In this type of job application candidates might have an in-person interview at the mentioned date and time in the advertisement. Paper: Applicants might download and print the forms from an online source. They must fill in the mandatory areas in the document and post them to the mentioned address on the cover letter. Most of the government job calls will be in the paper format. Online Job Application: Some companies have an online form that needs to be filled and submitted.
Here are a few common details required in an online job application. •
Name and contact details
•
Your work experience - including fulltime, part-time or volunteer work
•
•
Education qualifications
Your skills
Read the instructions carefully and ensure that all the details are correct.
Some job applications also include a question or a task that you have to respond with. The question is usually designed to test important skills that the job will require. Some examples of these are: • •
How many years of MS Office experience do you have?
Why are you a good fit for the role of training manager?
Take some time to work carefully on the task. Note any word limit or other conditions set for the example.
Email Job Application Some companies ask you to send them an email to apply for a particular job. The email is read by a person who is in charge of choosing the best candidates for the job. The email is a chance for you to make a great first impression. So here’s how you can write an effective application email.
124
2. Greeting: If you know the name of the person, address your email to them specifically. If a name isn’t available, you can open with
Eg. “Dear Sir/Madam”.
3. First paragraph: Explain why the purpose of your email. Mention the specific job that you are applying for and where you saw the job posting.
Eg. Your job posting on Facebook for an Administrative Manager caught my interest. Your description of the work responsibilities matches my experience, and so I am excited to submit my resume to you for your consideration.
4. Second paragraph: Write a few sentences to explain to the person why you are a good candidate for the job. What can you offer the company? What skills do you have that can help you do the job well? What are your past achievements? Highlight your most relevant skills and accomplishments.
Eg. In my position as the student representative at ABC College, I managed student complaints and worked with the college administration to resolve them. I led a team of 5 other students to start a training programme for students.
5. Last paragraph: Thank the person for reading your email, and mention that your resume is attached. Thank them for considering your application. Ask about what the next steps are and offer to follow up.
Eg. My resume is attached. If I can provide you with any further information on my qualifications, please let me know.
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS
Eg. Sruthi Roshan – Teaching Assistant Position
MODULE 4
1. Subject line: It’s important to make it easy for them to find your email. Include your name and the job title you are applying for in the message’s subject line.
6. Closing: Use a polite and formal closing like “Sincerely” or “Best” at the end of the email. Use your full name.
Re-read and check your email mail for errors before sending it. Make sure to attach your resume to the email
If you could apply for any job in any company in the world right now, what would you apply for? Write an email application applying for the job. Remember to follow the 6 steps. 1. Subject Line 2. Greeting 3. First Paragraph 4. Second Paragraph 5. Last Paragraph 6. Closing
125
BASIC ENGLISH SKILLS MODULE 4
Let’s learn the different types of cover letters
A cover letter is a letter or a special message written to a person while applying for a job. A cover letter is a document you send with your resume that provides additional information about skills and experiences related to the job you are applying to. A cover letter is usually the first thing someone sees or reads when you apply for a job. If the cover letter is clear and displays your strengths, the person is more likely to take a look at your resume. If an employer requires a cover letter, it will be mentioned in the job posting. Even if the company doesn’t ask for one, you may want to include one anyway. It will show that you have put some extra effort into your application. Here are the 3 most common types of cover letters you might write:
1. Application cover letters - This is the most common type of cover letter and is used to apply for a job. Writing this is similar to the email application that we learnt about. You send this cover letter along with the job application.
2. Referral cover letter - This is a letter that you write when a person refers you for a job or introduces you to the hiring manager. Seeing the name of the person that they are familiar with in the cover letter makes it more noticeable. 3. Prospecting cover letter/letter of interest - If there is a company that you would like to work for, you can write a prospecting cover letter to them. This type of cover letter is used to ask them for more details about the company and information on job openings. This type of cover letter takes the initiative to let the hiring manager know your interest in working with them.
Choose the correct answer to the question. 1. What is a cover letter? a. A letter of introduction b. A letter that tells someone why you are a good candidate for a job 2. What details must be included in the cover letter? a. Skills that will help you do the job well b. Both personal and professional details 3. Roshan’s cousin is friends with the hiring manager at Unlimited Inc. and gives him the contact details. What kind of cover letter will Roshan write? a. Referral cover letter b. Envelope cover letter
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A job application must be filled to provide correct and relevant information about your skills and work experience to the employer. 2. An email job application includes a cover letter in the body of the email. 3. A cover letter is a document sent with your resume. 4. Cover letter provides additional information about skills and experiences related to the job you are applying for.
126
Activity Time!
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
5.1 Importance of Communication In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 5
1. Importance of communication 2. Characteristics of effective communication 3. Types of communication
We can communicate in different ways. Are these ways of communication? (Write ‘yes’ or ‘no’ next to each). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Thinking Box
Talking Writing a letter Eating Sleeping Sending a Whatsapp message
Let’s learn about the importance of communication Human beings are social animals. We live in society with other people. In the workplace, we have colleagues. In an institute, there are classmates. At home, we have our family. We are always surrounded by other people. And we communicate with them every day. Sometimes we communicate even without realizing that we are communicating! Communication is important for three reasons: 1. It helps us share our thoughts. We think thousands of thoughts every day. Sometimes, we want to share these thoughts with the people around us. In an office, this could be discussing ideas for a new project. At home, it could be as simple as what to prepare for dinner, or how much money to save. In each of these situations, we need to communicate.
2. It helps us describe our feelings. Sometimes, we want to share our feelings with our friends and family. We may share our happiness, anger and worry - sharing emotions will always make us feel better! Sharing our feelings is an important part of communication.
127
Communication is important at the workplace because
MODULE 5
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
3. It helps us learn new things. Communication also helps us learn better. When we ask questions or doubts, we are also communicating. This is particularly important in a workplace. Asking doubts helps us understand our work and be better at our job. Strong communication skills is an important professional skill.
Fill in the blanks with the correct option. 1. It helps me discuss my ideas. 2. It helps me share my feelings. 3. It helps me go shopping.
Let’s learn about the characteristics of effective communication
Effective communication is an important skill in the 21st century. Being able to communicate well will help us in our career as well as personal life. So what does effective communication involve? Clarity
One of the most important parts of communicating effectively is being clear. We need to have a clear idea of what we want to communicate. Use simple words when communicating to the other person. Let’s look at an example. If you wanted to ask for extra time on an assignment at work, which would you choose?
“I am sorry, I have been unable to complete the assignment. I needed extra time to understand the project better. Can I please submit it next Wednesday?”
“You see, I was very busy and I was not able to understand the question. I am very sorry but because I did not understand it I did not do the task. I am working on it but it is not yet complete. Do you think it would be okay if I sent it to you sometime over the next week?”
The first example has the message (incomplete work), the reason (understanding the project better) and a suggested solution (submitting next Wednesday). It is clear. Completeness
We communicate because we want to share some information. So an important part of communicating well is sharing the information fully! Make sure that message has all the details that we want to communicate. If our message is complete, it helps the listener understand us completely and correctly. Look at the examples below. Which is a better way to set up a meeting with someone at the office?
“Can we have a meeting?”
“I would like to discuss the email I sent you yesterday. Can we have a meeting for 30 mins, at 4 PM today?”
In the first example, you are asking for a meeting without giving any more details. In the second example, you are describing what it is about, how long you’d like to speak and at what time. That is a complete message and is an example of effective communication. Listening
128
Here are two emails asking for leave from an employee to their manager. Read them and see which is an example of effective communication. Email 2
MODULE 5
Email 1
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
An important part of communicating well is listening! It is not enough if we share our thoughts. We also need to listen when other people speak. Listening well shows the speaker that we are paying attention in order to understand them.
Dear Ma’am,
Dear Ma’am,
Please grant me leave next Friday.
I am writing to request one day leave next Friday, on December 23rd 2022. I am scheduled to undergo a minor operation and will be back in office on Monday, December 26th 2022.
Regards, Sheena
Regards, Sheena
Now, fill the table below with ‘yes’ or ‘no’. Email 1
Email 2
Email 1
Email 2
Manager knows what day Sheena needs leave. Manager knows what date Sheena needs a leave.
Manager knows why Sheena needs a leave Manager knows when Sheena will be back in office Total number of YES
The Email with all four marked ‘yes’ is an example of effective communication.
Let’s learn about the types of communication There are four important types of communication. It is important to know them so that you can be an effective communicator in each one!
129
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Verbal communication
MODULE 5
•
Fidgeting, shaking your legs or picking at your nails when you are nervous
•
Sitting upright when you are focused
This is anything that we communicate when we speak to other people. Verbal communication can happen face to face, over the phone or via online platforms like Zoom or Google Meet. It can be in formal settings like office meetings or informal settings like when you spend time at a friend’s house. Non-verbal communication
When you are communicating with someone face-to-face, you need to pay attention to nonverbal communication as well. This includes facial expression, body language, posture and eye contact. Here are some common examples of non-verbal communication: •
Yawning when you are sleepy
Written communication
This includes letters, emails and LinkedIn posts. Effective written communication involves short sentences, vocabulary that is easy to understand and a clear message. Visual communication
Visual communication is using pictures or images to convey a message. This has become a very popular type of communication in the last few years. Posters, videos, pictures and movies are all examples of visual communication.
Match the image to the type of communication it represents Written communication
Verbal communication
Visual communication
Non-verbal communication
130
Activity Time!
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Communication is important to share our thoughts, ideas and feelings. 2. Effective communication needs to be clear and complete.
MODULE 5
3. Listening is also an important part of effective communication. 4. There are different types of communication - verbal, nonverbal, visual and written.
5.2 Verbal Communication: Speaking In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is verbal communication 2. Difference between spoken and written communication 3. Importance of good verbal communication
How do you communicate most of the time?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about verbal communication Verbal communication is the use of words to share information with others. We can use any language to conduct verbal communication. For example, anything spoken in Hindi, Tamil, Kashmiri, Assamese etc can be verbal communication. Similarly, anything written in Hindi, Tamil, Kashmiri or Assamese is also verbal communication. Verbal communication can be successful when we choose the right words to share our message. Depending on who we are talking to, it can be done in many ways.
Communicating to yourself
131
Hi, how are you?
MODULE 5
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
I am fine, thank you
One person to a group
Person to Person
How do you usually communicate with yourself? Pick options which you use: 1. Talk to myself 2. Write in a daily book 3. Other ways (
)
Let’s learn about the difference between written and spoken communication Verbal Communication
Reading and Writing
Speaking and Listening
Books, Magazines, Newspapers, Assignments, Journals, etc.
Face-to-face conversations with friends, teachers, strangers, etc.
Emails, Letters, Messages, etc.
Phone calls, Video calls, Online classes, etc.
Posters, Notices, Instruction Manuals, etc.
Radio, TV, Videos, Music, Podcasts, etc.
Communication always requires two parties to make the communication successful. When speaking, we need a speaker to share the message, and a listener to understand the message. When writing, we need a writer and reader. The success of verbal communication depends on three main components: 1. The way we communicate
2. The words we use to communicate
3. The way we are understood by others
132
Verbal communication, be it through speaking or writing is very important to share information between people. Good verbal communication leads to good relationships between people. It also has a very strong impact on work culture, employee happiness and successful business.
I will be on leave next week. Please deliver this parcel to Ms.Reena before 4pm on Tuesday.
Ok, I will do that. Enjoy your leave.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Let’s learn about the importance of good verbal communication
MODULE 5
What type of verbal communication are you better at - Writing or Speaking? How can you improve yourself?
In any workplace, clear communication leads to faster work. It helps employees do their work well. It also helps the employers to share important information with employees. When verbal communication is simple and clear, it results in minimal confusion. Let us look at a few examples to understand the power of simple and clear communication.
Give 3 tips to your friend to have simple and clear communication. 1. 2. 3.
You need to communicate about your dream job to your family. But they are not ready to listen to you. How will you find a way to communicate with them successfully?
Activity Time!
133
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Verbal communication is the use of words to share information 2. The two major forms of verbal communication include written and speaking. 3. When verbal communication is simple and clear, it results in minimal confusion.
5.3 Verbal Communication: Writing In this lesson you will learn : 1. Letter writing 2. Email writing 3. Resume writing
What do you use to write letters and emails? Fill in the blanks with the correct answer. 1. I write an email using (a pen/an electronic device). 2. I write a letter using (a pen/an electronic device).
Thinking Box
Let’s learn how to write a letter
A letter is a form of written communication between two people. We can write letters to our friends and family to keep in touch with them. Letters are also useful if we need to communicate with government officials or in workplaces. These letters are known as formal letters. Before the internet was invented, letters were used more commonly. Writing a formal letter has seven steps. Let us learn what they are! Step 1: Sender’s address
Always start with the sender’s address at the very beginning of a letter. This is how the reader knows who the letter is from! We must make sure to write our complete address so they know where to send their reply to! Step 2: Date
Letters take some time to reach their destination. The date is a critical piece of information documenting when the letter was sent.
134
Just like you wrote your address, you also need to write the address of the reader! This helps make sure that the letter reaches the correct person. Sender’s address
Step 4: Greeting
We all say “hello” when we answer a phone call. It helps us start the conversation and greet the person we are speaking to. We need to write a greeting in our letter as well. Common greetings include “Hi,” “Hello,” or “Dear ___” where you write your reader’s name.
Date Receiver’s address Greeting
Subject
Body
Step 5: Subject
MODULE 5
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Step 3: Receiver’s address
The next step is to tell the reader what the letter is about. We write this by adding “Reg.” or “Sub.” at the beginning of the line. These mean ‘regarding’ or ‘subject’. Remember to keep the subject short and easy to understand. For example, if you want to close a bank account, the subject can be “Reg. Closure of account number [insert your account number]” You do not need to include the subject in informal letters. Step 6: Body
Signature This is the fun part of the letter! This is the part where we get to say everything we wanted to. Letters are often used for official purposes like complaining to local government officials or communicating with banks. Whatever we want to talk about, write it in the body. Step 7: Signature
When we are done writing everything we wanted to share, it is time to finish the letter. The last thing on any letter is our signature! There are many ways to end a letter. If we know the person well, we can end with “Love,” or “Best wishes”. If we do not know them well, we can end with “Yours Sincerely” or “Regards”. We must remember to add our name at the end! Once we complete all seven steps, our letter is ready to send. Tip: Remember to put your letter in an envelope, write your address and the receiver’s address on it, put the stamps it needs and drop it off in a post box! Once you do that, your letter is on its way!
You are writing a letter to your friend. Which one of the following will NOT be a part of your letter? Circle the odd one out. Your address
A greeting to your friend
The date
Your account number
Your friend’s address
Your signature at the end
Your phone number
135
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Let’s learn how to write an email An email is a letter that we send through the internet using an electronic device. It is a lot faster than posting the letter! Today, emails are an important form of communication. People write emails for work and to their friends. Let us learn how to write an email! 1. First, to write an email, you need to log in to your email id.
Receiver’s email id Subject Line Email body
2. Once you log in, you will see a “Compose” or “New Email” button on your screen. Click that and you are ready to get started! Sending an email is a three-step process: Step 1: Receiver’s email id
Who are we sending the email to? Fill in their email id in the “To” box. This helps our email reach the right person. It is like the receiver’s address in letters! Tip: Remember to check the spelling of this email id carefully. If we make a mistake, we could send the email to the wrong person! Step 2: Subject line
The subject line describes what our email is about. Let us look at some examples of subject lines: 1. There is a function in your family that you have to attend on November 24th. You are working in a company and need to apply for leave for that day. The subject line could be “Leave Application: November 24th”
2. Your uncle sent you new earphones as a birthday gift. You are sending an email to say thank you. The subject line could be “Thank you for the birthday gift!” Tip: Remember to keep the subject line short and easy to understand. Keep the details for the body of the email! Step 3: Email body
This is where we write everything we want to say. Just like a letter, we need to start with a greeting. If we are writing to someone we know well, we can use informal greetings like “Hi”, “Hello”, or “Hey”. If we are writing to someone we do not know well, use a formal greeting. This is usually “Dear ___”. The blank can be filled with their name or Sir/Ma’am. After the greeting, we can write about what we wanted to share. We need to be clear with what we want our receiver to know. Keep the email short. Once we are done, we should remember to sign off our email just like a letter. Examples of formal endings are “Regards” and “Sincerely”. At the very end, we must add our name and email address! For example, a formal email could end like this: Regards, Maria Technician ABC Pvt Ltd
[email protected]
136
Happy Birthday! Last Sunday, I went to watch a movie and I really liked it but I am still not sure who that actor was.
Let’s learn how to write a resume Most job applications ask us to send in a resume. So what is a resume? A resume is a document that describes our education and experience. It is a quick and easy way to tell the company why we are the right person for the job. A well-made resume is very important to getting a job. Today, we will learn what is included in a good resume.
Name
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Which of these lines are good subject lines? Remember - subject lines should be short and easy to understand! Tick the ones that are correct.
MODULE 5
Tip: Once you are done writing your email, don’t forget to press ‘Send’! Only when you click on ‘Send’ the email will leave your email id.
Contact Details
Education
Name
When we are introducing ourselves to someone, what is the first thing we tell them? Our name! It should be the first thing on our resume as well. Our name should be at the very top in large font and easy to read.
Experience
Contact details
If the company likes our resume, they will want to speak to us some more. They will want to contact us and schedule this conversation. To make it easy for them to reach us, we should include our phone number, email id and address at the top of our resume. Our address is important because it shows which city we live in.
Skills
Education
In this section, we describe what we have studied. We should start from the most recent and include our Class 12 and Class 10 performance as well. Experience
In this section, we should talk about any work experience we have. This could be full-time, part-time or volunteer work. We should remember to Include our role, the organisation’s name, the time period we worked and a few lines about what we did.
Tip: Start from your most recent experience. If you are a fresher, do not be afraid to skip this section. It is okay - you are at the beginning of your journey! Skills
The final section of our resume should talk about our skills. This can include languages we know and softwares (like MS Word and MS PowerPoint). Remember: According to Indian law, employers cannot discriminate on the basis of age, gender or other identity markers. We do not need to provide these details in our resume.
137
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Every section on a resume has a specific purpose. Match the section to what it contains. Purpose
Section
It says where I live.
Phone number
It says what I studied.
Address
It says how to call me.
Education
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Letters are written with pen and paper. There are six steps to writing a letter. 2. Emails are like letters but are sent on the internet using digital device. 3. A resume is important when applying for a job. There are different sections in a resume for contact details, education, experience and skills.
138
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The meaning of non-verbal communication
MODULE 5
2. The appropriate spatial distance for formal and informal communication 3. The importance of maintaining appropriate body movements and appearance
Identify if it is a verbal or non-verbal communication.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
5.4 Non-Verbal Communication
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the meaning of non-verbal communication Non-verbal communication is the process of sharing messages without the use of words - written or spoken. Any communication made between two or more persons through the use of facial expressions, hand movements, body language, postures, and gestures is called as nonverbal communication. It is said that as humans, we communicate more using non-verbal communication, than through words! Non-verbal communication helps to stress upon what is said using words. For example, if a person needs to communicate that they are sad, he/she will say “I am feeling sad”. When you see them, you will also see them crying or with sad expressions. If you think carefully, you will react to emotions (crying, sadness etc), more than words (I am feeling sad). More than hearing words, when you see someone cry, you understand better. Therefore, non-verbal communication is a very effective way of communicating. Sometimes, it is more powerful than words!
139
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
There are 6 ways in which non-verbal communication takes place:
Expressions using our face: Our face shows how we feel, through expressions. It is a great way to communicate!
Body posture: The way we stand, sit or use our body shows how we feel about yourself and others.
Touch: We communicate a lot through touch. For e.g, a firm handshake can show confidence.
Space: Space is the physical distance between two people. Depending on the relationship between the two people, distance or space is maintained.
Eye Contact: This helps to understand what others are saying. It is a way to show respect to the other person. Making eye contact while talking shows confidence.
The tone: The tone, speed and volume of our voice communicates a lot. For e.g, shouting shows we are angry. Talking very slowly can mean we are thinking or sick or tired.
Why do you think non-verbal communication is very important to convey a message
Let’s learn about the appropriate spatial distance for formal and informal communication When you meet another person, you maintain some distance between yourself and the other person. This is called spatial distance. If you meet your friend, you will sit close to him/her. It is natural to be physically close with your brother/sister and family members. This is because these are close, informal relationships. It is fine to stay physically close to people who are close to you.
140
Why do you think it is good to maintain distance in formal relationships?
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
When you are in a formal environment, distance needs to be maintained between people. For eg., in an office, you should not sit or stand too close to your manager, or co-workers because it is not professional. Such relationships are called formal relationships. You need to maintain a minimum distance of 4 feet between people in a formal relationship.
Let’s learn about the importance of maintaining appropriate body movements and appearance It is very important to focus on our appearance - how we look, how we dress, how we sit, stand etc. The way we look helps a lot in our professional life. We need not wear expensive clothes, shoes and perfume. Maintaining cleanliness and having proper body movements helps to show that we are smart, clean and dependable. Let us learn how to do this! Maintaining proper appearance 1. Wear clean clothes
2. Take a bath, keep yourself clean
3. Cut your nails and keep them clean 4. Comb your hair well
5. Carry your things neatly in a simple bag
6. Do not wear too much makeup or perfume 7. For men, shave properly
See the images below to understand how to sit and stand properly.
141
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Imagine that you have to attend an interview in 1 week. Now, find a partner and make a list of ways in which you will prepare your appearance for the interview. All the best!
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Non-verbal communication is the sharing of messages without writing and use of words. 2. Non-verbal communication takes place through facial expression, touch, eye contact and body language. 3. It is fine to stay physically close to people who are close to you. 4. We need to maintain a minimum distance of 4 feet between people in a formal relationship. 5. Maintaining cleanliness and having proper body movements is very important.
5.5 Practicing Effective Communication In this lesson you will learn : 1. Identifying formal and informal communication 2. How to introduce yourself effectively
Who was the last person you spoke to? How did they show you that they understood you?
142
Thinking Box
Identifying formal and informal communication is very important to communicating effectively. Knowing the difference between these two types of communication will help decide what words you use. It will also help you decide whether to communicate verbally or in writing. Here are some questions that will help identify if the communication is formal or informal.
Question
Formal
Informal
Who are you communicating with?
Colleagues & others in office, government officials, strangers
Friends & family
Where are you communicating?
In a workplace or official setting
At home or in other private settings
Will this communication be recorded or looked at again for important reasons?
Often, yes
Usually, no
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Communicating effectively means that the other person has fully understood what you are sharing. You can know if someone has understood you by the way they listen, respond and continue the conversation.
MODULE 5
Let’s learn how to identify formal and informal communication
Formal communication is used in official environments. Very often, verbal formal communication is followed by written communication. This helps record everything that was discussed in a meeting and helps people remember what was decided upon. Informal conversations are casual and do not need to be recorded for later. Remember: Informal conversation does not mean disrespectful or rude conversation. It only means casual conversation with people you know well.
Who would you speak to formally and who would you speak to informally? Mark “F” for formal and “I” for informal next to each person. 1. Your best friend
2. The local Panchayat official
3. The manager at your new office 4. Your favourite cousin
Let’s learn how to introduce yourself effectively When we meet someone for the first time, we introduce ourselves. The person forms their first impression of us - based on our introduction. When we introduce ourselves to a new friend, a teacher or an interviewer, they notice two things about us. 1. Our verbal communication - What are you telling them about yourself with your words?
2. Our non-verbal communication - What are you telling them about yourself without words, through other things like body language? So when you introduce yourself, you must work on both your verbal and non-verbal communication.
143
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Verbal Communication
1. Use the correct greeting for the situation. If it’s a formal context, say “Good morning!” or “Hello! How are you?”.
2. Tell the person your name. Share a little information about yourself like what you do and what kind of activities you do in your free time. 3. Speak in a clear and confident voice. Do not whisper or shout.
Formal Dress Code Neatly combed hair
Neatly combed hair
Minimal jewellery and makeup
Formal shirt
Non-verbal Communication
1. Maintain eye contact with the person you are speaking to. 2. Be mindful of your body language. If you are standing, stand straight. If you are sitting, sit up tall and straight. Do not play with any objects with your hands or shake your legs.
Formal trousers
Formal shirt & trouser
3. Give the person a firm handshake when you greet them.
4. Be dressed appropriately for the meeting. If it is a formal meeting, make sure to wear formal clothes and formal shoes.
Formal black or brown shoes with socks
Momin is going for an interview. Write down what tips she needs to follow when she meets her interviewer. How to greet the interviewer How to sit during the interview How to talk during the interview
144
Simple, neutralcoloured footwear
Activity Time!
Put a
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
What I learnt today: if you know this topic well.
1. We all spend time and communicate in two kinds of environments - formal and informal. 2. Formal communication is for communication with colleagues and employers in the workplace. Informal communication is with friends and family.
MODULE 5
3. The communication guidelines to be followed are different in formal and informal settings. 4. When we introduce ourselves to someone, we can make a good first impression. We must be mindful of our verbal and non-verbal communication.
5.6 Workplace Communication: Introduction In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of effective communication at the workplace 2. How to eliminate the barriers to effective communication 3. How to use text messaging for workplace communication
You are working in a travel agency. Your manager asks you to check with 2 other team members and schedule a meeting on Thursday. How would you do this?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the importance of effective communication at the workplace Communication at the workplace happens through many channels. During meetings, we speak and listen to the people in the room. In emails and documents, we read and write to exchange information. We make phone calls and video calls to consult with each other. We also send short text messages and notes with each other. When communicating at the workplace, you might be speaking or writing to a person. For your communication to be effective, follow the 6Cs of communication while forming your message.
145
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Is it clear? Are you communicating the information and your views in a way that is easy for the other person to understand?
MODULE 5
2. Is it correct? Is all the information you are sharing correct in every way? Is it free of grammatical errors, spelling mistakes and factual errors?
3. Is it complete? Have you included all the relevant information that the other person needs to understand? Have you provided all the answers to the other person’s questions? For example, when you send a text message to a co-worker to inform them about a meeting on Thursday, you must also mention where the meeting will take place. Else, the communication is not complete.
4. Is it concise? Have you communicated your message in a short and precise manner? Have you been brief and to the point (concise)? Have you avoided discussing unnecessary details about other things?
5. Is it considerate? Have you been considerate of the other person’s mindset, opinions and background in the way you communicate with them?
6. Is it courteous? Is your communication kind and polite? Have you said ‘please’ while asking for help and said ‘thank you’ when you received it?
Remember the activity at the beginning of the lesson. You are working in a travel agency. Your boss asks you to check with 2 other team members and schedule a meeting on Thursday. Write an email to your team members to communicate this. Check your message with the 6Cs New Message To Subject
Send 146
1. Language differences: A workplace often has people from different parts of the country. Think of a team with 10 people 7 people are from the same city and all speak Marathi. The other 3 people do not speak Marathi because they come from other places. It’s good to avoid speaking in Marathi during meetings and group discussions because it cuts off communication for 3 people. In a workplace, check what is the preferred language and use that for all communication. 2. Unfamiliar words: There are some words that are used a lot that are unique to a particular industry or an office. You might not have heard these words or phrases in other conversations. But you might hear them often at work. You get an email from your team member which says “The due diligence for this project is pending. Let’s table this for now and circle back when it’s done.” There are some words and phrases in this email that you might not know but are commonly used in the office. If you come across words like this, you can use the Internet to find the meaning. Or you can ask a colleague to explain it to you.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
There are specific things that can make it difficult to communicate in a workplace. It is good to be aware of these difficulties so that you can avoid them.
MODULE 5
Let’s learn how to eliminate the barriers to effective communication
3. Different styles of communication: Communication can be done in different ways depending on the people and the workplace culture. Some organizations communicate mainly through emails, while some prefer to have conversations. In some organizations, everyone is required to communicate their work progress daily or weekly. In others, you only need to inform your boss when you finish a project or have problems with the project. Observe these differences carefully when you join a company. In your first few weeks, ask questions to colleagues and to your team leaders. They can help you understand what style of communication is followed there
Can you think of a time when you tried to explain something to someone but they could not understand you at all? Why do you think communication was difficult that day?
Let’s learn how to use text messaging for workplace communication. The most common method of communication in most workplaces is email. Nowadays, workplaces also use text messaging for regular communication. Workplaces have a preferred app that they use for chatting and texting. Here are some of the popular chat apps used for texting in a workplace.
147
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Whatsapp
Slack
Microsoft Teams Google Hangouts
Email can be used to communicate final decisions and for formal requests. You can use workplace chat to have regular conversations with your team, ask simple questions and make quick decisions. It’s important to remember that using chat at work is still formal and in a professional environment. We cannot send messages in the same way we text our friends and family. Follow these tips while sending text messages for workplace communication.
1. Send messages with correct spellings. Avoid using short forms and slang like “ur” and “omg”. 2. Avoid using too many emojis.
3. Do not send texts outside of working hours.
4. Use chat to discuss things that need a quick response. If you require a detailed answer or a long discussion, it’s better to talk over a phone call or in a meeting.
5. Reply quickly to people’s messages. If you need more time to respond, send a message like “Hey! I need some time to find an answer to your doubts. Can you give me a day please?”
6. Be careful about sending confidential information and documents over chat. Most workplaces have rules about what should not be shared on chat and must only be shared over email. Check these rules when you join a company and follow them.
Azim and Priya are working on a presentation together. The client changes the meeting time from 10 to 11 am on Wednesday. Azim texts Priya to inform her. Write the chat conversation between Azim and Priya.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Communication at the workplace is important because that is how we exchange ideas and make decisions. 2. Communication at the workplaces must follow the 6Cs. It must be clear, correct, complete, concise, considerate and courteous. 3. Different companies have different communication styles. When we understand this, we make communication easier. 4. Workplace communication often happens through chat and text messages. We must remember to remain formal while sending text messages for work.
148
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 5
1. Importance of teamwork 2. How to work well in a team
When was the last time you were a part of a team? Write down three challenges you faced when you worked as a team.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
5.7 Workplace Communication: Introduction
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the importance of teamwork Teamwork is when different people work together on the same task. Whether it is at home, in a classroom or at an office, teamwork is an important part of interacting with others. But why is teamwork important? Let us take an example of building a house to understand this better. •
•
Everyone cannot do everything: It is not possible for the same person to do the construction, plumbing, wiring and carpentry for an entire house. Even if it was possible, it would take a very long time to complete all the work. By working together, the work gets done faster. Working with people who have specialized skills also means the quality of work will be higher. Teamwork brings new ideas: Working with other people is a great way to listen to new ideas! Each person will have their own thought process and opinion. When deciding what colour to paint the house, everyone is sure to have a different answer! By working together, these opinions get shared and the best option can be chosen.
149
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
•
We all like company: Sometimes working alone can get lonely and boring. Imagine building an entire house all alone! Working with a team gives us other people to speak to, share ideas with and learn from. We all feel happier and learn more when we work together!
The concept of ‘synergy’ best describes the importance of teamwork. Synergy means that the work done by a team will always be better than the work done by each of the team members separately. By working together, we are all better.
Some sports need teamwork as well! Which of these sports needs the players to work as a team? 1. Running 100m 2. High jump 3. Cricket
Let’s learn how to work well in a team Being a good team player is an important skill to have in any workplace today. Learning to be a good team member is just like learning anything else. It takes practice and remembering some simple rules. Here is what we should keep in mind every time we work in a team.
150
•
Have a shared goal It is important that everyone in the team is working towards the same goal. Understanding the common goal will always help in completing a task in the most effective and efficient way.
•
Listen actively Listening is very important to teamwork. Ask for your teammates’ thoughts and opinions, and listen to them carefully. Do not interrupt them or go in thinking that your ideas are the best. Listening actively to each other will lead to more creativity and better ideas.
•
Disagree respectfully Sometimes people disagree with each other when working on a team. That is completely understandable. If you have different ideas or you do not agree with a teammate’s idea, remember to communicate clearly but respectfully. Explain why you do not agree and invite them to explain their point of view. Be open to changing your mind too!
Have a shared goal | Listen actively | Disagree respectfully | Share responsibility and credit
Read the following paragraph about four classmates. Identify which classmate does not work well in a team.
Activity Time!
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Share - responsibility and credit Finally, remember to share the project. This means sharing the responsibility of the project with everyone in the team. This will help everyone feel involved and motivated to participate. This also means sharing the credit. For example, do not say you completed the project with your team’s help. Instead, say that we all successfully completed the project.
MODULE 5
•
Jasjeet, Sana, Harish and Priyanka are classmates. Their geography teacher has asked them to do a group project together. It needs to be about mountains but they have to decide what to do. The four classmates are discussing their ideas. Sana suggests that they make a model of Mt. Everest using clay. Jasjeet says he likes the idea but they do not have enough time. He asks Harish for new ideas. Harish suggests that they do a role play about climbing mountains. Priyanka thinks a role play would be boring. Priyanka suggests they paint a chart with the world’s tallest mountains. Sana and Jasjeet like the idea but Harish is angry. He wants to do only role play. He does not listen to anyone else.
Who does not work well in a team? Jasjeet / Sana / Harish / Priyanka
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Teamwork is important because we can learn from each other and share new ideas. 2. To be a good team player, we should listen carefully and be respectful of everyone. 3. A good team shares a common goal as well as responsibility for the work.
151
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is workplace conflict 2. Common causes of workplace conflict 3. How to effectively resolve conflict at workplace
MODULE 5
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
5.8 Managing Conflicts
Two of your close friends are fighting about something. They have not spoken to each other for 2 weeks. How can you solve this situation?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn what is workplace conflict Conflict is a serious argument or disagreement between two people or two groups of people. A conflict usually lasts for a longer period of time. It creates negative emotions towards people. Have you ever had a fight with a friend? Have you had an argument with your family? Have you been angry and stopped talking to someone? Then you know what it feels like to be in a conflict. Conflicts happen when people have differences in thoughts (or opinions), or differences in their way of doing things. What happened when you were involved in conflict? •
You felt sad or frustrated and angry.
•
It is difficult for you to work together.
• •
It was difficult for you to trust each other. You felt a lot of tension and an uneasy feeling.
Yes, conflicts are difficult situations. But conflicts are also common and happen to all of us. Usually, our differences help us all to learn from each other. But sometimes, these differences can lead to arguments. Arguments create negative situations between friends, families, classmates and even coworkers. Conflicts in a workplace are common. At a workplace, different kinds of people work together. They need to work together, share ideas & workload. Hence, conflict is common. Workplace conflict can affect people’s ability to work together and cooperate with one another.
152
Let’s learn about the common causes of workplace conflict
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
You are speaking in a meeting when your coworker, Kirthi, interrupts you. You think it could be a mistake, and to ignore it. In the next meeting, you notice that Kirthi interrupts you again when you speak. This keeps on happening. How would you feel?
MODULE 5
Describe how you would feel in this situation.
When workplace conflict happens, we can do our best to solve the conflict. To solve conflict, we must understand what the cause of the conflict is. Workplace conflict usually happens for one of the following reasons. 1. Poor communication: Conflict can be caused when people do not communicate information and their views to each other clearly. When communication does not happen effectively in a workplace, it can cause a lot of confusion. Leena sent an email to Abi and Sheki that there would be a meeting at 2.30pm on Thursday. She forgot to mention that they will be meeting in a restaurant, not in a meeting room. Abi did not ask Leena where they will meet. He assumed that they would meet in the meeting room. On Thursday, Leena and Sheki waited in the restaurant. Abi waited in the meeting room. Abi is angry that Leena informed Sheki but did not inform him. Leena is frustrated that Abi is angry with her and he did not make the effort to clarify.
2. Difference in personality and values: In a workplace we don’t all behave the same way. We each have our unique personalities and values. When our personality is very different from another person in the office, it can sometimes lead to conflict. Tina and Roshan have to go to another town for an official meeting. The office has given them Rs.1000 for the trip. Roshan suggests that they book train tickets for Rs. 250 each. The train takes 4 hours to reach the town. However, Tina prefers that they hire a cab for Rs. 900. The cab will take them to the town in 2 hours. It is more comfortable to travel than in a train. Tina and Roshan have a long discussion about these options. They think that their suggestion is the best. This leads to a loud argument. 3. Stress: Sometimes workplace conflict occurs because people are tired and stressed. When we are stressed, it is difficult to be calm and patient. Under stress, we also react to situations faster without thinking about it and trying to understand the person. This can lead to arguments over small issues that can be easily resolved.
153
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
Monica has not slept well in 4 days. She has been having a headache. So when she goes to work, she’s still tired. At work, they’re working on a difficult and important project. Monica has not yet finished her presentation. Varsha comes to Monica and asks her “Hi Monica! I’m having some trouble with my presentation. Can you help me with the last slide today?” Monica yells back at Varsha “No Varsha I can’t! You need to do your own work. I can’t be doing things for you. I’m not your assistant!”
Q1. Can you think of a time when you were under a lot of stress?
Q2. How did you behave to your friends and family?
Q3. How did it make them feel?
Let’s learn how to effectively resolve conflict at workplace Workplace conflict must be resolved with patience and kindness. It helps everyone to be happy and efficient at work. A workplace with conflict that is never resolved is a difficult place for people to work in.
What can you do to help resolve conflict at the workplace? 1. Talk directly to the people involved. Avoid talking about them to other people.
2. Listen to everyone. Allow people to talk about how they feel. 3. Understand the situation from all sides.
4. Focus on the situation, not the person. Avoid looking at a particular person or their personality as the problem.
5. Take the first step to offer a solution to the problem, even if you feel the other person is completely wrong.
154
a. Talk to Leena and tell her that he understands that it was because of miscommunication. Ask her if they can reschedule the meeting. b. Tell Leena that he is never going to work with her on a project again.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Leena, Abi and Sheki - The Missed Meeting On Thursday, Leena and Sheki waited in the restaurant. Abi waited in the meeting room. Abi is angry that Leena informed Sheki but did not inform him. Leena is frustrated that Abi is angry with her and he did not make the effort to clarify. What should Abi do?
MODULE 5
Reread the conflict situations in the previous section. What is the best way for thease people to resolve the conflict?
Activity Time!
2. Tina and Roshan - Train or Cab? Tina and Roshan have a long discussion about these options. They think that their suggestion is the best. This leads to a loud argument. What should Roshan do? a. Book the train tickets without telling Tina about it. b. Understand that Tina is trying to ensure that they have a comfortable journey to the meeting. Offer to help Tina with hiring a cab.. 3. Monica and Varsha - Stressed out Varsha comes to Monica and asks her “Hi Monica! I’m having some trouble with my presentation. Can you help me with the last slide today?” Monica yells back at Varsha “No Varsha I can’t! You need to do your own work. I can’t be doing things for you. I’m not your assistant!” What should Varsha do? a. Yell back at Monica and call her unhelpful. b. Give Monica some time to calm down. Talk to her later and check if Monica is feeling alright.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Conflict is a serious argument or disagreement between people. 2. Workplace conflict can be caused by many things like stress, lack of communication and differences in personality. 3. We can resolve workplace conflict by being calm, listening to others and finding a peaceful solution.
155
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
5.9 Handling Criticism In this lesson you will learn : 1. The difference between unfair and constructive criticism 2. How to deal with criticism at the workplace
If someone said these statements to you, how would it make you feel? 1. 2. 3. 4.
You did a great job! You need to practise your communication skills. You need some help with using that software. You are a good team member.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the difference between unfair and constructive criticism Criticism is any comments that are made about your actions or your performance of a task - especially on your weaknesses. Criticism points out our weaknesses and areas where we need more practice Criticism can be difficult to hear. But criticism helps us to grow and to be better. Receiving criticism is common in formal situations like a classroom or a workplace. When we work with someone who is more experienced than us (a teacher or a supervisor), they have the knowledge to point out our weaknesses and to help us to grow. Constructive Criticism: Criticism that helps us to become better - because it helps us improve ourselves. Unfair Criticism: Sometimes criticism is harsh, unfair and too negative. It can be based on negative emotions. This type of criticism makes us weaker; it doesn’t help us improve. How can we tell the difference?
We can tell the difference based on how we feel when we receive the criticism!
156
Gives you suggestions on how you can improve. It focuses on steps to take to get better.
Does not help you to fix the problem.
Does not attack your personality
Attacks you personally by commenting on your looks, status in a bad way.
[Ex: Speech was short and not useful]
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Unfair Criticism
MODULE 5
Constructive Criticism
[Ex: Your speech on Gandhiji was short. More points talking about his non-violent movement would have been better]
[Ex: Your project could have been planned better]
[Ex: You project is as ugly as you]
Focus is on an incident or a task
Focus is too much on your failures and your weaknesses.
Given in a calm and respectful tone
Given in a rude manner, using an angry or frustrated tone
Read these statements of criticism. Draw a star near the statements of constructive criticism. That is the worst presentation I’ve ever seen! That was a good effort. It would be good if you can talk more slowly in your next presentation. Your last two projects were not completed on time. I can help you to be more organized with your time. You are always late and messing up all your work. Get out!
Let’s learn how to deal with criticism at the workplace In your time at a workplace, you will encounter both constructive criticism and unfair criticism. How can we respond properly to criticism? How to respond to unfair criticism? 1. Remain calm. Do not respond to the person’s negative emotions with anger or frustration.
2. Try to find useful advice in the criticism. Is there some part of the person’s criticism that can help you to improve? 3. Remind yourself that this is unfair criticism. Remind yourself of your strengths and your accomplishments.
157
COMMUNICATION SKILLS MODULE 5
4. Don’t stay in the conversation for too long if the person is becoming more angry or frustrated. Leave the place. Ask them if you can continue the conversation another time. How to respond to constructive criticism? 1. Take a few minutes to understand the criticism. When receiving criticism, our first natural reaction is to talk and explain. Stop yourself from doing that. Think about what they are saying for a few minutes. 2. Listen closely to what the person is saying. Understand their perspective on your weaknesses. 3. Say thank you. Tell the person that you appreciate that they took the time to talk to you.
4. Ask them questions to better understand the problem and find out what you can do to improve. Questions such as: a. What can I do to improve in this area? b. Can you help me as I work on this skill?
5. Set a personal plan to improve in the area. After you finish the conversation with the person, spend 10 minutes alone. Think and write down 3 specific things you can do to improve yourself based on constructive criticism.
If you had to give constructive criticism to a family member, what would you say? Wrote down 5 sentences below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Criticism is comments that are made on our actions or performance of a task - especially addressing our weaknesses and failures. 2. Constructive criticism is criticism that helps us to improve and become better. 3. Unfair criticism is criticism that is not helpful or true. 4. We can respond to both constructive and unfair criticism in different ways. In both situations, it’s important to remain calm and listen to the person.
158
Activity Time!
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
5.10 Assessing Your Communication Ability
MODULE 5
In this lesson you will learn : 1. To identify the strengths in your communication skills 2. To identify the areas of improvement in your communication skills
Who is a person that you most enjoy talking to? Why do you enjoy talking to this person?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn to identify the strengths in your communication skills All of us have communication skills. We have been using our communication skills since we were children. You have great strengths in your communication that can be helpful to your community and to your workplace. Tick
the statements that are true.
This is an activity for you to understand your strengths well. Think carefully about if the statement applies to you and add a tick mark. I find it easy to talk to new people.
I feel confident when I talk to new people.
I can write a letter to clearly explain my views to another person. I can write an email to someone for a specific purpose. I understand how to create my own resume.
I know how to speak and write confidently in a formal situation.
I know how to speak and write confidently to friends and family. I can confidently introduce myself in a formal situation.
I know how to use chat or text messages in formal situations. I can confidently introduce myself to new friends.
I can stay calm and respond well if I’m involved in any conflict.
I can understand when problems are caused because of lack of communication. I can work and communicate well in a team.
I can recognise when criticism is constructive and when it is unfair. I know how to respond to constructive criticism from someone.
159
Listening
Friendliness
Non-verbal
Confidence
Digital
Asking questions
MODULE 5
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Here are 6 communication badges! Choose any 2 to award to yourself.
Let’s learn to identify the areas of improvement in your communication skills Great! You know your communication strengths! Now let’s think about areas where you can improve and become a better communicator. Tick
the statements that are true.
This is an activity for you to understand your areas of improvement. Think carefully about if the statement applies to you. I feel nervous when I talk to new people.
I do not know how to write a letter to clearly explain my views to another person.
I find it hard to write an email to someone for a specific purpose. I do not know how to create my own resume.
I do not know how I need to speak and write to communicate in a formal situation.
I do not know how to speak and write to communicate with my friends and family. I feel nervous when I have to introduce myself in a formal situation. I do not know how to use chat or text messages to communicate in formal situations. I find it difficult to introduce myself to new friends.
I become frustrated and respond with anger if I’m involved in any conflict.
I become frustrated and confused about why people cannot understand what I’m communicating. I struggle to communicate while working in a team. I find all criticism to be unfair and hurtful.
I am not sure how to respond to constructive criticism. If you have ticked some of these statements, congratulations! You now know what areas you can work on. You can seek help and practice these skills. Next year, these areas of improvement will be your strengths!
160
In the next 6 months, I will… In the next year, I will…
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
This month, I will…
Activity Time!
MODULE 5
Write 3 specific things that you can do to improve your communication skills.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. All of us have strengths and areas of improvement in our communication skills. 2. We must think carefully and reflect to find our strengths and areas of improvement. 3. We must celebrate our strengths. We must have a clear plan for how we will work on our areas of weakness.
161
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.1 Introduction to Digital Skills In this lesson you will learn: 1. What is digital literacy? 2. How is digital technology used in everyday life? 3. The digital skills that are required in the world of work.
Circle the digital skills you already have: Typing on a computer
Searching for information online
Downloading an app
Sharing photos, videos with others
Sending messages on a mobile
Thinking Box
Using email
Let’s learn about digital literacy When we are able to express our thoughts and understand others’ thoughts through any language, it is called literacy. For example, if you can read, write and understand Hindi, you have Hindi literacy. Similarly, if you can use a computer and the internet comfortably, you have digital literacy. Today, the internet is helpful to do many things - shopping, searching for information, booking tickets, sending messages, watching videos, etc. Any person who can use the internet on a computer, laptop, tablet or smartphone to do simple tasks is called a digitally literate person.
We do many activities every day, some require digital literacy, some don’t require digital literacy. Read the following list of activities. Do they need digital literacy? If they do, add a in the box below: 162
Driving a car Creating a resume Calling customer care Cooking paneer butter masala Painting a wall
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Need digital literacy
MODULE 6
Activity
Let’s learn about how digital technology is used in everyday life Tools such as computers, laptops, smartphones and tablets run on digital technology. To use some of these tools, we require special training. But, some digital technologies are easy to use. They are also part of our everyday life. We use digital technology to do many things, as shown below: 1. Talking to a friend using chat
2. Sending pictures and videos to friends and family 3. Watching videos for entertainment 4. Listening to music
5. Find information on Google
6. Using calendar and address books 7. Using calculator
8. Sending information to a co-worker through email
Think about all the ways in which you have personally used digital technology. Write 3 things that you have done with digital technology. 1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about digital skills that are required in the world of work Digital technologies are used in all types of jobs. Digital skills are important for the workplace today. A person with digital skills is able to easily use digital devices and the internet to complete all kinds of tasks at work. If you use digital technology regularly in your life, you also already have some of the digital skills you need at work.
1. Here are some of the important digital skills required for work. 2. Communicating through emails and chat
3. Creating and editing documents and worksheets 4. Using and understanding worksheets
163
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
5. Finding information online
6. Using online websites and services 7. Being safe and responsible online
What is your dream job? What digital skills do you need to be successful at that job?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Digital literacy is the ability to comfortably use different digital tools and the internet. 2. Digital literacy is needed to stay updated in the world today. It is helpful to do many tasks quickly. 3. Some common digital skills needed in everyday life are communication, searching information, using websites and services, and being safe and responsible online.
164
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to recognise and understand the parts of a computer. 2. About the functions of the important parts of a computer.
There are many parts in a computer or laptop. Note down the parts which you know:
Thinking Box
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.2 Basics of Computers
Let’s learn to recognise and understand the parts of a computer There are two common types of computers: a desktop and a laptop.
A desktop A desktop is a computer where all the different parts are separately connected to the power and placed together on a desk.
A laptop A laptop is a computer that can easily be carried around and can be used for a brief period of time without being connected to a power source.
Many of the parts of a desktop and a laptop are the same, although they might look different. Parts of a desktop computer: •
Monitor
•
Mouse
• • • •
Web camera Monitor Speakers
Keyboard
CPU (Central Processing Unit)
CPU (Central Processing Unit) Web camera Speakers
Keyboard
Mouse
165
•
Screen or monitor
•
Trackpad
• •
Web camera Screen or monitor
Keyboard
Keyboard
Web camera
Trackpad
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Parts of a laptop computer:
Name all the parts of the desktop shown below:
Let’s learn about the functions of the important parts All computers have 3 kinds of parts:
Input Unit
Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Output Unit
1. Input Unit: The input unit of any computer includes all the parts that you can use to tell the computer what to do and give the computer information. They are parts that you can use to send instructions from the outside into the computer. • Keyboard: used to put text into the computer
• Mouse: used to move the arrow/pointer on the computer. • Microphone: used to send sound into the computer. • •
Web Camera: used to send video and pictures to the computer.
Track Pad: The trackpad is found commonly on laptops and does the same thing as a mouse. It is also used to move the arrow/pointer on the computer.
2. Central Processing Unit: The CPU is the brain of the computer. The CPU understands your instructions correctly and completes the tasks that you ask it to. The CPU is where all the data and information are stored. The CPU for a desktop computer is usually a rectangular box that you use to turn on and off the computer. The CPU for a laptop computer is inside the laptop unit, usually under the keyboard section. 3. Output Unit: The output unit of any computer includes all the parts through which the computer displays and shows things to us. • •
166
Monitor: When you type something on the keyboard, it is shown on the monitor. When you click on a video with the mouse, it is displayed on the monitor. Speakers: The speakers play the sound of any media file that you open on the computer or the sound from online meetings that you’re attending.
1. What part of the computer is used to type words? a. Keyboard
b. Monitor
2. What part of the computer is used to play sound? b. Web Camera
MODULE 6
a. Speakers
3. What is the brain of the computer? a. Printer
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Answer the following questions:
Activity Time!
b. CPU (Central Processing Unit)
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are 2 common types of computers - a desktop and a laptop. 2. The parts of a desktop computer are monitor, keyboard, mouse, CPU (Central Processing Unit), web camera, speakers. 3. Parts of a laptop computer are screen or monitor, keyboard, trackpad and web camera. 4. The main function of a computer is: Input Unit -> Central Processing Unit (CPU) -> Output Unit
6.3 Exploring a Computer In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to start and shut down a computer. 2. How to connect different devices to a computer.
Have you used a computer or laptop before? If yes, then what did you find easy to do?
Thinking Box
167
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Let’s learn how to start and shut down a computer All of us know that the green traffic light means ‘go’ and that the red traffic light means ‘stop’. This stays the same no matter where you go in the world. There are some common words and symbols that are the same in all the different types of computers that you might use.
Power Button: This symbol is the ‘power’ symbol. Any button or key that has this symbol can be used to make any device switch on and off. If you look around at different devices, you will find this symbol on many things like remotes, televisions and computer devices.
While using a desktop computer, the power button is usually on the CPU. While using a laptop computer, the power button is usually placed on the keyboard. Pressing the button will turn the computer on. Green Light: In some computers, there is a small green light close to the power button. The green light comes on when you switch the computer on. If the light is not on, it means that the computer is switched off. ‘Shut Down’: The words ‘Shut Down’ are most commonly used to talk about switching off a computer. It’s very important to switch off a computer when it is not being used so that it does not wastefully use electricity or get overheated from running too long.
The most common way to ‘Shut Down’ is to click on the ‘Menu’ option or ‘Windows’ on your computer and then select ‘Shut Down’. Step 1: Click on ‘Menu’ or the Windows symbol at the bottom. Step 2: Click on the power button. On some computers, you can ‘Shut Down’ simply by clicking the power button again. But be careful to understand if the computer can support that method. Using the wrong method to shut down a computer can damage it. Tip: If you are not sure how 2 to start or shut down any computer or device, use 1 Google Search to find out. For example, if you want to know how to turn on a MacBook, use a smartphone or another device, Google ‘how to turn on MacBook.’ You will find the steps in the search result.
168
2. Do not turn off the electricity plug switch directly without shutting down your computer first. 3. Shut down the computer when it is not being used.
4. Do not move or fiddle with the chords connected to your computer while using it.
Is it good to keep a computer in on mode all the time? Discuss with your friends (or search on Google) and find out the answer!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
1. Check if the power switch that your desktop is connected to is switched on. If it is a laptop, check if it has enough battery. If it doesn’t switch on, you might need to connect it to a charger.
MODULE 6
Some Do’s and Don’ts for Starting and Shutting Down a Computer
Let’s learn how to connect different devices to a computer A computer has different devices that can be connected to it. The devices can be part of either the input unit or the output unit. Most parts of a computer will already be connected and assembled for you to use (for example, the CPU and the monitor). But sometimes you might have to connect some devices to use them (for example, earphones and USB devices). There are two ways to connect a device to a computer: 1. Wireless
2. Wired or attached Wireless Connecting a device wirelessly to a computer usually involves using Bluetooth technology. Look for the Bluetooth symbol on the device or the Bluetooth option in the ‘Settings’ section of the device. Selecting Bluetooth will make it possible for the computer to connect with the devices. Some devices that can be connected to computers via Bluetooth are phone, mouse, keyboard, earphones, speaker and printer.
Tip: Google is a great way to find out how to connect specific devices to your computer via Bluetooth. Search for ‘How to connect Bluetooth earphones to laptop’ to find the steps in the search result.
Wired or attached Another way to connect devices to a computer is directly attaching it to the computer using a wire and a port. A port is a slot or the place where another device is connected to the computer. While using this method, it is important to connect the correct wire to the correct port. You’ll be able to observe this by simply looking carefully at the port and the wire to make sure that they match. You will find that most devices today are available in both wireless and wired versions.
169
Q1. Can this device be connected to this port? Yes No
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Answer the following questions:
Q2. Can this device be connected to this port? Yes No
Q3. What is this symbol? Power Mouse
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The power button can be used to start and shut down a computer. 2. We can connect devices to a computer using wired or wireless method. 3. Wired connection: Attaching a wire to the computer port. 4. Wireless connection: Connect to Bluetooth. 5. Mouse, keyboard, earphones, speaker and printer can be connected using Bluetooth.
170
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.4 Exploring Windows Operating System In this lesson you will learn:
MODULE 6
1. The key differences between Windows 7 and Windows 8 Operating Systems. 2. The main features of Windows 10.
Have you heard the words ‘software’ and ‘Windows’ before? What do you understand by these words?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the key differences between Windows 7 and Windows 8 OS An operating system is software that is put in the computer so that you can use it. The Operating System (OS) is like the brain of a computer. The most common operating system used is the Windows OS. This is the ‘Windows’ icon:
Introduction to Windows 7
If the first screen on the computer looks like this, it means that you are using a computer with Windows 7 OS.
To open any app to use, you can click on the ‘Windows’ symbol inside the circular button at the bottom of the screen. It will open a box showing you all the functions and programmes installed in the computer. Click on the programme or app that you wish to use.
171
If the first screen on the computer looks like this, it means that you are using a computer with Windows 8 OS.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Introduction to Windows 8
To open any app, you can click on the Windows symbol inside the square button at the bottom of the screen. When you click it, the ‘Start’ screen will open up.
Here you will find the various applications. Click on the one that you need to use.
Choose the correct answer: Q1. Which OS will display this screen?
Q2. Which popular operating system has this symbol?
Apple Credit: Wikipedia
Windows 8
Windows 7
Let’s learn the main features of Windows 10 The latest version of the Windows OS is Windows 10. The screen of a computer with Windows 10 will look like this. If you click on the Windows symbol at the bottom, it will open a box showing you different options. Here you can search and open any file or app that you want to use.
172
Windows
Here are some symbols we learned about in Windows OS. Choose the correct names for these symbols from the options given: • • •
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Click on ‘Type here to search’ and type the name of any file or programme. For example, if you want to find a document named ‘2022 Schedule’, you can search for it here. You can also search for apps by typing their names, like ‘Chrome’ or ‘Media Player’.
MODULE 6
The bottom of the screen also has other options which can be used.
Power button Windows Start button Search
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The Operating System (OS) is like the brain of a computer. 2. The most common operating system is the Windows OS. 3. You can identify the OS of a computer based on how the opening screen looks.
173
In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to create and save files. 2. Safe ways to save information on a computer. 3. How to transfer files from one location/device to another.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.5 Creating and Saving Files
What kinds of files do you know to create on a computer?
Let’s learn how to create and save files All of you must have surely seen a file like this. It is mostly used in offices to keep letters, reports, bills, etc. in order. On a computer, a file is a document that you can create using any of these applications: •
MS Word
•
MS PowerPoint
•
MS Excel
1. Step 1: Click on the Windows button on the screen. 2. Step 2: Find the Microsoft Office option.
3. Step 3: Click on the file that you want to create. You can choose Microsoft Office Word or Microsoft Office Excel or Microsoft Office Powerpoint.
4. Step 4: Double click on the ‘Blank Document’ option on the screen.
174
Thinking Box
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Saving files
A file must be saved so that you can find it and use it again. If a file is not saved, you can lose the information on it. Please remember to ‘name’ your file, so that you can search for it when you need it.
MODULE 6
To save a file, search for this symbol at the top of the screen. This is the ‘Save’ button. You can click on it to save your file.
Another way to save your file is by pressing the ‘Ctrl’ button and ‘S’ key on your keyboard at the same time.
2 ways to save a file Click on the Save button on the screen
Press Ctrl and S buttons on the keyboard
Once you have saved your file, you can prepare a folder, and store your file in it.
This is what a ‘Folder’ looks like on a computer. You can name it, and store related documents in it. For example: Job Application. In this folder, you can save your resume, covering letter, marksheet, certificates, etc.
Read Sneha’s thoughts. What does Sneha need to do now? I have to write a letter to my team leader.
Create a file
Watch a YouTube video
I finished writing the letter. I have to save it so that I can find it again.
Shut down the computer
Save the file and then shut down the computer
175
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Let’s learn some safe ways to save information on a computer We need to make sure that our private information is not misused by others. Therefore we need to take certain precautions. 1. Set a strong password for your computer, so that others cannot see your files.
2. Always close/lock your computer when you are not using it, even when you are leaving the computer for a few minutes.
3. Save your files with a clear name. This will help you find the files easily.
What can you use on your computer to keep your files safe? a. A strong password b. A lock
Let’s learn to transfer files from one location/device to another Steps to move a file to another folder: 1. Open the folder which has the file that you want to transfer. 2. Click on the file to select it.
3. Cut the file. You can do this by pressing and holding down the ‘Ctrl’ key on the keyboard, and then press the ‘X’ key. Or right-click on the file. Click the ‘Cut’ option. 4. Open the folder or device connected to your laptop where you want to transfer the file.
5. Paste the file into this folder. You can do this by pressing and holding down the ‘Ctrl’ key on the keyboard, and then pressing the ‘V’ key. Or right-click on the screen. Click on the ‘Paste’ option.
176
a.
b.
2. What can be used to create a computer file?
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
1. Which option shows a computer folder?
MODULE 6
Choose the correct answer to these questions:
Activity Time!
a. Ink pen b. MS Word
3. How can you copy a file on a computer?
a. Ctrl + C b. Ctrl + V
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A file is a document that you can create using MS Word, MS Excel or MS PowerPoint. 2. A new file can be created by selecting ‘Blank Document’ from the top right corner of the application. 3. It is important to save any file to keep the information safe and refer to it later. 4. To Save a file use Ctrl + S. 5. To Copy a file use Ctrl + C. 6. To Paste a file use Ctrl + V.
177
In this lesson you will learn: 1. The basic features of MS Word. 2. The steps to create an MS Word file and save it.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.6 Basics of MS Word
What tasks can you perform on MS Word?
Let’s learn how to create and save files Here is an empty sheet of paper. Tick what you can use it for: Drawing pictures Writing a story Making a list
Writing a letter
Completing homework Creating a resume
MS Word is like a sheet of paper on a computer. You can use MS Word to do almost everything that you do on a paper. 1. Use the plain white space on the MS Word screen to type your text.
2. The MS Word sheet will display this symbol
This is called the text cursor. It allows you to decide where to type on the page. You can use the mouse to move the cursor.
At the top of the MS Word screen, you will see a band. It is called the ‘Menu Bar’. The menu bar has many features. You can use these options to make your text and page look different and attractive.
178
Thinking Box
Bold
Use this option to make the letters in your words thicker. Like this. Italics
Use this option to make the letters in your words slant to one side. Like this. Underline
Use this option to underline your words. Like this.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
The ‘Home’ tab allows you to change the font, the size of the font and the colour of the font.
MODULE 6
Let’s look at some important features:
You can use these feature to make a list with numbers or bullet points: Numbered List
Use this option to create a list with numbers. Bulleted List
Use this option to create a list with bullet points. You can even choose different types of ‘bullet’ styles. We will discuss a few more interesting features of the ‘Home’ tab in the next lesson. This is the ‘Page Layout’ tab. The main feature of this is to set the type of page you wish to use. If you click on ‘Orientation’, you will get an option of Portrait or Landscape.
Portrait means a vertical sheet.
Landscape means a horizontal sheet.
Please note: The Portrait format is used for all official documents.
Let’s learn the steps to create an MS Word file and save it Create an MS Word file:
1. Find the MS Word application on your computer. Click on it.
179
3. Double click on ‘Blank Document’. 4. You can type using the keyboard.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
2. Select ‘New’ on the left menu.
Save an MS Word file
1. Click on the Save icon found at the top left of the screen. Or press Ctrl and S keys on your keyboard at the same time. 2. Select the location where you want to save the file on your computer.
3. Type the ‘name’ of your file. Make sure that the file name is clear, so it is easy for you to find it. 4. Click Save.
Choose the correct answer to these questions: 1. What is this application?
a. MS Word
b. Windows
2. What can you do with MS Word? a. Write a story b. Buy a pencil
3. What will happen if you click on this button?
a. The file will disappear. b. The file will be saved.
180
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. MS Word file can be used to write letters, documents, notes, etc. 2. The Home Tab has many options to change the format of the file as well as the words on the file.
MODULE 6
3. Save an MS Word file - Ctrl + S. 4. Making the text bold- Ctrl + B. 5. Underlining the text - Ctrl + U. 6. Changing the text to italics - Ctrl + I.
6.7 Creating Documents on MS Word In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to perform basic formatting using MS Word. 2. How to use MS Word efficiently using keyboard shortcuts. 3. How to print a document created on MS Word.
What have you created using MS Word before?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn to perform basic formatting using MS Word
In MS Word, you can change the text in the document to look different. Using these options can help you to make the document easy to read. This process is called formatting. How to format text:
1. Select the text you want to format. To select a single word, double click it.
181
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
To select a few lines of text, click on the left of the first word to be selected. Hold down and drag the cursor till the end of the text.
2. Select an option to change the font, font size, font color, or make the text bold, italic, or underlined. Formatting rules to follow for all your documents: 1. Use the same font style in the entire document.
2. Use a font size and font colour that is easy to read. The recommended font size is 12. The recommended font colour is black.
3. Format your paragraphs to be placed on the left side of the page. Use this option from the menu at the top of your screen.
182
What font style would you change this text to?
What colour would you change this text to?
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Choose your favourite formatting option to change this text. Draw a circle around your choice.
Let’s learn to use MS Word efficiently using keyboard shortcuts Keyboard shortcuts are key combinations that help you do an action quickly and easily. The action can be done by finding and selecting the option on the menu. But that would take time. So you can use the keyboard shortcuts to complete the action quickly. Ctrl + S to Save
Press and hold the ‘Ctrl’ key and then press ‘S’ key. Use this shortcut to save the file. Ctrl + Z to Undo
Sometimes, we type something, then we change it. After changing, we think that the earlier sentence was better. In such a situation, you can get your original sentence back! That’s the ‘Undo’ shortcut. Press and hold the ‘Ctrl’ key and then press ‘Z’ key. Use this shortcut to undo an action.
183
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Ctrl + X to Cut
After we have typed a sentence or a paragraph, we might feel it needs to be somewhere else on the page. In such a case, simply select that part of the text, use the ‘cut’ option to remove it from there. Next, select where you would like that text to be, and ‘Paste’ it there (‘Paste’ option is explained below). Press and hold the ‘Ctrl’ key and then press ‘X’ key. Use this shortcut to cut some text. Ctrl + C to Copy
Sometimes, we would like to repeat a certain sentence. In such a case, you don’t need to type the same thing again! Simply select the text, and ‘copy’ it. Then decide where you would like to place it, and ‘paste’ it there. Press and hold the ‘Ctrl’ key and then press the ‘C’ key. Use this shortcut to copy some text. The difference between ‘Cut’ and ‘Copy’: When you cut, you are deleting the text from one place and putting it elsewhere. Whereas, when you copy, the text stays in the original place and in the other place. Ctrl + V to Paste
When you cut or copy some text, you can place it in a different part of the file. You can use the ‘Paste’ option to do that. Press and hold the ‘Ctrl’ key and then press the ‘V’ key. Use this shortcut to paste some text.
Choose the correct keyboard shortcut for the action. 1. Copy text
a. Ctrl + C keys b. Ctrl + X keys
Let’s learn to print a document created on MS Word A document that you created on MS Word can be printed on paper using a printer. The computer you are using must be connected to the printer with a wire or Bluetooth. Steps to print a document
1. Select ‘File’ and then ‘Print’. Or choose the ‘Print’ icon at the top left of the MS Word screen.
184
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
2. To preview each page, select the forward and backward arrows at the bottom of the page.
MODULE 6
3. Choose the number of copies, and any other options you want.
4. Click on the Print button.
5. You can also use Ctrl + P to print.
Rakesh created a report about a project on MS Word. His manager wants him to complete a few more tasks with the MS Word document. Read her instructions carefully. What does Rakesh have to do? 1.
Activity Time!
The size of the words in the document is too small and difficult to read. Please change it.
What does Rakesh have to do? a. Save the document b. Change the size of the font
185
I need to give the report to a customer. Could you please give me a print out?
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
2.
What does Rakesh have to do? a. Delete the document b. Print the document
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. MS Word can be used to write letters, documents, notes, etc. 2. The Home Tab has many options to change the format of the file as well as the words on the file. 3. Save an MS Word file - Ctrl + S. 4. Making the text bold- Ctrl + B. 5. Underlining the text - Ctrl + U. 6. Changing the text to italics - Ctrl + I.
186
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.8 Basics of MS Excel In this lesson you will learn: 1. The importance of learning Excel.
MODULE 6
2. How to enter data into an Excel worksheet.
Have you used MS Excel before? What do you know about it?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the importance of MS Excel MS Excel can be used to do many kinds of tasks. It can organize a large amount of data in an easy and understandable way. For example, 1. The name, address and phone number of 100 people
2. The tasks completed by a team of assistants in 52 weeks
3. The salaries, bonus and insurance amount of a company with 200 people We can use MS Excel to do different tasks with this large amount of data.
1. Find information easily
2. Make complicated calculations with numbers
3. Show numbers and data through visual charts and graphs
Most workplaces use MS Excel to store and handle information. The ability to use MS Excel to manage and understand data is a skill that can make you successful in your future workplace.
Fill in the information of 5 people in your family.
187
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Let’s learn to enter data into an Excel worksheet
An MS Excel file is called a worksheet or a workbook. Each worksheet has 4 important parts where data can be organised and entered.
4 2
3
1
1. Sheets Each new page in the worksheet is called a sheet. You can find all the sheets at the bottom left of the screen.
1
2. Cell Look closely at the Excel sheet. As you can see, it is made up of many small rectangular boxes. Each box is called a cell. You can type numbers and letters inside the cell
2
3. Rows A single line of cells from left to right is called a row. Look at the numbers on the left side of the screen. All the rows in a sheet are numbered as 1, 2, 3, etc. 4. Columns A single line of cells from top to bottom is called a column. Look at the letters on the top of the screen. All the columns in a sheet are named as A, B, C, etc.
How to enter data in an Excel worksheet:
1. Select the cell where you want to enter the data. You can do this by using the ‘Select Mode’ cursor which looks like this. You can use this cursor to select cells.
188
4
3
Choose the correct answer for the questions: 1. Which icon represents MS Excel?
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
3. Move to another cell by using the arrow keys on the keyboard.
MODULE 6
2. Type the data that you want to enter in the cell. You can use letters and numbers.
b.
a.
2. How is data entered in MS Excel? a. You must type it in a cell
b. You must save the file
3. What is selected in gray in this picture?
a. A column
b. A date
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. MS Excel is a tool to organise a large amount of data in an easy and understandable way. 2. The uses of MS Excel are to find information easily, make complicated calculations with numbers, show numbers and data through visual charts and graphs. 3. An MS Excel file is called a worksheet or a workbook. 4. Each workbook has sheets, cells, rows and columns to fill data. 5. To enter data, place the cursor near a cell and add the data. 6. You can also use arrow keys to move between cells.
189
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.9 Simple Functions on MS Excel In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to save and print MS Excel worksheets and workbooks. 2. How to use functions in MS Excel like add and average to make calculations.
Circle the words about MS Excel that you know: Cell
Worksheet
Row
Select
Column
Data
Thinking Box
Formula
Let’s learn to save and print MS Excel worksheets and workbooks Save an MS Excel worksheet
1. Click on the Save icon found at the top left of the screen. Or press Ctrl and S keys on your keyboard at the same time.
2. Select the location where you want to save the worksheet on your computer.
3. Enter a file name for the worksheet. 4. Click Save.
190
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Print an MS Excel worksheet
1. Open the sheet that you want to print.
2. Select ‘File’ and then ‘Print’. Or use the Ctrl + P keyboard shortcut. Press and hold the Ctrl key and then press the P key.
+ To preview each page, select the forward and backward arrows at the bottom of the page.
MODULE 6
3.
4. Change the settings as required. 5. Click on the Print button.
Match the keyboard shortcut to the action:
+
Save the worksheet
+
Print the worksheet
Let’s learn to use functions in MS Excel like add and average to make calculations When we have to add a few simple numbers, we can do it easily in our minds or on paper.
87 +11
45 +29
128 +63
109 +18
98
191
74
127
When we want to add more numbers, we can use a calculator.
Now, what if we have to add two hundred, three hundred or thousand numbers? MS Excel can be used to add thousands of numbers! In fact, MS Excel can be used to carry out all kinds of mathematical calculations, which are even more complicated
191
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
than addition. MS Excel can even be used to analyse data and prepare charts. So learning the basics of MS Excel is extremely important and necessary! Finding the name of a cell Each cell is given a unique name. Knowing the name of the cell helps us to easily find the data in it, and use it in calculations. Let’s see how ‘cells’ are named In the previous lesson, we learnt that at the top of the worksheet there are letters, A, B, C, D…. and on the left, there are numbers, 1, 2, 3, 4….going downwards. The name of each cell has a letter and a number. It is the letter name of the column and the number name of the row. Let’s look at this picture. The selected cell is found in the B column and row 5. So the name of the cell is B5.
Similarly, in the next example, the selected cell is in the E column and row 7. So the name of the cell is E7. Addition with data entered in worksheet
For this section, we first need to locate the ‘Auto-sum’ tab. Look for this sign at the top right.
For addition
1. Enter all the data that you need to add. For example, let’s add the price of all these items in a restaurant. 2. Select an empty cell directly below a column of data.
3. Go to the ‘Formulas’ tab found in the menu on top of the MS Excel screen.
4. Click on ‘Auto-sum’ and then ‘Sum’.
192
6. Press the ‘Enter’ key to see the answer.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
5. Excel will automatically sense the cells to be added. You can check the names of the cell you want to add. =SUM(B1:B6) adds the values of the cells starting from B1 to B6.
In this example, the numbers used for addition are entered in a column (top to bottom), cell numbers B1 to B6. Addition can also be done with the same method if the numbers are entered in a row (left to right).
In this example, the numbers used for addition are entered in a row, cell numbers A2 to F2. Find average with data entered in worksheet
1. Now, let’s find the average price of all the items in this restaurant. 2. Select an empty cell directly below a column of data.
3. Click on ‘Auto-sum’ and then ‘Average’.
4. Excel will automatically sense the cells to be used. You can check the names of the cell you want to add.
193
5. Press the ‘Enter’ key to see the answer.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
=AVERAGE(B1:B6) finds the average of the values of the cells starting from B1 to B6.
Choose the correct answer for the questions: Q1. What happens when we use this function? =SUM(B4:G4)
a. The numbers in cells from B4 to G4 are added b. The number in B4 is deleted
Q2. What must we do to add numbers in Excel? a. Use a calculator b. Use ‘Auto-sum’
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Saving an MS Excel file: Click on the Save icon at the top left of the screen. Or press Ctrl + S keys on your keyboard at the same time. 2. Printing an MS Excel file. 3. Names of cell in Excel. 4. Using Auto-sum to add data (numbers). 5. Using Auto-sum to find the average of data (numbers) entered.
194
Activity Time!
1. About the internet and its benefits. 2. Steps to successfully access the internet.
Do you use the internet? What do you use it for?
Thinking Box
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
In this lesson you will learn:
MODULE 6
6.10 Introduction to the Internet
Let’s learn about the internet and its benefits The internet is a very large network, across the whole world. It is called ‘net’ in short. It is a way of connecting us with information from all over the world.
We can connect all our digital devices like computers, phones, tabs and laptops to the internet. With the help of the internet, we can send messages, pictures, videos, files, etc. to each other, even if we are far away. What are the benefits of the internet? Without the internet, people used to send messages through letters. These letters would take many weeks to reach. If we wanted any information, we would have to go to a library, or to an institute to get it. We had to go to the station and stand in a long queue to book tickets. Nowadays, with the help of the internet, life has become so much easier! 1. We can send and receive letters or messages instantly. 2. We can get any information quickly. 3. We can get news immediately.
4. We can store all our information safely.
5. We can watch movies at any convenient time.
6. We can watch any sport from around the world. 7. We can make video calls.
8. We can attend classes online.
9. We can book train or bus tickets.
10. We can gain access to music from all over the world.
195
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Q1. Please add what else you can do with the help of the internet.
Q2. Use any device with an internet connection. Complete these tasks. Place a tick in the box once you complete the task. Send a photo to a friend
Find information on the birthday of the internet (use Google Search) Watch a video of a song from another country
Find the phone number for blood bank information in India (use Google Search)
Let’s learn how to access the internet There are 2 ways to connect your device to the internet: 1. Using a mobile data connection 2. Using a WiFi connection
Using a mobile data connection
A mobile data connection can be used to access the Internet on devices like your smartphone or tablet. Find the symbol with two arrows on your phone use the internet on the device.
. Selecting it will turn on the mobile data. You can then
Using a Wi-Fi connection This is the WiFi symbol.
1. Click on the WiFi symbol found at the bottom right of your computer. 2. Select the name of the WiFi connection. Click on ‘Connect’.
3. If you are using the WiFi connection at an office, you can ask a colleague or the person in charge to share the WiFi details with you.
4. Enter the WiFi password.
Do not connect your device to any WiFi connection that you are not familiar with or that doesn’t need a password. It might not be safe.
196
Could you please share the WiFi details with me? I’d like to connect to the internet.
a. Connect to the internet with mobile data b. Use the camera
Q2. What is this symbol? a. Audio b. WiFi connection
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Q1. How can you watch YouTube videos on your phone?
MODULE 6
Choose the correct answer for the questions:
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The internet is a very large network which helps us communicate, send and receive information instantly. We can connect all our digital devices to the internet to make use of its benefits. 2. Speed of communication, safety and access to information are the top benefits of using the internet. 3. There are two ways to connect to internet: Mobile data and WiFi. 4. Connect only to safe WiFi connections to protect your phone or computer.
197
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.11 Using Search Engines In this lesson you will learn: 1. What are search engines? 2. About Google and a few other search engines. 3. How to use keywords to use search engines effectively.
Have you searched for anything online? If yes, what were the last 3 things you searched for online?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about search engines Imagine walking into a very big library. The library has thousands of books. There are books on every topic - physics, geography, history, science, art, etc. There are popular books, and some unknown books too. Now, if you want to find some information about the history of Greece. What will you do? That’s right! You will ask someone in charge over there, like the librarian. The librarian knows where the different books are kept. If there was no librarian to help, it could take years to find the one book that you are looking for! Nowadays, we don’t need to go to a big library like this in order to get information. We can get all the information online. All we have to do is type a few words and we get the information! Let’s understand how this works All the information is stored on ‘web pages’. These web pages are linked and are stored on the World Wide Web (www). We need an internet connection and a search engine to access the information on the web. A search engine is like the librarian of the internet! You have to type out what information you are looking for, and the search engine will look everywhere, and show you all the web pages that contain the words that you typed or the information that you needed.
198
2. Q2. Who are 2 famous people that you would like to find out more about? 1. 2. You can use a search engine to find information about these things!
Let’s learn about some popular search engines
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
1.
MODULE 6
Q1. What are 2 countries in the world that you would like to learn more about?
There are many search engines you can use to find pages on the internet. The most used search engine in the world is Google.
You can tell the search engine, Google, what you are looking for by typing the words in the search bar.
After typing the words, you must press or click on ‘Google Search’ on your screen or the ‘Enter’ key on the keyboard. For example, if you want to find the capital city of France, you can type ‘capital of France’ in the search bar. Then, press ‘Google Search’ or the ‘Enter’ key. Google will search the internet and provide you with the right answer. A few other popular search engines that you can use to find information on the internet are: •
Bing
199
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
•
Yahoo
•
DuckDuckGo
Find the answer to these questions using the Google search engine. Go to www.google.com on a computer or a phone. 1. What is the capital of New Zealand? 2. Who is the Prime Minister of Canada?
Let’s learn how to effectively use keywords in search engines It is very important to use the correct words to tell the search engine what to look for. These are called ‘keywords’. For example, we want to make butter paneer, and we want a typical Indian-style recipe.
If we type the word ‘recipe’, do you think you will get the recipe?
No! Google will show us all the web pages that contain recipes. It will also have the recipe for butter paneer, but we will have to go through all the pages to find one recipe!
200
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS Now, Google will show us web pages with all kinds of paneer recipes like kadhai paneer, paneer handi, paneer mutter, palak paneer, etc. This search will also have the recipe for butter paneer, but we will have to go through all the paneer recipes to find out how to make butter paneer!
MODULE 6
So let’s refine our search, and type ‘paneer recipe’.
Let’s type ‘Indian recipe butter paneer’. Now, do you think we’ll get the correct recipe? Yes! Google will show us the pages with the recipe that we are looking for.
So we need to be very clear when we are looking for information. We need to type a few keywords that will help refine our search and help us get the correct information easily.
Choose the correct keywords to search for this information:
Activity Time!
Q1. Birthday of the Prime Minister of India a. Prime Minister of India birthday b. Current Prime Minister of India birthday c. Prime Minister of India
Q2. Address of Hyundai factory in your town
a. Hyundai address b. Hyundai factory address c. Hyundai factory address, name of your town
201
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What I learnt today:
MODULE 6
4. The most used search engine in the world is Google.
Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A search engine helps you find data stored in the World Wide Web (www). 2. The search bar helps you find what you need when you type keywords. 3. Bing, Yahoo, DuckDuckGo are a few search engines.
6.12 Searching for the Right Information Online In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to search the internet for important information. 2. How to access information on important government portals.
What are some tips you have to search for information online?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn how to search the internet for important information The internet is not just for fun and entertainment. It is a powerful tool that you can use to find important information. The right words can help us find the information we need! Remember, Google is like a librarian. You must use specific words in the search bar so that Google can find the correct information. When the government has an economic welfare scheme, they share information about it on the internet. Companies and organisations from all over the world share information about job openings on the web pages. With the right search words, you can find correct and useful information. Make sure to include location-specific words and people-specific words while searching on Google.
202
Welfare scheme
Welfare schemes in Rajasthan
Government scholarship
Indian government scholarship for women
Jobs
Receptionist jobs in Ahmedabad
You want to find companies that are hiring for your dream job in your city. What words will you use to search on the internet?
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
With specific words
MODULE 6
Too vague
Let’s learn to access information on important government portals There are specific websites maintained by the government. These websites have the most updated and relevant information about government schemes and initiatives. If the website ends with .gov.in, it means that it is an Indian government website. There are many websites like this. Here are some important websites, through which you can find lots of information:
1. www.india.gov.in : National Portal of India This website is like a search engine for all government websites. When you are looking for something, it searches all the government websites and shows you the correct page with the information. Links for PAN application, driver’s license status and birth certificate download can also be found on this website. 2. www.igod.gov.in : Integrated Government Online Directory This website can be used to find information on schemes and initiatives across all sectors, from tourism to employment to agriculture. You can use this website to find information on schemes like MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act), Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojna, etc. 3. https://myaadhaar.uidai.gov.in/ : MyAadhaar Portal Aadhaar is a 12-digit identification number issued by the Government of India to residents for free of cost. It is an important document for everyone to have. It can be used as a universal ID card. It is required for important services like, opening a bank account and getting a voter’s ID. At the time of employment, all companies require your Aadhar card. The My Aadhaar portal has all the required information for getting and handling your own Aadhaar.
203
You will need to set up a login ID and a unique password for your IRCTC account. With your details, you can check train details, book tickets and check the status of your bookings.
MODULE 6
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
4. www.irctc.co.in : IRCTC IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation) handles the ticketing process for the Indian Railways. To book tickets on any Indian train, you need to use the IRCTC website.
Swayam Course Catalog
5. www.swayam.gov.in : SWAYAM e-learning SWAYAM is a programme by the Government of India through which learning resources are available for students covering all subjects. You can learn something new on this site. You can also do some courses for upskilling, that is, learning more or upgrading in your field. We will be discussing this in the next few lessons.
Choose the correct answer for the questions: Q1. Which of these is a Government of India website? a. www.education.gov.in b. www.facebook.com
Q2. What is the meaning of ‘reliable’ information? a. Information that is false b. Information that is correct and updated
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Using specific words to search on the internet can help us find important information about jobs, welfare schemes and scholarships. 2. There are government websites and portals specifically designed to help us find information and do important tasks like book tickets and apply for documents.
204
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.13 Social Media In this lesson you will learn: 1. What is social media? 2. About social media profiles on WhatsApp, Telegram, Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, etc.
Which of these social media sites do you use? Put a tick next to it.
WhatsApp
Instagram
Telegram
Twitter
Facebook
LinkedIn
MODULE 6
3. About the safety measures on social media.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about social media Social media is any application or app on the internet where we can share our thoughts with other people, virtually. It connects people from all over the world. We can share text messages, pictures, videos and links. Social media can be used by anyone having a mobile or a computer with an internet connection. Different social media platforms have different uses. Some social media apps are used to speak directly to friends. Some are used to talk to strangers from different parts of the world. Some apps are used to share photos, videos, write personal stories, etc. Some apps are used especially for finding jobs.
Label the icons with the correct social media app names: Telegram
Twitter
Facebook
WhatsApp
Instagram
LinkedIn
205
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Let’s learn about social media profiles on WhatsApp, Telegram, Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn and more A profile is a page that contains information about you. On social media apps, you can create your own profiles. On WhatsApp, you can create your profile by adding your photo, your name and 2 or 3 lines about you. For example:
Profile picture: (An avatar picture can be added) Name: Rajeswari About: Student at ITI
Read this conversation between three friends, Sunita, Dinesh and Deepika. Sunita: Hello Deepika! Did you have a good time at the cricket match yesterday? Dinesh: How did you know that Deepika went to watch the cricket match? Deepika: I posted some pictures and videos on Instagram from the match. Dinesh: What is Instagram?
Sunita: Instagram is a social media app where you can post pictures and videos. You can also watch other people’s videos. Deepika: Yes! I create a profile with my picture and write a few lines about myself. Then I can ‘Follow’ my friends and they can ‘Follow’ me.
Sunita: Deepika has many followers. But did you know that Virat Kohli has almost 200 million followers on Instagram? Dinesh: Wow! That’s a lot of people. Is this the app where people post Reels?
Sunita: Yes, it is! Reels are short entertaining videos that people post on Instagram.
Dinesh: You know, Virat Kohli is also very popular on Twitter. His Tweets get a lot of likes. Deepika: Tweets? What’s a Tweet?
Dinesh: You share pictures and videos on Instagram right? Twitter is a social media app where people can share short text posts with their followers. Sunita: I’ve read some of your Tweets, Dinesh! They’re very funny.
Dinesh: Thanks Sunita! Yeah, some people share jokes. Others share information and news. It’s even used by some government officials and celebrities nowadays to interact directly with people. Sunita: People can like and share other people’s Tweets too.
Deepika: Just like how we can like, share and react to people’s posts on Facebook!
Dinesh: Yes, exactly like that. Of course, Facebook is one of the biggest and more popular social media apps in the world. Did you know that roughly 37% of all the people on earth use Facebook today? Sunita: Woah! I use Facebook to connect with my schools friends from around the world. I can see their online activity and catch up with their lives. Dinesh: I also use Facebook Messenger to chat with my friends.
206
Sunita: It’s also convenient to use WhatsApp for calls, video calls and group calls. My family uses WhatsApp to do group calls, and talk to each other often. Dinesh: Do you both use Telegram too? Sunita: No, I don’t.
Deepika: What is Telegram?
Dinesh: Telegram is also a messaging app, like WhatsApp. You can send messages with text, photos, videos, etc. to people who have Telegram. You can also join groups where people share information on various topics. Deepika: That’s very helpful! Dinesh: Yes, it is.
Sunita: The social media app that I use to get a lot of information is LinkedIn.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Deepika: Yes, we can send text messages, images and files to anybody who has WhatsApp.
MODULE 6
Sunita: I mostly use the WhatsApp app for sending messages. It’s so easy to use.
Deepika: Yes, of course. LinkedIn is an app where the focus is on professional, workplace-related interactions. So it’s useful for learning about job opportunities and learning work skills. Dinesh, do you have a LinkedIn profile? Dinesh: No, I don’t. Should I get one?
Sunita: Yes, it will be useful for you. Your LinkedIn profile can show your education qualification, your skills and your work experience. Deepika: Nowadays, many workplaces check our LinkedIn profile while considering us for a job. Dinesh: So LinkedIn sounds important! I’ll set my profile up today.
What is your favourite social media app to use? Why?
Let’s learn safety measures on social media While crossing the road or while leaving our house, we do things to be safe. Just like that, there are some things we must do to be safe while using social media. Staying safe on social media is important, because many people misuse the platforms to cheat, harass and conduct human trafficking. Here are some safety tips:
1. Do not share information with people that you do not know.
2. Do not meet up with or share your location with strangers on social media. 3. Do not share important personal information like address, bank account number and passwords on social media.
4. Do not open any links or files shared by people you do not know.
5. Do not send rude or mean comments to anyone on social media. 6. Do not share fake news.
Most importantly, do not be active on social media continuously. It can be an addiction, like alcohol or cigarettes. Many people stay on social media to get likes or comments. But this can be harmful because they lose touch with reality and their own family.
207
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Choose the correct answer for the questions: Q1. What social media app is used for finding job opportunities? a. LinkedIn b. Google
Q2. What can you do to be safe on social media? a. Avoid sharing my password with anyone b. Send my address to a stranger on Facebook
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Social media is any application or app on the internet where we can share our thoughts with other people, virtually. 2. Social media can be used by anyone having a mobile or a computer with an internet connection. 3. There are different types of social media apps for different uses. 4. Staying safe on social media is important, because many people misuse the platforms to cheat, harass and conduct human trafficking.
208
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn:
MODULE 6
1. How to use social media for professional growth. 2. Responsible usage of internet/social media. 3. About success stories and role models.
What do you think social media means? Give a few examples.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
6.14 Social Media for Professional Development
Thinking Box
Let’s learn to use social media and the internet for professional growth Social media platforms are a way for us to share our thoughts and feelings with our family. It is also a great way for us to find entertainment, to see pictures, to watch videos and to read texts that we can enjoy. Social media platforms can also be useful for us to grow professionally. It’s important to connect with other people so that we can learn from them about their work experiences. Interacting with people who have the same interests is very important. Social media is a great platform to do that. Here are a few things which you can do on social media and the internet for professional growth:
1. Showcase some of your work and your professional skills online. •
Platforms to use: LinkedIn, YouTube, Facebook, Instagram.
•
Groups are places where different people come together to talk about their common interests and goals. Joining a group helps you learn from different people who are on the same path as you. You can ask questions and clarify doubts in these groups. Platforms to use: LinkedIn, Facebook, WhatsApp.
2. Join groups according to your career or subject interests.
•
3. Stay updated by finding information online. •
•
There are always new ideas and opportunities coming up in your area of interest. So it is important to stay updated. Use search engines and social media platforms to regularly find the latest information. Platforms to use: LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, Google.
209
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Q1. What is your dream job? Find 2 new things about your dream job using the internet or social media. 1. 2.
MODULE 6
Q2. Write the names of 2 people whom you can connect with and learn more about your dream job? This can be anybody that you know, like a teacher, a friend, a family member, an old classmate, etc. 1. 2.
Let’s learn responsible usage of the internet/social media
There is a lot of information available on the internet and on social media. With millions of people sharing millions of pages of content on the internet, it’s important to know what information must be taken seriously and what information can be shared with others. Before you share or trust any information on the internet or social media, ask these 5 THINK questions:
T H I N K
Is it True? Is the information given in the post true? Can you confirm that the facts are true?
Is it Helpful? Is the information helpful to you and to other people on social media?
Is it Inspiring? Does the information inspire you to learn and try new things that would challenge you?
Is it Necessary? Does the post contain any information or advice that is necessary for you and others in your social network? Is it Kind? Is the post kind and considerate to everyone? Or is it mean and hurtful to particular people?
Nikhil has been spending time on social media learning about fashion design. Look at the scenarios and choose what Nikhil must do to be responsible. 1. “I found a group of people who are working in the fashion industry.”
a. “I can join the Facebook group. I can read about their experiences and share mine.” b. “I can join the Facebook group and share my phone number with everyone.”
2. “Someone posted false information about a job opportunity on the group.” a. “I must re-share the information on LinkedIn.” b. “I must ignore this post.”
210
•
Project GOAL by Digital Empowerment Foundation (DEF) Digital Empowerment Foundation (DEF) is an organisation that uses digital technology to help people in rural India. For their project, GOAL, they brought together a group of successful women entrepreneurs. Each entrepreneur worked as a mentor and guide for a group of tribal women, and they were all connected to each other through Facebook. The tribal women received training, mentorship and advice through the social media channel.
•
Ice Bucket Challenge The Ice Bucket Challenge was a fun activity that many people did in 2014. Funny videos of iced water being poured on people were created and shared on Facebook. The videos were created and shared for a purpose.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
When used responsibly and safely, social media can be a powerful tool. Let’s look at a few stories where people used social media and the internet in an impactful and successful way.
MODULE 6
Let’s learn success stories of people using social media
The videos encouraged thousands of people to donate money for the research to cure a disease called ALS. Because of social media, people from all over the world saw the video and donated money. Through the Ice Bucket Challenge, 22 crore dollars were raised for a good cause.
Everyone can learn from everyone! You have knowledge and skills that other people can learn from you. You have stories and ideas that can inspire someone else.
Activity Time!
Can you think of a time when you did something very well or won something? Maybe you were appreciated by someone or you completed a task successfully? Write a story here about it and share it on social media.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Social media platforms are a way for us to share our thoughts and feelings with our family. 2. Social media can be used for our professional growth to showcase our professional skills, join groups according to career, stay updated with the information available online, etc. 3. Before sharing information on social media THINK. Is it TRUE, HELPFUL, INSPIRING, NECESSARY, KIND?
211
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.15 Internet Safety In this lesson you will learn: 1. The basics of internet safety. 2. The importance of SafeSearch. 3. Introduction to cyber crime.
Mention 3 ways in which we can be safe on the internet: 1.
Thinking Box
2. 3.
Let’s learn the basics of internet safety To be safe on the internet, we can follow these SMART tips: S: Stay Safe
Don’t give personal information to people you do not know. Do not share important details like address, ID number, bank details, etc. on social media. Do not share your passwords with anyone.
M: Don’t Meet Up
You might interact with strangers on a social media app. After some time, you might want to meet them or share your contact details with them because they are your friend. Online friends are still strangers and may not be who they say they are. Do not meet with an online friend in person, even if you think that you know the person well.
A: Accepting Files
Do not accept any files or pictures from people you do not know. Avoid clicking on links that promise money, cryptocurrency coins, etc. These links can cause virus problems in your computer or phone and can be used to steal information from you.
R: Reliable
Always check information before you believe it. You must check internet articles and WhatsApp-forwarded messages. Check:
Is the information true? Can the person sharing it or the website be trusted to deliver the correct information? Are there other sources on the internet which can confirm what you’re reading?
212
Fill in the missing words. What must you do to be safe on the internet? • • • • •
S: Stay on the internet. M: Don’t A: Don’t
by not sharing personal information up with online connections.
R: Is the information T:
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
If someone or something is making you uncomfortable or scared, you must tell someone. Talk to a teacher or an adult in the family who can help you. If a person on social media seems dangerous or makes you feel uncomfortable, stop interacting with them immediately. You can block them from interacting with you on the platform.
MODULE 6
T: Tell Someone
files from strangers. ?
someone if you are uncomfortable.
Let’s learn about Safe Search Search engines like Google help us find interesting and helpful pages on the internet. But there are some pages on the internet that are dangerous and inappropriate to use. SafeSearch is a tool that blocks unsafe pages when you are using a search engine. The tool can be switched on and off for any search engine by changing the settings.
Why is it important to be safe while searching for information on the internet? Explain.
Let’s learn about cyber crimes There are laws set by the government that we must all follow. When someone breaks a law, it is considered to be a crime. Stealing money, attacking a person or making fake documents are crimes because they break the laws of the government. When a crime is committed, someone complains to the police department. The police find the person who commited the crime. The criminal is punished for their actions. They will be asked to pay a fine or sent to prison.
213
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
There are also laws for activities on the internet. They are called cyber laws. When a cyber law is broken, it is called a cyber crime.
MODULE 6
4. Sending viruses to other people’s computers.
Examples of cyber crimes:
1. Stealing and using other people’s personal information.
2. Stealing card payment and financial details. 3. Bullying and threatening people online.
5. Selling and distributing illegal items and media online.
If someone steals your online information or makes you feel unsafe on an online platform, you can report the incident as a cyber crime. You can use the National Cyber Crime Reporting Portal. 1. Log into www.cybercrime.gov.in to file a complaint online.
2. Call the cybercrime complaint number at 155260.
Shilpa finds suspicious activity in her bank account. Large amounts of money have been spent in an online shop that she did not use. Someone has stolen Shilpa’s bank details online. What must Shilpa do? Write down the steps that she must take.
214
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. SMART way to be safe on the internet - Stay Safe, Don’t meet up, Don’t accept files or links from unknown people, check for Reliability and Tell someone if you are uncomfortable.
MODULE 6
2. SafeSearch is a tool that blocks unsafe pages when you are using a search engine 3. When a cyber law is broken, it is called a cyber crime. To report a cyber crime call 155260 or email www.cybercrime.gov.in
6.16 Communication Using Email In this lesson you will learn: 1. The definition and features of email. 2. The steps to create and use an email account. 3. How to attach files and use CC and BCC when sending emails.
What are the most common uses of email?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the features of email An email is a message sent to a person through the internet. Email stands for electronic mail. It is similar to a letter or a package that is physically sent to someone. Email can be used to send letters, messages, files, pictures, links, etc. You need a unique personal email ID to send and receive emails. An email ID will usually be in this format: 1.
[email protected] or
[email protected] For example,
[email protected]
2. You will have an inbox where you can check the emails that you received. An inbox is the digital space where all the emails that are sent to you can be found and viewed. 3. When you get an email from someone, you can reply to the email.
215
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
I got an email from my team leader asking me to attend a meeting on Tuesday.
I replied to her email and informed her that I’m on leave on Tuesday.
Which of the following tasks do you know how to do? Send an email Check your email inbox Share your email ID with a friend Reply to an email
Let’s learn the steps to create and use an email account. Creating an email account: The most commonly used email ID is Google Mail or Gmail. Let’s look at the steps to create a Gmail ID. 1. Go to the Gmail account creation page - accounts.google.com
2. Click on ‘Create account’. Choose ‘Create an account for myself’ to create your personal account.
3. The sign-up form will appear. Enter your details.
4. Choose a unique username for your account. The username must be easy to remember. For a professional email ID, it’s best to have your full name as the username.
5. After choosing a username, enter a password. Type the password again to confirm. Click on ‘Next’ to continue. 6. Enter details of your mobile number, date of birth and gender and click ‘Next’.
7. Finally, you will see the ‘Terms & Conditions’. Click on ‘I agree’ to create your Gmail account.
216
2. At the top left, click on ‘Compose.’
3. In the ‘To’ box, add the email ID of the person you want to send the email to.
4. Add a subject for the email. The subject is a few words that can quickly tell the person receiving the email what the email is about. 5. Write your message.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
1. On your computer, go to www.gmail.com
MODULE 6
Sending an email from your computer:
Q1. What is your email ID? Create a new ID if you don’t have one already.
Q2. Send an email to your classmate, telling them about something interesting that you learnt this week.
Let’s learn to attach files and use CC and BCC when sending emails Attaching files to an email:
You can type a message and send it in an email. You can also add or attach a file from your computer to the email and send it to someone else. 1. On your computer, go to www.gmail.com 2. Click on ‘Compose.”
3. At the bottom, click attach files.
. It is a paper clip icon that helps to
217
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Attaching files to an email:
You can type a message and send it in an email. You can also add or attach a file from your computer to the email and send it to someone else. 1. On your computer, go to www.gmail.com 2. Click on ‘Compose.”
3. At the bottom, click that helps to attach files.
. It is a paper clip icon
4. Choose the files you want to upload. 5. Click ‘Open.’
6. Complete the email with the subject and the message. Using CC and BCC options while sending an email: When you enter an email ID in the ‘To’ box, the email goes to their inbox. When you enter more than one email ID in the ‘To’ box, the email goes to all the email IDs.
You will find 2 other options, CC and BCC. In Gmail, CC means Carbon Copy, and BCC means Blind Carbon Copy. CC is used when you send an email to more than one person at the same time. You would commonly use this if your email is written for one person, but you also want another person to see it. For example, if you’re emailing your teacher, but you also want your project partners to see the email. BCC is used to send a copy of an email to another person without the original receiver of the email knowing. You can also use BCC to send an email to many people without each person knowing the email details of the others.
Choose the correct answer for the questions: Q1. How can a file be sent in an email?
a. Attach the file to the email b. Write a thank you message in the email
Q2. What does CC stand for? a. Blind Carbon Copy b. Carbon Copy
218
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. An email is a message sent to a person through the internet. 2. Features of email include email ID, checking mails in inbox and sending emails, etc.
MODULE 6
3. Creating an email account and sending an email. 4. Attaching files to an email by clicking the paper clip icon. 5. CC means Carbon Copy and BCC means Blind Carbon Copy, and how to use them while sending emails.
6.17 Introduction to Mobile Applications In this lesson you will learn: 1. About the benefits of mobile applications. 2. Ways in which mobile phones can be used in learning.
Open the mobile phone which you use regularly. What mobile apps do you use the most on that phone? List the top 5 apps.
Thinking Box
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
219
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
Let’s learn about mobile applications A mobile application or app is a software that is made to be used on a mobile device like a smartphone or a tablet. There are many mobile apps available for us to use for different tasks and activities. Mobile devices are easy to use and common to find. Mobile apps are the most convenient way to do something online. You don’t need access to a computer to do tasks like sending an email or creating a LinkedIn profile. You can do them on a phone through mobile apps.
List 5 things that you can do using a mobile app on a smartphone. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Let’s learn how mobile phones can be used in learning
Here are 4 ways you can use a mobile phone to help you learn and grow as a student: 1. Watch interesting and educational videos. The internet is a great place to learn new skills and discover new ideas. The most exciting way to learn is through videos that are made by experts. You can use YouTube to find videos about a topic of your interest. This way you can use YouTube for both entertainment and learning. 2. Use a dictionary app As a student, you will come across many things that are new to you and that you don’t understand. Do not be worried or discouraged by them. With a mobile phone, you have the tools to understand new things. Use a dictionary app to find the meanings of words that you do not know. 3. Use Google Search regularly Use Google Search to look up topics that are unfamiliar and learn more about them. 4. Be part of educational groups on social media Social media apps like LinkedIn and Facebook have groups where people with common skills and industry experts share their thoughts. These groups can help you learn new information and read ideas that help you grow as a student. Remember to practice internet safety while participating in these groups.
220
MODULE 6
Find a video of an interesting topic on YouTube. Write 2 new things that you learned from the video.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What is a topic that you wish to learn more about?
Activity Time!
1. 2.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A mobile app is a software that is used on a mobile device like a smartphone or a tablet. 2. You can use a mobile app to help learn in many ways For ex: Using YouTube to watch educational videos, using the Dictionary app to find the meanings of words, using Google Search to know about new topics and being part of educational groups on social media. 3. It is important to practice internet safety while using mobile apps.
221
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.18 Internet of Things (IoT) In this lesson you will learn: 1. About the various digital devices that we use in our everyday lives. 2. About using Siri and Alexa.
Which of the following things have you heard of or seen before? Smart phone
Smart light bulb
Thinking Box
Smart cities
Smart home
Smart watch Smart TV
Let’s learn about the various digital devices that we use in our everyday lives The most common smart digital device that we use is the smartphone. A smartphone is a phone which can be connected to the internet. A smartphone is used to do many more activities than a normal phone. Like smartphones, there are many other devices that are now used in the ‘smart’ version. Smart TV A traditional cable TV plays TV programmes through a cable connection. It cannot be connected to the internet. A smart TV connects to the internet and can play videos from different online platforms. Smart Watch A traditional watch shows the time and the date through a system of wheels and gears found inside the watch. A smart watch is a watch that also connects to the internet. A smart watch can also be used to make phone calls, read messages and track body conditions, like temperature and heartbeat, etc.
222
2. 3.
Let’s learn about using Siri and Alexa Alexa is the name of a popular digital assistant. A digital assistant is a software that can help you. You can instruct a digital assistant to do certain tasks for you instead of doing it yourself. Alexa is a voice-controlled digital assistant. You can give spoken instructions to Alexa for tasks to be completed.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
1.
MODULE 6
Write 3 reasons why a smart watch is more useful than a normal watch.
To call your friend from your smartphone, you must open the Contacts app on the phone, find the name and then call them. With a digital assistant like Alexa, you can give it an instruction like “Call Ahmed’s mobile number.” The assistant will do the task for you instead of you following the steps to do it. To use Alexa, you must use a smart device that is enabled with Alexa. How can you find out if the smart device has Alexa? Look for this symbol.
If this symbol is seen on a device, then you can use Alexa on it. Here is a list of things that Alexa can do. Play music Report the news
Check the weather Offer sports updates Control your smart home
Manage your calendars
Call phones Set timers and alarms
Find local business information Answer questions
223
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
Do math
Tell stories
MODULE 6
Tell jokes
Order food
Find recipes
Like Alexa, there are other voice-controlled digital assistants available on some digital devices. Google Assistant
Siri
Alexa is a voice-controlled assistant. You must give Alexa spoken instructions to make her complete tasks. What would you say to Alexa to ask her to do these tasks? A few examples have been provided for you.
224
Activity Time!
S. No.
Task to be completed by Alexa
What you will say to Alexa
1.
Play Bollywood music
“Hey Alexa! Play some Bollywood songs.”
2.
Schedule a meeting in the calendar
“Hey Alexa! Set a meeting at 6pm on May 2nd.”
3.
Set a 7am alarm
“Hey Alexa!
4.
Find a recipe for chocolate cake
“Hey Alexa!
”
”
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Various digital devices that we use nowadays, like smartphones, smart watches, smart TV. 2. Digital assistants for smart devices like Alexa, Siri and Digital Assistant can help us with various tasks.
MODULE 6
3. Smart devices can make work easy for us and help us use less steps to complete a task.
6.19 Using Online Meeting Tools for Interviews In this lesson you will learn: 1. How to use online meeting tools. 2. How to use Zoom. 3. How to use Google Meet.
How can you do online video meetings? List down the different ways.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about online meeting tools A meeting usually happens when people come together in a room and meet to discuss ideas and complete tasks together as a group. Nowadays, interviews also happen online. An online interview happens through various video and audio platforms. We use special digital meeting apps to conduct such interviews. While using the most popular online meeting tools that are available, you will be able to do the following things:
1. You can share a link or an ID for your meeting for people to join the meeting.
225
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
2. Everyone who is a part of the meeting can speak to each other and hear each other.
3. Everyone who is a part of the meeting can see each other and turn on the camera on their own devices. 4. After the meeting, the online meeting can be closed and ended.
Choose the correct answers to the questions: Q1. What kind of meeting is this? a. Online meeting b. Office room meeting
Q2. What do people need to join an online meeting? a. A certification b. The meeting ID or meeting link
Let’s learn to use Zoom Zoom is one of the most popular online meeting apps in the world. With Zoom, you can start and join video meetings. Start and share a meeting:
1. Open the Zoom app and log into your account.
2. Tap the orange ‘New Meeting’ icon that appears on your screen. This will start an online meeting.
3. Click ‘Participants’
in the meeting controls found at the bottom of the screen.
4. Click ‘Invite’ at the bottom of the participants panel. Choose the option through which you want to share the meeting link with others. They can use the invitation to join the meeting. Join a Zoom meeting:
1. Ask the person hosting the meeting to share the meeting link or the meeting details with you. 2. Click on the link to join the meeting or use the ‘Join’ option.
226
Choose the correct answers to the questions. Q1. Which option must you use to join a Zoom meeting?
a.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
3. Type the meeting ID to join the meeting and click ‘Join’.
b.
Q2. Which option must you use to leave a Zoom meeting?
a.
b.
Let’s learn to use Google Meet Google Meet is another popular online meeting app. For Google Meet, you can use the same login account details as your Gmail account. Start and share a meeting:
1. Go to www.meet.google.com 2. Click on ‘New Meeting’.
227
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
3. Select the option ‘Start an instant meeting’. This creates a new meeting and starts the meeting directly.
4. At the bottom right, click meeting details 5. Click ‘Copy’ on the joining information.
6. Paste the meeting details into an email, or another app. Send it to the people who have to join the meeting.
Plan a Google Meet meeting with some of your friends. Start a Google Meet meeting and send them the invitation to join.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Meetings that happen online through the internet are called online meetings. 2. You can use Zoom or Google Meet to do online/virtual meetings. 3. You can create Zoom or Google Meet links to invite other people to join your meeting.
228
Activity Time!
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
6.20 Exploring Popular Sites for Learning and Career Growth In this lesson you will learn: 1. About popular sites for learning and career growth. 2. The ways to use the internet for continuous professional development.
How can we use the internet for learning new things?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about popular sites for learning and career growth The internet has changed the way we learn. We can access a wide range of resources and materials for any topic you might be interested in. We can become a part of different groups of people to learn skills and connect for opportunities. There are many websites on the internet that can help us with learning and career growth. 1. Khan Academy: www.khanacademy.org This site has free online material on school subjects like economics, physics, algebra, etc. 2. Coursera: www.coursera.org This site has a large collection of courses and certifications offered by some of the best universities from around the world. Other similar sites: a. edX: www.edx.org b. Udemy: www.udemy.com
3. MIT’s OpenCourseWare: www.ocw.mit.edu This website has free learning and classroom materials from one of the top universities in the world. 4. NPTEL: www.nptel.ac.in This is an online learning portal where the courses are created by IITs and IISc in India. It has courses on all topics taught by professors from all over India.
229
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS MODULE 6
5. Codecademy: www.codecademy.com You can use this website to learn specific computer coding skills for free. 6. Duolingo: www.duolingo.com You can learn a new language for free using this website. They have over 100 language courses. You can download the mobile app to a smartphone and learn a new language by spending just 15 to 20 minutes every day.
Choose the most interesting website from all the websites recommended. Spend 5-10 minutes looking through the website and what it offers. Write 2 things that you’d like to learn from the website. 1. 2.
Let’s learn ways to use the internet for continuous professional development
To be successful in your professional life, you must always be open to learning and growing. Your opportunities to study and learn do not end inside the classroom. After you finish studying and when you get a job, you must continue to learn from the experts. The internet is the best place to be a lifelong learner. Here are 4 ways you can use the internet for continuous professional development: 1. Read on a regular basis Find websites and blogs related to your field of interest. Read news articles and blogs on the internet regularly. 2. Attend various courses Spend time once or twice every year to complete a short online course where you can learn new skills. 3. Develop diverse interests Try to learn things about topics that are new and unfamiliar to you. If you like fashion design, you can also explore coding and writing skills. If you like physics, you can also learn more about art and history. 4. Set clear, specific goals for continuous development Decide on specific goals for yourself so that you can make a commitment to yourself to reach your goals.
230
What I want to learn
How long I will take to learn it
Example: Photography
Example: 8 weeks
1. 2.
ESSENTIAL DIGITAL SKILLS
S. No.
MODULE 6
Let’s set some clear goals for your continuous professional development. Fill in this table with your goals:
Activity Time!
3.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are a lot of popular websites for learning, like Khan Academy, Coursera, NPTEL, etc. 2. Even after finishing studies and getting a job, we must continue to learn from the experts. 3. The 4 ways to use the internet for professional growth are to read on a regular basis, develop diverse interests, set clear, specific goals for continuous development.
231
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
7.1 Gender Stereotypes In this lesson you will learn : 1. Understand the meaning of gender stereotype 2. Identify the different gender stereotypes in our daily lives 3. Understand how these stereotypes affect our daily lives
What do you know about the meaning of the words gender, sex and stereotypes?
Let’s learn about the meaning of gender stereotype What is gender? When we fill any application form, we need to mention our sex as: male / female / other. In some places the words sex and gender are used as if they mean the same thing. But they are not! Let us understand the difference between ‘sex’ and ‘gender’. Sex refers to our physical body and the sexual organs that we are born with. Gender refers to the the expectations that society has from people based on their sex. For example: A person born as a boy should be masculine, or manly. A person born as a girl should be feminine, or girly. So, sex is what we are born with, while gender is what society expects and forces us to be! Transpersons are people who are born in one sex, but they know that they belong to another sex. A born male can convert into a female person. A born female can convert into a male person. Transpersons can choose the gender they want to belong to. It is an absolutely natural process. What do we mean by ‘stereotype’? Stereotype refers to an idea or understanding held by a lot of people about something or someone. It is an idea or belief which may not be true. For eg: Rice is white in colour.
232
Thinking Box
Why is this a stereotype? It is true. I have only seen white rice.
Yes, some types of rice are white in colour and you may only have seen them. However, there are also black, red and other colours of rice.
MODULE 7
Are gender stereotypes harmful? Gender stereotypes can be harmful and hurtful. They force people to behave in a certain way even when it’s harmful for them. It can even stop people from living how they like, or doing what they enjoy. For example, in the past, women were not allowed to become pilots. However, some brave women fought against society and broke the stereotype! Now it is common to see successful women pilots.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
This is a stereotype - A statement that may be true some of the time, but definitely not all of the time. So, ‘Gender Stereotype’ refers to fixed ideas or thoughts that society or people have about someone based on their sex.
Think of 2 common gender stereotypes you have seen in any film or TV show you have seen. Write them below. 1. 2.
Let’s learn to identify the different gender stereotypes in our daily lives Hasina, Sunil and Pringchi are 3 friends studying in ITI, Mumbai. One day, Pringchi was angry and upset. She is talking to her friends, Hasina and Sunil. Hi, Pringchi. How was your interview for A.C technician?
This is a common stereotype - Certain jobs are for men and certain for women. It was bad. They said that even though I am qualified, they can’t give me the job because I am a woman and I will not be able to go to different shops and houses for repairs!
Oh no! That’s unfair and wrong!
233
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Sunil, this Biryani is excellent. Please thank your mother for me
Thanks Pringchi, but my father made this Biryani.
MODULE 7
Your dad cooks?!!
This is another common stereotype - Women cook for the family and men work outside. Some other common stereotypes are: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Girls are good at language and biology. Boys are good at math and science Boys are not good at arts and crafts. Girls are not good at sports Women are better at taking care of children than men Men are better leaders than women
Certain stereotypes sometimes refer to physical appearances too. Eg: Women are expected to be slim and fair while Men are expected to be tall and muscular
Sadly, all of us experience gender stereotypes. What are a few stereotypes YOU have experienced in your life?
Let’s learn about how gender stereotypes affect our daily lives All of us would have been told to behave in a certain way, because of our sex. As a boy, you may have been asked to not cry, not help your mother in the kitchen etc. As a girl, you may have been asked not to play sports, be shy and not speak or shout loudly. As a transperson, you may have been questioned, made fun of or hurt by others. See this table to understand how gender stereotypes have a strong effect on our life.
234
Gender stereotype
Impact(s)
Women are soft-spoken and forgiving
Many women go through emotional and physical abuse because they are not expected to raise their voices.
Men should not cry
Boys are discouraged from expressing their emotions, sometimes leading to other emotional health issues.
Men are strong, can fight and like to play sports
Men who are soft spoken, don’t like to fight etc. are often harassed, called nicknames or insulted at school or work.
Transpersons are not normal or real
Transpersons feel harassed, stressed and extremely unsafe in our world.
How do gender stereotypes spread?
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Women are often not educated well and discouraged from working, especially after marriage.
MODULE 7
Women should stay at home and take care of the family
Stereotyping begins the moment a child is born. From the clothes they wear, to the toys they play with, everything has an influence.
As we grow up, comments from society, the movies and serials we watch, the books we read, the advertisements on TV, they all make these stereotypes stronger. What can we do to address gender stereotypes? Once you start to observe, you will realize that gender stereotyping is all around us. As a responsible youth, here are some simple ideas to stop or reduce this •
Talk about it: With your friends, classmates and family members. Point it out in real life, in media/ social media, in books and in advertisements. Help people around realize this is a serious issue.
•
Lead by example: Try and stay away from gender stereotyping yourself so that those around you are inspired by you.
•
Act: If you see someone suffering as a result of gender stereotyping, try and support them in whatever way you can.
235
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
In your house, make a list of all the activities carried out by the members of your family. Do you think there is gender stereotyping in your family too?
Activity Time!
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Sex refers to our physical body and the sexual organs that we are born with. 2. Gender refers to the the expectations that society has from people based on their sex. 3.
Gender Stereotype refers to fixed ideas or thoughts that society or people have about someone based on their sex.
4. Gender stereotypes can limit people’s capacity to grow as an individual, make life decisions and pursue career interests. 5. We can reduce gender stereotyping by talking about it and by helping people suffering as a result of it.
236
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
7.2 Understanding Gender Based Discrimination In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 7
1. What is discrimination 2. What is gender based discrimination
Have you ever felt that society treats men and women differently? Please describe the event that made you feel so.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the meaning of discrimination When someone is treated differently due to their sex, gender, caste, religion, skin colour, income level, abilities, etc, it is called discrimination. Discrimination can lead to division of people, communites and familes. It affects the feeling of unity, respect and harmony in society.
237
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
Have you seen this happen? In the above example, we can see the following forms of discrimination 1. Discrimination based on marital status. Married Vs. Bachelor 2. Discrimination based on employment Working Vs Student 3. Discrimination based on abilities - Marks
You must be familiar with such advertisements. Can you list the various types of discrimination in the above example? 1. 2. 3. While discrimination is generally negative, it is not always so. For example, what do you do when you see an old person or a pregnant lady standing in the bus? You generally offer them your seat. This is a case of positive discrimination. When discrimination is done to help someone in need, that is positive discrimination.
Let’s learn about gender-based discrimination We have discussed the meaning of gender in the previous lesson. Gender based discrimination refers to discrimination on the basis of gender. Consider the following situations: Sindhu and Amandeep are both equally qualified mechanical engineers. They have both applied to the same car making company for a job. Amandeep gets the job. Later, the HR manager tells Amandeep “everyone believes men are better engineers than women”. John and Meera are both equally qualified nursing graduates. They have both applied to the same hospital for a job. Meera gets selected. Later the HR manager tells Meera, “I think women are better nurses than men”. The above two stories are examples of gender based discrimination in employment. Gender based discrimination can be found in many sectors. It applies to both - men and women. However, we see that women face more discrimination in society. Some examples below: In Education In India, the number of boys/men who can get education is much higher girls/women. Statistics show us that as education levels increase from School, College, Degree to Masters Degree - there is a drop in female education. Gender is the most important reason for this to happen. Many Indian families still think that educating a girl child is a waste of money.
238
Can you list some more examples of gender based discrimination? If you need help, go online and search for ‘gender based discrimination examples’. 1. 2.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
In India, more girls under the age of 5 are malnourished than boys. While there are many reasons for this, gender is the most important one. Many Indian families, especially poor ones, prioritise the health of boys over girls.
MODULE 7
In Nutrition
3.
Let’s learn why gender-based discrimination exists There is no one reason for this. Many factors work together leading to this
1. Social Norms: In India, gender based discrimination is followed because people still follow old traditions. Moving away from these traditions is not accepted by society, due to fear. 2. Education: Many people in India, especially adults, are not educated. This often leads to older ways of thinking about what men and women should do. 3. Poverty: Women, especially when uneducated, often have no income. Unfortunately, even if they earn, they do not have control of the finances. This increases their dependency on others. This also reduces their freedom 4. Lack of awareness: People are often unaware of their rights. This prevents them from claiming their rights or their share. Do you know? In India, citizens are protected against discrimination as per Article 15 and 16 of the Constitution. Article 15 states that the state shall not discriminate against any citizen on the grounds only of race, caste, religion, gender or place of birth. Article 16 states that all citizens will have equal opportunity for employment under the state.
239
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
Let’s learn what we can do Let’s talk about it with people around us. We can help them realize this is a serious issue. • •
Let’s not discriminate on the basis of gender ourselves Let’s try and help those who have been discriminated against
Have you ever faced gender discrimination in your life? Have you ever seen gender discrimination happening around you? Note down below.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. When someone is treated differently due to their sex, gender, caste, religion, skin colour, income level, abilities, etc, it is called discrimination. 2. Gender based discrimination refers to discrimination on the basis of gender. 3. Social norms, Lack of Education, Poverty and Lack of Awareness are the reasons why Gender based discrimination exisits in India. 4. We can prevent gender based discrimination by making the change in our own thoughts, belief and actions
240
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
7.3 Gender Equality In this lesson you will learn : 1. The meaning of Equality and Gender Equality 2. Importance or Necessity of Gender Equality
Do you think that all jobs can be done by men and women equally? If yes, why do you think so? If no, why do you think so?
MODULE 7
3. Relationship between gender equality and career development
Thinking Box
Let’s learn what Equality means Equality means that in the same situation, people should be treated in the same way. This means that they have the • same rights • same status • same opportunities
Amma, you love Selvi more than me! You gave her more ice cream!
241
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Divya, you know Selvi was sick last week and could not eat ice cream while you did. That’s why I have given her more now
MODULE 7
Let’s go play after eating ice cream.
We learnt that equality means equal treatment. But equality is also about fair & correct actions, based on past experiences. Equality means understanding that some people have experienced discrimination. Such people deserve and need more help than others for things to become equal now. For eg: Some people are born different and need extra support. Only then can they achieve their full potential.
What is the extra support needed by the above students?
Do you think that providing this extra support is against equality? Yes No Therefore, a better way to explain equality is - Providing people with the rights and opportunities that can help them all achieve the same results. Even if the results are not the same, the chance to achieve it should be similar.
Let’s learn about Gender Equality Gender equality means that no matter what their gender is - all people have the same rights, access to resources and opportunities.
242
No.
Discrimination
Possible extra efforts
1.
Girls lack nutrition compared to boys
•
Boys and girls are discouraged from studying certain subjects
•
Female enrollment reduces in higher education
•
2.
3.
•
•
•
Ensuring participation of girls in government nutrition schemes such as mid-day meals. Providing additional nutritional supplements to girls where necessary
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
What would be examples of some of these extra efforts?
MODULE 7
As we learned in the last lesson, discrimination on the basis of gender exists in our society. Therefore gender equality has to be more than just the same opportunities for men and women. It means extra efforts to ensure that women and men have the chance for similar results.
Increasing awareness about career opportunities
Opening institutes for girls where they can study these subjects Counseling parents to allow their daughters to pursue higher education Providing scholarships in higher education to needy female students
In the previous lesson, you were asked to search for examples of gender based discrimination. Write below the extra efforts needed to compensate for them. No.
Discrimination
Possible extra efforts
1.
2. 3.
243
Equality is a basic human right. It is protected by our constitution also. It saves lives. Equal access to healthcare and nutrition ensures good health of children and mothers. It reduces poverty. Where both genders have the right to work, and to equal pay, the family income will rise.
There are many more such advantages to gender equality. Try searching for ‘importance of gender equality’ online and write down additional points below.
MODULE 7
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Let’s learn why Gender Equality is important
Let’s learn about the relationship between Gender Equality and Career Development The influence of gender on career starts from education. Boys are encouraged to study subjects such as science and maths. Girls are expected to study subjects like arts and social sciences. Often, this choice is not related to the students’ interest or abilities. It is just expected by society. When it comes to jobs, girls are encouraged to take jobs such as teaching, nursing, administration, etc. Boys are considered bread winners and pressured to look for higher paying jobs, sometimes out of their hometown. Women sometimes have to leave their jobs and move, after marriage. This can cause breaks in their career. They usually also have more responsibilities in taking care of children and family. Due to these reasons, women do not get the promotions they deserve. This affects their career development. There is also one more important difference when it comes to career. Women and men are often not paid the same salary for the same job. This is known as the wage gap and is a very serious issue! When women are educated and work, the healthcare, nutrition and education level of the whole family improves. When everybody has the right to follow their interests and select the career they want, then we will achieve equality!
Do you know? Article 16 of the Indian constitution protects people from gender discrimination in employment. It states that all citizens will have equal opportunity for employment under the state.
244
Adults over the age of 40 - Female and Male Adults over the age of 60 - Female and Male
Ask them the following questions 1. Are you working or have you worked before?
2. What was your career? Why did you leave your job? 3. Is this the career you wanted? If not, what was the career you wanted? Why did you not follow that career?
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Classmates - Male and female
MODULE 7
Talk to some people, as listed below.
Activity Time!
4. What was the income you earned? Was it the same for all people in that role, no matter the gender?
Analyze the answers and see if you can draw any conclusions.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Equality is providing people with the rights and opportunities that can help them all achieve the same results 2. Gender equality means that no matter what their gender is all people have the same rights, and access to resources and opportunities. 3. Equality is a basic human right. It is also protected by our constitution. 4. When women are educated and work, the healthcare, nutrition and education level of the whole family improves.
245
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
7.4 Diversity in Workplace In this lesson you will learn : 1. Meaning of diversity in the workplace 2. Importance of diversity in the workplace 3. Barriers to diversity 4. How to overcome these barriers
Read the questions below and pick your options: Q1. When you meet people from a different city, state or country, what do you do? Talk to them / Curious to know more about them / Make fun of them / Dislike them / Respect them
Q2. When you meet people from a different gender or transgender persons, what do you do? Talk to them / Curious to know more about them / Make fun of them / Dislike them / Respect them
Q3. When you meet persons with different types of disability what do you do? Talk to them / Curious to know more about them / Make fun of them / Dislike them / Respect them
Let’s learn the meaning of diversity Diversity means that something is made of different types of units. Eg: A roll of Poppins candy has diverse colours and flavours whereas Polo is all the same. Diversity in the workplace would refer to an organization where people of different sex, gender, caste, class, age, physical appearance, education, abilities and more work together. Diverse workplace is a place where employees from different backgrounds are hired and they work in a safe and respectful environment. Look around your classroom at your classmates and teachers. What kind of people are there in your classroom? Boys and girls? Tall people and short people? These are obvious differences. Can you notice some more slightly less obvious differences?
246
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the importance of diversity in the workplace Shaheen and Arun run a travel company. They are having a meeting regarding what travel packages to offer.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
Write down some more differences you can note below…. (Hint: Language, Economic Background, Skills etc)
This meeting is for brainstorming ideas. Please share
We should offer women only group trips We should offer trips to religious places
We should offer family friendly tours
These are great ideas. Let’s discuss more We should offer solo trips focusing on adventure
1. A diverse workplace brings together people with different perspectives. This increases creativity and innovation. This leads to more customers.
Suresh is on call with an international tech support helpline. His English is not very strong and he is not able to explain his problem well. The support person, Ryan, transfers his call to his colleague Leela who understands Hindi. Suresh explains his problem confidently and it gets solved. Suresh now recommends this company to all of his friends.
247
Thanks for talking to our customer in Telugu Leela. It really helped us get a very good deal for South India.
MODULE 7
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
You are welcome, Ryan. When we speak in the local language, customers show a positive response.
2. A diverse workplace not only increases the number of customers but also the chances for customer satisfaction. When a team is diverse the range of people they can connect with is wider.
3. A diverse workplace increases productivity by ensuring the right person gets the right task. A diverse workplace increases productivity by ensuring the right person gets the right task.
In the space below, write down some more advantages to having a diverse workforce. If you need help, try searching for ‘advantages of having a diverse workforce’ online.
Let’s learn about the various barriers to diversity If there are so many advantages to having a diverse workforce, why don’t all organizations have one? There are many barriers or obstacles to having a diverse workforce. It is not easy for people to be comfortable with those who are different from them. This leads to conflicts which ultimately affect the work. Barriers to diversity are due to lack of understanding and respect for others. This happens because of:
No.
Barrier
1.
Prejudice
Reasoning People often discriminate against others who are different from them.
Eg: For many years, certain communities practiced untouchability against other communities and would refuse to work, eat or interact with them.
2.
248
Cultural Differences
In India, we usually call each other Sir or Madam? In modern offices, everyone calls each other by name. Their age, status or position do not matter. This is a cultural difference and sometimes this leads to conflict.
A diverse workforce may require more infrastructure. Eg: hiring a person with disabilities or a person from the third gender may require construction of new washroom facilities.
4.
Communication/ Language
There are many languages in India. All of them are equally important. When the company only communicates or respects one language, it makes others feel excluded. Many people make fun of those who cannot speak in English or Hindi. This is another cause for conflict and pain.
5.
Generation Gap
People from different generations think differently. Older people may find technology hard to use. At such times they get discriminated against by youngsters. Similarly, youngsters in an office think and work differently than older employees. This can create issues.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Additional facilities
MODULE 7
3.
Let’s learn how to overcome barriers to diversity in the workplace 1. Make diversity an organizational policy What does this mean? Just like every workplace has a leave policy, it should also have a diversity policy. This policy should encourage hiring diverse people. After hiring, the policy should also explain how to work with different types of people from different backgrounds in a respectful way. 2. Provide Training It is natural for people to have difficulties in communicating with and accepting those who are different from them. The right training helps people to accept and respect others. 3. Be vocal about being a diverse workplace Make it clear that the organisation promotes diversity. This will encourage a greater pool of talented people to apply. It will also ensure that all employees have the right expectations. 4. Lead from the top The top most members of the organisation must also be diverse. This means that leadership positions are also filled by a diverse group of people - women, men, transgender people.
Carefully observe your institute. Would you say that it is a diverse workplace? Yes
Activity Time!
No
Note down the various factors that support diversity and the factors that are a barrier to diversity in your institute.
249
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Diversity in the workplace would refer to an organization where people of different sex, gender, caste, class, age, physical appearance, education, abilities and more work together. 2. Diverse workplace is a place where employees from different backgrounds are hired and they work in a safe and respectful environment. 3. Benefits of a diverse workplace are: increased profit, better customer satisfaction, innovation and mutual respect. 4. Barriers to diversity are due to lack of understanding and respect for others.
7.5 Inclusion in the Workplace In this lesson you will learn : 1. Meaning of inclusion in a workplace 2. Importance of inclusive workplaces 3. Creating inclusive workspaces
What do you understand by the words “inclusion” and “workplace”? Please describe in your own words below.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about inclusion in the workplace In the previous lesson, we discussed diversity in the workplace. We spoke about its importance and advantages. In this lesson, we take the discussion forward. Inclusion simply means the act of including. For example, when you celebrate Eid, Christmas, Navorz or Diwali, you include all our neighbors from different religions. The practice of including people with respect and love is called inclusion.
250
But a majority of these employees from Company A left their jobs soon. The employees were asked why they left. They said that the company did not have any day care facilities for children. Therefore, it was difficult for them to take care of their children and they had to leave. When the CEO of company A found out about this, she said, “Childcare is not our business. They have to deal with that themselves” The CEO of Company B had created a day care center for babies in the office. This helped male and female employees with small children to manage their kids and jobs well.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Company A and B are very keen on hiring women who have recently been on maternity break (break after childbirth). They actively hire such qualified candidates.
MODULE 7
Inclusion in the workplace has a few important rules. Let’s understand.
Q1. Which of the two companies are diverse? A
B
Both
Q2. Which of the two companies are inclusive? A
B
Both
Both companies A & B are diverse, however only B is truly inclusive. Company A hired women to be diverse. But they were not inclusive in their practice and policy. Inclusion in a workplace happens when every member of the company gets the same chances to grow in their careers. People with disabilities, women, transgender people, sexual minorities, people from lower class are usually excluded from the workplace. Inclusion means to actively include all the people by providing additional support systems for those who need them. Inclusion in the workplace can even be from the smallest details such as language. Eg: Chairperson instead of Chairman or Chairwoman Examples of inclusion: 1. A children’s day care facility 2. For people with physical disabilities, the workplace must provide special facilities for transportation. 3. Special bathrooms for transgender persons
Can you think of some more such examples of active inclusion in the workplace?
(Hint: Holidays, Prayer breaks, Braille)
251
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
Let’s learn the importance of inclusive workplaces
In the previous chapter we discussed the advantages of having a diverse workforce. Suresh is on call with an international tech support helpline. His English is not very strong and he is not able to explain his problem well. The support person keeps asking him to be clear. Suresh gets frustrated and hangs up. Suresh now tells all his friends not to use that company. Later that day
Oh, you should have asked Leela to help. She knows Telugu.
I had a difficult client today who couldn’t speak English at all. Seems like he only knew Telugu. I doubt Leela could have solved the problem anyways. She has been hired just to add diversity of women to this team. Anyways the man should have known to speak English!
If an organisation is not inclusive, an atmosphere of respect will not exist. Employees may discriminate against each other. Employees may hesitate to speak up and share their ideas. Inclusivity is the magic ingredient that can make a company truly diverse and alive. Think of diversity as a bulb. Inclusivity is the electricity necessary to make the bulb glow. Finally for the employee, an inclusive workplace is essential for happiness and growth at work.
Let’s learn how to create inclusive workplaces Some of the steps that can be taken for an Inclusive Workplace are 1. Inclusive leadership: The leadership team at an organisation must be inclusive. This means that • they must be diverse • they must be inclusive themselves • they must understand the importance of an inclusive workforce 2. Policies aimed at Inclusion: Inclusion must be incorporated into every step of the organizations working • Hiring to be diverse and inclusive at all levels • Promotions and growth to be inclusive • Equal pay for equal work • Culture specific holidays 3. Celebrate Diversity: This could be through celebrating different festivals, sharing food etc. 4. Training: All employees at all levels should receive training on inclusion, its importance and how to support it
252
6. Constantly evaluate: Check if your organisation is truly inclusive. Examples for this could be: • Are all employees sharing their ideas in meetings? • Do some employees cut off others while they are speaking? • Is work assigned fairly among all employees? • Are chances at leadership positions offered equally to all deserving employees?
Observe your classroom for all of today. Is your classroom inclusive? Use some of the indications shared in the chapter to check. Write down your observations below.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
5. Design: Design your physical workplace to be sensitive to people’s needs. Simple changes can make huge differences. A few examples are: • Use ramps instead of/along with stairs - accessible for elderly and wheel chair/crutch users • Make signboards large. Use multiple languages and contrasting colours - easy to use for visually challenged • Wide doors with lever handles that people can use even without full mobility in their hands • Adjustable tables and chairs for people of all sizes • Multi sensory safety alarms: Eg: a typical fire alarm siren would not be effective for a person with hearing difficulties. We may have to also include flashing lights.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Inclusion in a workplace happens when every member of the company gets the same chances to grow in their careers. 2. Inclusion means to actively include all the people by providing additional support systems for those who need them. 3. If an organization is not inclusive, an atmosphere of respect will not exist. Inclusion is essential for happiness and growth at work. 4. Some ways to create inclusion in workplace are: leadership, policy, cultural practices, mutual respect, office design etc.
253
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
7.6 Prevention of Sexual Harassment in the Workplace [POSH] In this lesson you will learn : 1. Meaning of sexual harassment in the workplace 2. Provisions of the Prevention of Sexual Harasmment (POSH) Act 3. Do’s and Don’ts under POSH Act
What do you think Prevention of Sexual Harassment (POSH) Act covers? Pick 1 option. Safety from violence
Thinking Box
Safety for women from sexual harrassment Prevention of accidents
Childcare at the workplace
Let’s learn about Prevention of Sexual Harassment at the Workplace Act The Indian government passed the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act in 2013. In simpler terms, it is often called the Prevention of Sexual Harassment or POSH Act.
Let’s learn what is sexual harassment?
Sexual harassment is a serious issue that affects an individual’s mental, emotional and physical wellbeing. It also affects people’s ability to perform effectively in the workplace. POSH Act defines sexual harassment as any one or more of the following unwelcome Acts or behaviours committed directly or indirectly against a woman in the workplace. • • • • • • • • •
254
Physical advances and contacts Demands or requests of sexual favours Showing pornography Passing of sexually coloured remarks Directly or indirectly offering preferential treatment in employment Directly or indirectly threatening unfavourable treatment in employment Directly or indirectly threatening future employment prospects Creating a hostile work environment or constant interference in work Humiliating treatment likely to affect health and safety
Under this Act, there is a wide definition of the term workplace. Workplace = office space + all the places visited by an employee for the purpose of work + the transportation provided by the employer Workplace = Any place related to work
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
In the above example, throughout the day, Meena is under the protection of the POSH Act.
MODULE 7
Meena comes to office in the company cab. She spends the entire morning in the office. She goes to lunch with her colleagues. She goes to another office as part of her work. She returns home in the company cab.
The A.C at Alice’s office is stuck at 16 degrees. She calls the repair person from the AC company to come fix it. When the repair person comes, Alice explains the problem to him and tells him that everyone is feeling cold. The repairperson tells her to come close to him and she will feel hot. 1. Do you think the repairperson sexually harassed Alice? Yes No 2. If yes, do you think Alice can complain about this under POSH? Yes No Discuss your answers. Try and search online if you are confused.
Let’s learn about the various rules under the POSH Act 1. Every organization must have a POSH Policy which contains the following • Definition of sexual harassment • Complaint resolution process • Rights of employees as per Act • Details of IC members • Do’s and Don’ts as per the industry and organizational culture 2. As per the Act, any workplace that has 10 or more employees must constitute an Internal Committee (IC). The important features of the IC are as following: • Minimum 4 members with at least half of the members being women • IC to have a Presiding Officer who is a senior female employee at the organization • At least one member to be outside the organization. This member must have experience working on issues of sexual harassment. 3. Every organization must submit a report annually on the number of POSH cases filed as well as Actions taken to the district officer. 4. Efforts to be taken by the organization to improve awareness on POSH among employees.
255
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION MODULE 7
Organizations with less than 10 employees can seek the services of the local complaints committee set up in each district as per the Act. Where the complaint is against the employer, then also the local complaints committee can be approached. What if the person committing harassment is not an employee? Even then, the complainant can approach IC. It is the responsibility of the committee to forward the complainant’s complaint to the police. So clearly, in the above question related to harassment faced by Alice, she can complain about the repair person to the IC under POSH even though he is from a different organization.
Let’s learn How to Seek Protection under the Act The Act works in the following way:
Complainant to file compliant to IC within 3 months of incident. (Additional 3 months in special circumstances). Legal heir/friend/relative, etc. can also make complaint on her behalf.
IC to look into the complaint. They can try for conciliation (if complainant requests) or else they must conduct inquiry within 90 days and submit report in 10 days. Conciliation cannot be in the form of monetary settlement.
Organisation to act on recommendations within 60 days. If complainant is unhappy with solution, she can approach the judiciary.
If organisation fails to take action as per the report, then they can be fined/have business license cancelled, etc.
Take a look at the POSH policy in your institute. Write down the list of IC members as well as Do’s and Don’ts in the policy
256
Activity Time!
if you know this topic well.
1. POSH Act was formed to protect women in the workplace 2. Sexual harassment as any one or more of the following unwelcome Acts or behaviours committed directly or indirectly against a woman in the workplace. 3. Workplace = office space + all the places visited by an employee for the purpose of work + the transportation provided by the employer 4. Every organization must have a POSH Policy 5. Any workplace that has 10 or more employees must constitute an Internal Committee (IC)
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
Put a
MODULE 7
What I learnt today:
6. If an organization fails to take action on a genuine complaint, their business license can be canceled
257
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
8.1 Introduction to Money Management In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is Financial Literacy 2. The difference between needs, wants and luxuries 3. To calculate income and monthly expenditures
Circle on your top 2 goals with regard to money Save more money
Open a bank account
Buy something expensive for yourself Buy a gift for someone close Help others save money
Earn well
Thinking Box
Stop spending too much Invest money
Get a loan
Make a monthly budget & spending plan
Let’s learn what is financial literacy Financial literacy is knowing to manage money well. It is understanding the way money is saved, spent, and invested. Financial literacy helps us to make wise decisions about money and improve our lives. A strong foundation of these financial skills will help in achieving various life goals:- education, work, retirement and even for emergencies. It also prevents us from getting tricked into spending more money. Financial literacy is also an important skill for the workplace. All leaders and managers in companies must understand and manage budgets well.
Financial Literacy
Gopal earns Rs. 20,000 every month at his job. He spends Rs. 10,000 every month for rent and other bills. He spends Rs. 3000 every month on a gym membership, but he hardly uses it. He also uses the remaining Rs. 7000 on shopping and eating in restaurants. Gopal does not have any money saved for emergencies. He is also not spending money on important things like insurance. Gopal needs to learn about budgeting, saving money, deposits and insurance. This will make him financially literate.
258
Using bank account facilities Using online banking Paying bills online
Managing money/salary effectively Saving money for emergencies Saving money for the future Planning to handle loans
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Making a budget
MODULE 8
Here are some financial literacy skills. Mark the ones that you would like to learn.
Let’s learn the difference between needs, wants and luxuries
Money can be spent on different kinds of things. The things we spend money on are called expenses. In the previous example, Gopal’s expenses include rent, bills, gym membership, shopping and eating at restaurants. Like Gopal, many people don’t understand the difference between needs, comforts and luxuries. Let us understand 3 types of expenses we can keep track of.
1. Needs: Needs are things that we must have in order to live. Needs are things that all people must have in their lives to survive - like food, water, basic clothing, and a safe place to live. Needs are the most important expenses. While making a budget, the expenses for needs must be addressed first. These are the things that if we do not spend money on, can lead to an unhealthy or dangerous life. •
Groceries for food
•
Electricity bill
• • • •
House to live in Drinking water Clothes
Health and medical expenses
2. Wants: Wants are things that we would like to have in your life. These are things that we desire, but we don’t need to live or survive. These things give us a more comfortable, improved, easier life.Wants are not as important as needs when making a budget. The expenses are budgeted based on how much money is available after spending on needs. •
Going to the movies
•
Shopping for branded items
• •
Eating out in restaurants Traveling
3. Luxuries: Luxuries are things that are the most attractive and most expensive. Luxuries are very costly things that are not essential to our survival. They are expensive or difficult to purchase. While making a budget, luxuries are the last expenses to address. Money that is left over after needs and wants can be used for luxuries. •
Designer clothes
•
Luxury cars
• •
Costly phones and gadgets Large houses, land
259
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Sort this list of items into needs, wants and luxuries. 1. Groceries
2. Gym membership 3. A trip to Europe 4. Mobile phone
5. Diamond bangles
6. Rent for a house to live in
Wants
Needs
Luxuries
Let’s learn to calculate income and monthly expenditures Let’s look at Sunitha’s life.
Sunitha earns Rs. 7,000 every month at her regular job. Every Saturday, she also works as an assistant to a veterinarian. She gets Rs. 4,000 every month for that. Sunitha has a scooter that she rents out to tourists sometimes. She earns Rs. 2,000 to Rs. 3,000 there. Sunitha pays Rs. 4,000 as rent in a shared apartment and Rs. 3,000 for monthly groceries. She spends Rs. 500 on her phone bill, Rs. 1000 on her electricity bill and Rs. 500 on her health insurance. She sends Rs. 1,000 to her brother. Sunitha pays Rs. 1,000 for French class. She spends Rs. 1,000 on movies and restaurants while hanging out with her friends. She saves Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 2,000 every month. Let’s calculate Sunitha’s income.
Income Salary from regular job
Rs. 7000
Salary from assistant job
Rs. 4000
Income from scooter rental
Rs. 2000-3000
Total income
Rs. 13,000-14,000
Now let’s look at Sunitha’s expenditure.
Expenditure
260
Apartment rent
Rs. 4000
Groceries
Rs. 3000
Phone bill
Rs. 500
Electricity bill
Rs. 1000
Health insurance
Rs. 500
Money sent to brother
Rs. 1000
Movies and restaurants
Rs. 1000
Total expenditure
Rs. 12,000
The money that Sunitha saves is not included in expenditure because she still has the money. She has not spent it.
Calculate Tariq’s income and expenditure.
Activity Time!
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Rs. 1000
MODULE 8
French class
Tariq earns Rs. 10,000 salary every month. He also has an investment scheme with the bank where he gets Rs. 500 in his bank account every month. Tariq’s mother sends him Rs. 6,000 every month. Tariq pays Rs. 5,000 for his hostel fees and Rs. 3,500 for monthly groceries. He spends Rs. 600 on his phone bill and Rs. 400 on his health insurance. He spends Rs. 2,500 to repay his bike loan. He spends Rs. 2,000 on a bike trip with his friends every month. He saves the rest of his money.
261
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Financial literacy is understanding the way money is saved, spent, and invested. 2. The things we spend money on are called expenses. 3. Things needed to survive - Needs 4. Things that we desire - Wants 5. Costly things that are not essential to our survival Luxuries 6. All Income - All expenses = Savings
8.2 Basics of Banking In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is banking and types of Bank account 2. How to create bank accounts 3. How to make bank transactions using passbooks, cheques, debit, and credit cards
Tick the banking activities that you have done. Visited a bank
Opened a bank account
Deposited money in a bank
Thinking Box
Used a debit card in a shop
Used a debit card to withdraw money from an ATM Wrote a cheque
Let’s learn what banking is and the types of bank accounts A bank is an institution licensed by the government to keep our money safe and loan money to us. All financial activity can be done through a bank. To use a bank, you need a bank account. You can open a bank account by going to the bank branch or website. We need to understand the types of bank accounts. 1. Savings Account A savings account can be opened by someone who wants to save money in the account. A savings account is used to deposit money. Anybody can have a savings account.
What can we do with a bank account? •
Save our money safely
•
Send money to people easily
• • •
262
Withdraw cash Take loans
Use a debit/credit card.
4. Fixed Deposit Account This type of account is opened when a person wants to keep money in an account for some time and earn interest on the money. An amount of money is put into a fixed deposit account and kept there for a fixed period. Fixed deposit accounts are also commonly called FD Accounts. 5. Recurring Deposit Account Recurring deposit accounts are commonly called RD Accounts. In a RD, a person regularly deposits a fixed sum of money. This can be every month or once a quarter. Unlike FDs, where you need to make a lump sum deposit, the sum deposited in a RD account is smaller and more frequent. For ex: You can deposit Rs. 500 every month for 2 years.
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
3. Salary Account A salary account is a bank account opened by an employer through which they pay everyone who works for them. The salary for a person is sent to their salary account.
MODULE 8
2. Current Account Business owners and entrepreneurs use a current account. They need to make and receive more payments than an average person.
Choose the correct answer to the question. 1. RD account is short form for • •
Fixed deposit account
Recurring deposit account
2. What kind of bank account is used by business owners? • •
Current account Savings account
263
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Let’s learn how to create bank accounts 1. Visit Bank Branch or Apply Online To open any bank account, go to the bank’s branch. Or you can visit the bank’s website to get the bank account opening form. This form requires you to fill in personal details - your name, permanent address, date of birth, names of your parents or spouse, and your signatures to commit to the basic terms and conditions of the bank. 2. Submit correct documents. Indian banks compulsorily need certain documents to be submitted for a new account to be opened. You need to submit mandatory documents such as an Aadhaar Card or PAN Card and submit two recent passport-size photos. Other documents will vary from one bank to another. 3. Wait for Bank to Assess Documents Banks usually take one to two days to approve an account request. You can wait for the bank to reach out to you for verification or clarifications.
What you need to open a bank account:
1. Bank opening form
3. Two recent passport-size photos
2. Aadhaar Card and PAN Card
4. Money to deposit
4. Collect Your Account Details, Debit Card, and Internet Banking Details Once your bank approves the application, a new bank account is open. The bank gives you your bank account number and a customer ID to use for online banking. You will also get a debit card to start using the money in the bank account.
What are the four steps to starting a bank account? 1. 2. 3. 4. What documents do you need to start a bank account?
Let’s learn to make bank transactions using passbooks, cheques, debit, and credit cards With a bank account, there are many ways to do financial transactions. This includes using a passbook, cheque, and debit and credit cards.
264
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Passbook
MODULE 8
A bank passbook is a physical notebook you have when you have a bank account. It has important bank details like your account number and bank branch recorded on a page. The passbook is used to record on paper the details of your banking transactions. The details can be printed and recorded on the passbook when you withdraw and deposit money.
Cheque Hello sir! Your bill amount is ten thousand rupees
Hello sir! Your bill amount is ten thousand rupees
Here you go!
Here you go!
A cheque is an official order by one person telling the bank to send their money to another account. A cheque is a physical paper where the details must be filled out correctly. The cheque has to be taken to the bank and deposited. The bank processes the cheque and makes the money transfer. Here’s how you can write a cheque.
1
2 3
4
5 6
1. Date: Write the date for when you want the money to be transferred. If you want the transfer to happen after 1 or 2 months, you can write that date. 2. Name: Write the name of the person or organization you want to send the money to in the ‘Pay’ line.
3. Amount of money in words: Write the amount of money in words. Write the word ‘only at the end. (For example, for Rs. 10,000, write ‘Ten Thousand Only.’) 4. Amount of money in numbers: Write the amount of money in numbers.
5. Account Number: Write your account number clearly, without any mistakes.
265
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
6. Signature: Put your signature here.
7. Cross the cheque: Make two parallel lines in the top left of the cheque and write ‘Account Payee’ only. This ensures that the money is strictly transferred to an actual bank account of the intended person Crossing the cheque increases the security of the cheque. It prevents the cheque from being cashed by someone else. Debit Card
A debit card is an official plastic card given by the bank. It can take money from the bank account without directly going to the bank. You can apply for a debit card when you have a bank account. You will need a PIN to use a debit card. The PIN is a number that you can remember easily. You must not share your PIN with anyone. Your debit card can be used in different ways. •
To take cash from an ATM, You can visit an ATM and use the debit card to withdraw cash. You insert your debit card into the machine and then use your PIN. You can follow the options on the screen and withdraw money.
•
To pay at the billing counter, You can use a debit card to pay at a billing counter with a card payment machine. Make sure to check the amount in the payment machine. Then, use your PIN.
•
To pay on online websites, You can use a debit card to pay online shopping and online ticket booking. Websites will have an option for you to select ‘Debit Card’ as the payment method. You can insert your card details on the website (like the 16-digit card number) and pay. Make sure to read the instructions on the website carefully.
Credit Card
A debit card allows you to pay using the money in your bank account. A credit card allows you to borrow money from the bank to make a payment. Money borrowed from the bank using a credit card must be paid back to the bank with an interest amount. You can apply for a credit card at your bank. Credit cards can also be used, like a debit card, to pay at the billing counter and to pay on online websites.
How to use a debit or credit card safely
266
Do
Don’t
Report a lost or stolen card to your bank immediately.
Share your debit or credit card PIN with anyone.
Check how much money is in your account before using the debit card.
Give your debit or credit card details to suspicious websites.
2. You get a call on your phone. A person tells you that they are calling you from the bank. They ask you to share your debit card PIN with them. What must you do?
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
1. What can you use to withdraw cash from an ATM? a. Debit card b. Passbook
MODULE 8
Choose a correct answer to the question.
Activity Time!
a. Share the PIN with the person b. Tell the person that you will not share the PIN with them
3. Choose the correct way to write the amount on the cheque. (Note - the word ‘Rupees’ is already included in cheques.) a. Two Thousand only b. Two Thousand Rupees
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are many types of bank accounts - savings accounts, current accounts, salary accounts, fixed deposit accounts, and recurring deposit accounts. 2. To open a bank account, you need to visit the bank, fill in a form, and submit personal documents like Aadhaar and PAN card. 3. Cheques, credit cards, and debit cards can be used to do financial transactions with a bank account.
267
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 8
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
8.3 Online Banking and Digital Transactions 1. What is Online banking 2. How to perform digital transactions
Circle the words that you have heard before. If you know more about how to do this process, share it with your classmates. Net banking
Login ID
One Time Password
Online transfer
Thinking Box
Electronic payment
Let’s learn what is online banking What are some things we can do at a bank? •
Open a bank account
•
Send money to someone else
• •
Apply for a debit card
Get details of all your transactions (your bank statement)
All these bank activities can now be done online through online banking. Online banking is also known as net banking or web banking. Benefits of online banking
Bank activity can be checked conveniently on a phone or computer.
Money can be transferred easily.
268
Payments can be made easily.
Loan applications can be processed quickly.
• •
Shows all the transactions made in your bank account
Account Statement
Gives cash from the ATM
2. What happens in this online banking option? • •
You can transfer money to another account. You can apply for a loan.
Payments/Transfers
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
1. What happens in this online banking option?
MODULE 8
Look at the options from this online banking page. What actions can be done when these buttons are clicked?
Let’s learn how to perform digital transactions A transaction is the exchange of one thing for another thing. A financial transaction usually includes money.
Johny wants to buy a book. He can pay money and buy the book.
He can scan the QR code and buy the book.
Shwetha wants to book a train ticket. She can pay money at the railway station and buy the ticket.
She can use her debit card and book the ticket.
She can use net banking to book the ticket.
269
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Financial transactions can happen in 2 ways - digital transactions and cash transactions. •
Cash transactions are when physical money is used during the transaction. For example, if you give cash to a shop or if your employer gives your salary as cash.
•
Digital transactions are when money is transferred electronically and not through cash. When you use a debit card to buy clothes on a website, the money is transferred electronically. There are many ways in which digital transactions can happen.
1. Credit card 2. Debit card
3. Online banking 4. Digital wallets 5. UPI payments
The Digital India programme is a programme of the Government of India to transform India into a digitally empowered society. “Faceless, Paperless, Cashless” is one of the goals of Digital India, to help people to do cashless, digital transactions.
Let’s look at some financial transactions. Are they cash transactions or digital transactions?
Activity Time!
1. Divya needs to book bus tickets. But she doesn’t have time to go and buy it at the ticket counter. So she buys the tickets on her mobile app using her credit card. Is this a cash transaction or a digital transition? 2. Rekha paid the restaurant bill with a 500 rupees note. She’s waiting for the change. Is this a cash transaction or a digital transition? 3. Akash goes to the market to buy onions. He forgets to take his wallet, so he does not have any cash. But the vendor has a digital wallet. So Akash pays with his phone. Is this a cash transaction or a digital transition?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Online banking helps us do banking activities on the internet. 2. Online banking is easy and convenient to use. 3. Digital transactions are financial transactions that are done electronically, without physical cash.
270
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
8.4 Mobile Banking Apps In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to perform Mobile banking
MODULE 8
2. How to use Mobile banking applications 3. Safe mobile banking
What are some financial transactions that can be done using a mobile banking app?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn how to perform mobile banking Netbanking and mobile banking are two of the most common ways to do online financial transactions/ money transfers. It can quickly be done using a web browser on a device (laptop/ PC/ mobile) connected to the internet or using a specific mobile app. Steps to use net banking: 1. Get the net banking credentials from your bank. When you open a bank account, they will give you the net banking details, or you can apply for it.
2. Set up your User ID and Password. It’s important to always remember these details.
3. Use the login details on your bank’s website. We can open the bank’s website on any safe web browser, like Google Chrome or Internet Explorer.
4. When you log in, you’ll be able to view many pages where you can do different activities. Read the words and instructions given on the net banking page carefully.
271
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
You can use net banking for the following activities: 1. Check account statement 2. Transfer funds
3. Pay for online shopping 4. Pay bills
5. Apply for a new cheque book 6. Apply for a credit/debit card 7. Apply for loans
Imagine that you have a net banking account. What transactions would you do with it now?
Let’s learn how to use mobile banking applications Steps to use mobile banking
1. Download the mobile banking app that is specific to your bank. You can download the app from Google Play Store or App Store. In some banks, you need to register for mobile banking by submitting a form at the bank. Some banks allow you to use SMS or phone banking to register for mobile internet banking. 2. Check with your bank to find the correct details.
3. Use your net banking user ID and password to log into the app. 4. Set up an MPIN. It is your secret password to access the mobile banking app. You need to enter the MPIN every time you log into the app.
What is the difference between net banking and mobile banking?
1. Net banking is done through a web browser on your computer or phone. Mobile banking can be done on an app on a smartphone or a tablet. 2. You need to open the banking website to use net banking. In mobile banking, you need to download and use the banking app on the phone.
Eswar is learning all about online banking. Read his thoughts. Choose if he’s using net banking or a mobile banking app. I’m going to use the bank website to transfer money to my brother.
a. Eswar is using mobile banking. b. Eswar is using net banking.
272
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
I need to use the MPIN to use this app
MODULE 8
a. Eswar is using mobile banking. b. Eswar is using net banking.
Let’s learn safe mobile banking It’s important to be safe while using net banking and mobile banking. Here are some best practices you must always follow. 1. Set a strong password for your online banking account. Change the password once in 6 months or a year.
2. Never share your password, MPIN or OTP with anyone. Your bank will never ask you for those details. 3. Avoid using online banking on any public WiFi (or open network) connection. 4. Always sign out of the website or the app after using it.
Choose the correct answer to the question.
Activity Time!
1. What must you do after using the net banking site? a. Log out of my account b. Leave the account logged in so I can use it the next day 2. What must you do with your password for safe online banking? a. Share your password with a stranger b. Change your password often.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Netbanking is done on a computer through a website using login details. 2. Mobile banking is done on a smartphone through a mobile app using login details. 3. It’s important to be safe while using online banking by being careful with all the login details.
273
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
8.5 Online Payments In this lesson you will learn : 1. Making online payments through digital wallets 2. How to transfer money online using BHIM UPI, PayTM, Google Pay 3. The benefits of online payments
Tick the UPI App that you have used or seen someone else use.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about making online payments through digital wallets Online payments can be done using many methods. One of the most convenient ways to make online payment is through the use of digital wallets. A digital wallet is an online payment app that can be used on any mobile device. It securely stores your payment information and passwords. On a digital wallet app, you enter your credit card, debit card, or bank account information. When you are shopping, you can use the digital wallet app - you don’t need to carry cash or cards! When you use a digital wallet, you must follow certain safety measures. 1. Set a strong password for opening the app. 2. Do not share the password with anyone.
3. Do not use digital wallets when you are connected to public WiFi networks. 4. Always close the wallet app after you finish using it.
274
Let’s learn how to transfer money online using BHIM UPI, PayTM, Google Pay
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Hint: Think about the uses of a normal wallet. Write how they compare to the uses of a digital wallet.
MODULE 8
Why do you think apps that can store payment information and transfer money are called digital wallets?
Google Pay, Paytm and BHIM UPI are some of the most common digital wallets used in India. You can download them from the app store on your smartphone. Here are a few ways in which these apps can be used to make payments or transfer money. Using the phone number
Do you use Google Pay?
Great! Give me your phone number? I can send the money to you. Yes I do!
You can enter the phone number of the person to whom you want to send the money in the digital wallet app. You must first check if they also use a digital wallet on their phone. Using the QR code
A QR code is a square, black and white code that you can scan with the camera and use. Everybody who uses a digital wallet will have their own unique QR code. Anybody can scan the code and send the money. At shops that accept payment through digital wallets, the QR code is displayed for us to scan and use.
Yes we do! You can scan this QR code.
Ask your friend for the QR code on their app to scan and send money to them.
Choose the correct answer to the question
Do you accept digital payment?
That was easy! Thank you.
Q1. What is this?
a. QR code b. Phone number
275
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Q2. Your cousin lives in another city. You want to send them some money. You both have BHIM UPI on your phone. You also know their phone number and address. What is the safest and easiest way to send them money? a. Put money in an envelope and post it to them. b. Send money using the BHIM app with their phone number
Let’s learn the benefits of online payments Digital wallets give us many benefits. Let’s look at a few of them. •
It is more convenient and faster to use, compared to cash and debit cards.
•
It makes it easy to send money to friends and family.
• •
It helps you to easily keep track of expenses.
It is safer than using a physical wallet, which can be stolen and misused. Digital wallets have security features to stop others from using your digital wallet. Even if your mobile device is stolen, you can disable your digital wallet remotely.
What are two ways in which using a digital wallet can make your life easier?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A digital wallet is an online payment app that you can use on any smartphone. 2. We can use a phone number or a QR code to make payments on a digital wallet. 3. Payments are easier, quicker and safer while using digital wallets.
276
Activity Time!
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
8.6 Salary In this lesson you will learn : 1. Difference between gross salary and net salary
MODULE 8
2. The components of salary 3. What is income tax
In your own words, explain what you know about “salary”.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn the difference between gross salary and net salary Salary is the regular payment that an employer agrees to pay to their employee. It is an agreement between the employee (who agrees to work with their skills and their time) and the employer (who agrees to pay them on a regular schedule). The most common schedule for salary payment is monthly. It’s important to understand how salary is calculated and discussed so that we can be fully informed in those conversations. We often think that salary is just the amount of money we get in the bank at the beginning of every month. But the word ‘salary’ can have many meanings, depending on how it is used. Let’s look at an example: Garima signs an employment contract with a total salary of Rs. 6,00,000 every year.
How do we find out how much money she will get every month or what is her salary? Is it Rs. 6,00,000 split over 12 months of the year?
Will Garima get Rs. 50,000 in her bank account at the beginning of every month? No she will not! Let’s find out why. The company agrees that Garima’s total salary is Rs. 600,000 every year. That is a salary of Rs. 50,000 every month. There are other things that total amount is used for.The company will pay Garima’s taxes on her behalf to the government. Garima’s tax amount is Rs.5,000 every month. That amount will be removed. The company directly sets up a provident fund (PF) for Garima. The amount is Rs.500 every month. It must be regularly paid to the provident fund. So this is removed from the total amount. This is what Garima’s salary now looks like.
277
The money that is left over every month is her net salary. It is the amount of salary after the deductions are removed. In Garima’s case, her net salary is Rs.44,500. Rs. 50,000
MODULE 8
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Rs. 50,000 is called Garima’s gross salary. It is the total amount of salary before deductions are made. A deduction is money that is removed from the gross salary to pay for tax and provident fund. She does not receive the money directly in hand. But she gets the benefits of her tax being paid and the provident fund set up.
Rs. 50,000
Rs. 44, 500
Look at the graphic representations of some salaries. Label the gross salary and the net salary. The first one is done for you as a reference. 1.
2.
Gross salary Rs. 50,000 Deduction 1
Net salary
Deduction 2
Rs. 44, 500
Amount after deductions
Amount after deductions
3. Rs. 25,000
Deduction 1 Deduction 2
278
Rs. 22, 500
Deduction 3
Amount after deductions
Amount after deductions
Rs. 14,000
Deduction 1 Deduction 2 Deduction 3
Rs. 11, 700
Amount after deductions
Amount after deductions
When Praveen’s salary is calculated, the company will give him a document with his salary calculated in a table like this.
Earnings
Per Month
Deductions
Basic salary
15,000
Provident Fund (PF)
2,500
Dearness allowance
5,000
Income Tax
1,500
House rent allowance
10,000
Conveyance allowance
5,000
Medical allowance
500
Gross Salary
35,500
Gross Deductions
4,000
Net salary every month
Per Month
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
We have learnt that a salary is not a simple fixed amount. It has many parts and sections. We know that the gross salary is split into deductions and net salary. There are other components of a salary. Let’s look at some of them. Let’s take a peek at Praveen’s salary.
MODULE 8
Let’s learn the components of a salary
31,500
1. Earnings: This is all the money that Praveen earns or gains.
2. Basic salary: This is a fixed amount in Praveen’s salary. It depends on Praveen’s job designation.
3. Allowances: There are different types of allowances given to Praveen for specific uses like house rent and medical expenses. 4. Deductions: This is the money that Praveen must pay out of his gross salary. It is money that’s not available for Praveen to use.
279
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
List any 3 components of a salary. 1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn how to calculate salary, taxes and savings Tax is a compulsory payment that the government collects from citizens. The money collected through tax is used by the government for taking care of the country. There are different types of taxes Income tax is a part of the salary that is paid by each person directly to the government. Each person pays a different tax amount. Not everyone pays the same income tax amount. The amount is calculated based on the conditions set by the government every year. The government specifies that a person who earns a particular amount has to pay a certain amount of tax. In most cases, the company you work for calculates the income tax for your salary and pays it on your behalf. This is called TDS or tax deducted at the source. If a person has income apart from their salary, they must also pay tax on that amount. For example, Praveen earns a salary and he pays tax for that. He also owns a house from which he earns rental income. He must also pay tax for that income amount.
Choose the correct answer to the question Q1. What is tax? a. Amount paid for a person’s retirement b. Amount paid to the government Q2. How do we know how much income tax we need to pay? a. The government sets the conditions. b. We can pay whatever amount we want.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The total amount of salary before deductions are made is called gross salary. The money left over after all deductions are made is called net salary. 2. Salary consists of various components like basic salary, allowances and deductions. 3. Income tax is paid by each individual depending on their salary and conditions set by the government.
280
Activity Time!
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
8.7 Savings In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are savings
MODULE 8
2. The types of savings options 3. How to save effectively
If you could save Rs. 500 for 10 months, what would you use the savings for?
Thinking Box
If you could save Rs. 10,000 for 20 years, what would you use the savings for?
Let’s learn what savings are Savings is an amount of money that is put aside without being spent. You can make savings in different amounts and for different reasons Shana’s monthly salary is Rs. 40,000. Let’s look at her expenses. Rent
10,000
Course fees
7000
Groceries
2500
Utilities
1000
Cell phone bill
500
Gas bill
1000
Eating at a restaurant twice a month
2000
Total expenses
Rs. 24,000
After her expenses, Shana has Rs.16,000 left of her money. She can choose what to do with the money.
281
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Option 1: Shana can decide to increase her expenses: •
She can eat more often at restaurants.
•
She can move to a bigger apartment with higher rent.
•
She can buy books instead of using the free library in her office.
Option 2: Shana can plan her spending to get something important to her:
Shana has been wanting to buy a more comfortable bed for herself. The bed she likes costs Rs. 50,000. She does not get that amount of money every month. Shana also wants to save a little money every month for her retirement.
So what’s the best thing for Shana to do with her Rs. 16,000? She can save it. She can split the savings into two sections. If she saves Rs. 10,000 every month for 5 months, she can buy her bed. She can also save Rs. 6,000 every month until she retires. Savings can be small amounts of Rs. 10 every week or Rs. 100 every month. Savings can be for different purposes. They can be short-term like saving for a few months or years for buying an item for your house or purchasing a useful online course. They can also be for long-term like saving for 30 to 40 years for retirement.
Calculate the expenses and savings for Pandi and Sasha. 1. Pandi’s salary is Rs. 16,000. He spends Rs. 4000 for rent in his shared apartment, Rs. 3000 for all his bills, Rs. 2000 for fuel expenses, and Rs. 3000 for groceries. He also spends Rs. 2000 on buying clothes every month and Rs. 2000 on his hobby. Pandi’s salary Pandi’s total expenses Pandi’s savings 2. Sasha’s salary is Rs. 16,000. She spends Rs. 4000 for rent in her shared apartment, Rs. 2500 for all her bills, Rs. 1000 for taking public transport and Rs. 2500 for groceries. She also spends Rs. 1500 for watching a few movies every month and Rs. 1000 on buying one video game. Sasha’s salary Sasha’s total expenses Sasha’s savings
Let’s learn the types of savings options There are a few types of savings that a person can consider doing with their money. Imagine savings are different pots of money kept for different things. On each pot, you write what you’re saving for.
You put some money in each pot whenever you can. And when the pot has enough money, you take it and use the money.
For a new bike
282
For buying a house
For an emergency
A long-term saving or fund is money that is put aside for a big expense many years from now. When you are young, it is difficult to think about retirement or your child’s college fund. These expenses seem very far away. They are also expenses that need a lot of money. Long-term savings help us to prepare for big expenses in the future. We can do that by saving small amounts of money over a long period of time. The long-term savings pot is to be opened and used after many years.
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Long-term Savings
MODULE 8
Let’s look at a few types of savings pots that you can have.
Emergency Savings
Emergencies are problems that can arise suddenly without expectation. Some emergencies can be expensive. A medical emergency can suddenly require you to spend a large amount of money. An emergency fund is money that is saved and put away to use in case of an emergency. It can make it easier to deal with emergencies.
When you have an emergency savings fund, it’s important to know clearly what is an emergency and what isn’t. It can be tempting to use an emergency fund for expenses like going on vacation or spending on a friend’s wedding. When you set up an emergency fund, decide what kind of emergencies you will use it for. The emergency savings pot is to be opened and used during the time of an emergency. Goal Savings
A goal savings fund is money that you save for a specific goal that you’ve set for yourself. A goal fund can be different things for different people - maybe you want to buy a new bike or go on a vacation trip or an expensive pair of shoes. The amount of time it takes to save a goal savings fund depends on how much money you need for the purchase. If you want to buy a bike for Rs. 90,000 and you save Rs. 3000 every month, your goal savings fund is completed in 30 months. If you want to buy a new suit for Rs. 8000 and you save Rs. 3000 every month, you can buy the suit in 3 months.
You have Rs. 1000 to use for savings every month. How much money would you put into each of these savings pots? (You can write a goal for yourself in the goal savings pot.)
Long-term savings
Emergency savings
Goal savings
283
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Let’s learn how to save effectively The habit of saving is an important habit to build - like exercising regularly and eating healthily. It’s also important to note that not everyone can save all the time. Sometimes, we need our entire income to cover important expenses. Your budget is full of important expenses. Savings are for when there is money left for saving after covering important expenses. Here are some tips to save money wisely and effectively.
1. Keep track of everything you spend money on. Write it in a notebook or record it on your phone.
2. Find simple ways to cut your spending. Avoid spending time scrolling on shopping websites, if you don’t need to buy anything specific. Wait and think before buying non-essential things like clothes and devices. 3. Set a clear goal for your savings.
4. Put your savings money in a place where you can’t easily spend it. For small savings goals, use an envelope or a box to put the money. For larger savings amounts, put your money in a deposit account or in another bank account.
Set 3 savings goals for yourself to reach by the time you reach the age of 40. (Take a look at Rohith’s goals for some ideas.) Rohith’s Goals I want to save Rs. 500 every month for my retirement. I want to save Rs. 80,000 to set up a painting studio. And I want to save an emergency fund of 2 lakhs. These are my savings goals for my 40th birthday!
My Savings Goals 1. 2.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Savings is an amount of money that is put aside without spending it. 2. The different options for savings are - long term, emergency and goal based savings. 3. You have to develop the habit of saving for it to become a normal part of your life.
284
Activity Time!
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
8.8 Loans and Insurance In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are loans
MODULE 8
2. Types of loans 3. What is insurance
What is a loan? Explain it in your own words.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn what loans are Income is money that you get. Expenses are money that you spend. Savings are money that you put away. A loan is money that you borrow. Sometimes, we choose to buy something or we have an expense for which we don’t have the total amount of money. We don’t have the time to save for it as well. So we have the option of taking a loan. A loan is money that you borrow from someone or from an institution (like a bank). The money can be paid back in smaller amounts over a period of time. There are specific conditions under which a loan can be taken. It’s important to understand these conditions. Some loans have to be paid back in a specific amount of time. Loans also have to be paid back with interest. What does this mean? Interest is the price we pay for borrowing money. It is usually given as a percentage amount. Leela takes a loan of Rs. 50,000 from the bank which must be paid back in 1 year with an interest of 8%. It’s not enough for Leela to pay Rs. 50,000 to the bank. She has to pay Rs. 54000... The interest amount is Rs. 4000. Loans must be repaid according to the agreed conditions. It is good to repay loans on time to avoid fines. The total amount of money pending for a person to pay back to loans is called debt. (The word ‘debt’ is pronounced at det, without the ‘b’ sound.) Leela’s total debt is Rs. 52,193.
Choose the correct answer to the question. Q1. What is the correct definition of a loan? a. A loan is money that is borrowed b. A loan is money that is saved for later Q2. “A loan amount needs to be paid back within a required amount of time.” True or false? a. True b. False
285
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Let’s learn the types of loans There are different ways to take a loan. You can take an informal loan from friends or from family. The most common way to take an official loan is from a bank. Banks offer different types of loans for different purposes. Here are some of the most popular types of loans offered by banks. 1. Education Loans An education loan is given by the bank specifically for the purpose of paying the fees for college education. Some education loans offer the option where you don’t have to start the monthly repayments until you finish the college course. 2. Auto loans This is a loan that is given for the purchase of a vehicle like a car or a bike. 3. Personal loan Personal loans are taken for special personal expenses. Personal loans can be approved in a short period of time. This makes them convenient and easily accessible. Personal loans also have higher rates of interest than other types of loans. They also have to be repaid within a few years. 4. Home loan A home loan is a large amount of money borrowed from the bank to buy a home or build a home. Home loans usually have the flexibility to be paid over a long period of time.
Here are 3 friends who need to take loans for specific reasons. What type of loans do they need to take?
1.
3.
I want to buy a car. What kind of loan should I take from the bank?
2.
I’m going to nursing college. I need to take a loan to pay for my fees. What loan do I need to take from the bank?
I’m going to buy my own apartment. What kind of loan should I take from the bank?
Let’s learn the types of loans What are some of the ways in which someone can lose a large amount of money? •
Natural disasters like fire, flood, earthquake which can destroy the house, farm etc.
•
Losing the person who earns the maximum amount of income in a family
• •
286
Major sickness in the family, resulting in large medical bills.
Damage of car, truck or family property which is used to earn money
For example, Abisha has medical insurance with a cover of Rs. 5 lakhs. She has to pay Rs. 6,000 every year for the insurance. When Abisha fell very ill with COVID-19, her total hospital bill was Rs. 2 lakhs. Her bill was covered by the insurance.
Why do you think medical insurance is useful and important? Discuss with a friend and write down your reasons below.
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
With an insurance plan, we pay the insurance company a certain amount of money. In case of an emergency, the money required is paid from the insurance plan (within the conditions set in the insurance).
MODULE 8
Insurance is a form of managing money that helps people in emergency situations like this. Insurance is meant to prepare us financially for emergencies. Insurance is given by companies called insurance companies.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Loan is money that you borrow. You can borrow informally from friends and family. You can borrow from a bank as well. 2. Some of the different types of loans are - education loan, auto loan, personal loan and home loan. 3. Taking an insurance plan by paying money regularly helps us in emergency situations.
287
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
8.9 Legal Literacy In this lesson you will learn : 1. Policies given by Govt of India - Introduction to Legal Literacy Mission, RTI & Public Grievances 2. Basic employee rights 3. Minimum wages
Circle the words that you know the meaning of: Legal | Justice | Contract | Courtroom | Law | Constitution | Fines | Illegal | Rights
Thinking Box
Let’s learn some policies given by the Govt. of India for legal literacy Legal literacy is being aware of the protection given to citizens by the law. Legal literacy is important because it helps us to receive all the benefits that the law gives us. If we do not understand anything about the legal process, we cannot participate in the good work of the law. The Government of India has special initiatives that help keep its citizens informed about the law. Legal Literacy Mission is an initiative to educate people about the Constitution. It aims to give everyone the knowledge of the law. The Mission conducts camps, workshops and seminars for people across the country. They focus specifically on the most disadvantaged and disempowered people in the country who can benefit from understanding the law.
Right to Information (RTI) is an Act by the Government of India. It guarantees that any Indian citizen can request any information (that is supposed to be public knowledge) from any department of the state or central governments. The government must provide the correct information in 30 days. This ensures that we can have access to information from the government. This also gives us the ability to hold the government accountable when it does not follow the constitution. Applying for RTI is a simple process. It can be done either offline or online through the official website of the RTI.
Public Grievances Portal is an online portal set up by the Government of India. Citizens can use this portal to make any complaints related to the working of the government. The complaints can be related to government schools, post services, roadways, etc. When you make a complaint on the portal, the complaint is checked and assessed. If it is a valid complaint, it is then addressed by the government.
Choose the correct answer to the question
288
Q1. What is legal literacy? a. Having knowledge and awareness of lawrelated things b. Having knowledge of numbers and letters
Q2. What is the full form of RTI? a. Roads to Interstates b. Right to Information
1. All employers and employees must follow the conditions given in the employment letter. This is a contract that includes all the details of the working conditions you have agreed to - how much salary you will be paid, your work responsibilities, what are the consequences if you do not fulfill your responsibilities, etc. Insist on receiving an employment letter when you join a company for work. Read the letter carefully before signing it.
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Legal literacy is being aware of the protection given to citizens by the law. Legal literacy is important because it helps us to receive all the benefits that the law gives us. If we do not understand anything about the legal process, we cannot participate in the good work of the law. The Government of India has special initiatives that help keep its citizens informed about the law.
MODULE 8
Let’s learn what employee rights are
An employment letter is a legally binding contract. So it must be taken seriously. 2. Wrongful termination is illegal. Wrongful termination is when an employer removes you from your job for an illegal reason. An employer must mention the reasons you can be removed from your job in the employment letter. If an employer terminates your employment for any reasons other than what is mentioned in the letter, it is called wrongful termination. For example, it is illegal to take someone’s job away from them because of their age, gender, disability or religion. 3. Leaves and other benefits must be provided to all employees. Employers must provide their employees with allowances for taking leave. Every female employee is entitled to paid maternity leave for 26 weeks which can be used during pregnancy and/or after the delivery.
4.
Employers must ensure that the work place is a safe and free from sexual harassment. Employers have an obligation to make sure that all employees, women employees in particular, are protected from harassment from the workplace. If you experience harassment in your workplace, you can send a complaint to the Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) in your company. All companies must have an ICC set-up.
Knowing our rights as employees is important for us to make sure that employers are providing us with all the required provisions for us to be dignified workers.
Choose the correct answer to the question Q1. Why is it important to check the employment letter? a. Because it is a legally binding document b. Because it should not have spelling mistakes Q2. What is wrongful termination? a. When someone takes leave for their job b. When someone is removed from a job for illegal reasons Q3. “Female employees are entitled to paid maternity leave.” True or false? a. True b. False
289
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY MODULE 8
Let’s learn about minimum wages What are minimum wages?
Minimum wage is the least amount of money that an employer can pay someone, so that they can live a dignified life with basic needs. The minimum wage in India is not the same for everyone in the country. It is different in different States and cities.
The provision of minimum wages also ensures that all the work and labor of people is paid for fairly. It is illegal in India to bring a person into employment and not pay them for their work.
Minimum Wages Act, 1948
How can an Indian citizen get free legal services?
So what can we do if we require legal assistance for issues like wrongful termination or failure to pay fair wages? We can make use of the National Legal Services Authority.
National Legal Services Authority (NALSA) provides free legal services to people from vulnerable (weaker) sections of society. NALSA offers many useful legal services for people. People can apply for legal aid or financial help for legal fees through NALSA. NALSA also helps to set up alternative forums where legal issues can be discussed and resolved quickly. Who is eligible for free legal services? •
A member of a Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe
•
A woman or a child (under the age of 18)
• • • • •
A victim of trafficking in human beings A person with disability
A person who is a victim of hardships like mass disaster, caste atrocity, flood, drought, earthquake, etc. An industrial workman
A person whose annual income is under a certain amount (This differs in each state. You can find more information on www.nalsa.gov.in)
Rajesh and his family have been severely affected by the flood in his town. However, they have not received the compensation that is legally due to them. How can Rajesh get free legal services?
290
Activity Time!
if you know this topic well.
1. Legal literacy is being aware of the law and the protections that it gives its citizens. 2. Employers are legally obligated to their employees, according to the conditions given in the employment letter. 3. Employers must pay their employees fairly. 4. National Legal Services Authority (NALSA) provides free legal services to people from vulnerable (weaker) sections of society.
FINANCIAL AND LEGAL LITERACY
Put a
MODULE 8
What I learnt today:
291
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
9.1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship In this lesson you will learn : 1. The definition of entrepreneurship 2. The characteristics of an entrepreneur 3. The roles and responsibilities of an entrepreneur
Have you heard the words entrepreneur or entrepreneurship? What do you think they mean?
Thinking Box
Tip: Search “how to say entrepreneur or entrepreneurship” on Google to find out how to say the words properly.
Let’s learn what is entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is running your own business to earn profits! Who is an entrepreneur?
An entrepreneur is a person who owns a business and runs it. She/he is also known as the business owner! Do you know what profits are?
Profits are the revenue or earnings which remain with the business owner, after all the costs are paid. Profits
=
Expenses you make to set up your business
—
Money you receive from customers for your products and service.
Q1. Do you know any entrepreneurs? What is the name of their business and how do they earn money?
292
Q4. Do you want to be an entrepreneur? You can answer yes or no. But, share your reason
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Q3. What is the biggest benefit of becoming an entrepreneur?
MODULE 9
Q2. Do we need a special degree or education to be an entrepreneur?
Let’s learn who is an entrepreneur
Here is a story of two Biryani shops! We see many shops like this around us. So, to keep the story simple and fun - we have used imaginary names. Let’s read!
Great Biryani Restaurant… Great Biryani was started by Pratibha whose biryani recipe was loved by her family! Pratibha rented a small place near her home and started cooking and selling biryani. At first 10-20 people from nearby areas visited her restaurant regularly, and as her biryani became more famous she began to receive as many as 50 customers everyday! Pratibha was very happy. She was making a profit of Rs100 on every plate of biryani!
… becomes Mindblowing Biryani Food Delivery Pratibha’s friend Shaheen loved Pratibha’s biryani too. Shaheen told Pratibha to observe what was happening in the market during COVID 19 - many people started ordering biriyani online. But, by the time the biryani reaches their home - it is cold and does not taste so good. So Shaheen found a solution! Delivering biriyani using mud pots will keep it warm for longer. People can also reheat the biryani in the mud pot without losing any flavor! Pratibha loved this idea. Soon Shaheen and Pratibha started a biryani delivery business in which they delivered biryani, not in plastic bags, but in clay pots. This was something new that no other biryani shop in the city was doing. Soon, Pratibha and Shaheen started receiving hundreds of orders for their biryani every day.
Q1. Is Pratibha an entrepreneur? Why?
293
Q3. Write any two qualities of Pratibha and Shaheen which helped them become successful entrepreneurs.
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Q2. Is Shaheen also an entrepreneur? Why?
Let’s learn about the roles and responsibilities of an entrepreneur Roles
Responsibilities
Ideation and planning
An entrepreneur identifies a great business idea by doing research on his/her customers and the area/industry in which he/she does business.
Team building
An entrepreneur also creates jobs! They hire the best people to run their business.
Financial management
An entrepreneur has to manage the accounts of a business. This also includes registration of business, payment of taxes, bookkeeping etc.
General management
An entrepreneur looks after day to day business too by ensuring the best quality work and product is reaching the customer always.
Growth
An entrepreneur is constantly planning to grow their business! A business grows by bringing in more customers (by advertising!) and by creating/offering innovative products and services.
Q1. Pratibha has hired a cook to make biryani in her restaurant. Now, if Pratibha is not cooking food in her restaurant, what work will she do to make sure her business runs successfully?
294
MODULE 9
Q3. Can hiring talented people to help a business grow? How?
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Q2. What can an entrepreneur do to hire the best people in their team?
Write the names of some of the businesses that you observe around you. In your opinion, which business is making the most profits and why?
Activity Time!
If you had an opportunity to start a business, what would you want to do in your business? Who will be your customers?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. An entrepreneur is a person who runs a business. 2. An entrepreneur is passionate about their business and its work. 3. An entrepreneur is a problem solver and a team builder. 4. An entrepreneur’s responsibilities also include hiring talented team members and growing the business through advertising and innovation.
295
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is Entrepreneurial Mindset? 2. How to set up a business
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.2 Entrepreneurial Mindset
What kind of attitude or mindset makes an entrepreneur successful?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the entrepreneurial mindset
Mindset is an amazing word! When we ‘set’ our ‘mind’ to think in a particular way, it becomes our mindset. People who think positively have Positive Mindset.People who love solving problems have a Problem Solving Mindset. And people who can think like an entrepreneur have an Entrepreneurial Mindset. Remember: An entrepreneur is a person who doesn’t just seek job opportunities but uses his/ her skills and ideas to CREATE job opportunities! Let’s TRAIN our MINDS to think like an entrepreneur: • • • •
Become aware of your own strengths and weaknesses (This happens when we honestly ask ourselves at every stage of our life, ‘What am I doing well?’ ‘What can I do better?’) Always look for opportunities for GROWTH (Grow knowledge, skills, income, and network!) Learn from Failure
Work with a team of people with different ideas and skills
Q1. Which of the following sentences are true about you? I like solving problems!
I love working on new ideas.
I enjoy working with a team.
I do not easily give up after facing failure. I can learn from my mistakes.
296
Because entrepreneur can fail very often
Because learning from failure will make them better at their work Because some amount of failure is unavoidable when we try something new, so we should not give up after facing it. Because (you can write your own reason!)
Let’s learn about setting up a business
Setting up a business can be understood as a process that has TWO IMPORTANT PARTS.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(Hint: There are no right or wrong answers for this question!)
MODULE 9
Q2. Why do entrepreneurs need a mindset of ‘learning from failure’?
Part 1: How to come up with a business idea and a business plan This is the part when an entrepreneur decides what their business will be about. After deciding on a business idea, they create a complete business plan after doing research about their idea, speaking to costumes, calculating the cost of producing goods or services etc
Part 2: Starting a business: This involves a lot of other steps like
1. Getting the money to buy essential equipment 2. Registering a company
3. Purchasing the right advertising Here’s a quick puzzle for you. Gyaan lives in an area with offices of many small businesses where there is a frequent demand for repair of electronic devices like computers and printers. So this is Gyaan’s business idea - Start a computer repair business!
What is the next step Gyaan should take to create a business plan? (Hint: Look at the explanation presented on the previous page!)
Let’s learn about the story of Goli Vada Pav
Vada Pav is the favorite snack of Mumbaikars! It is the Indian version of a burger. These vada pav are usually sold by a street vendor, and all vada pav taste exactly the same. In 2004, Vekatesh and Shiv Menon had a simple idea. What if more varieties of vada pav were available to people? What if these varieties were sold from a hygienic food stall instead of regular street food stalls? This is how Goli Vada Pav started from one station in Mumbai. Today Goli Vada Pav has 350 outlets across the country, and has become a Rs. 50 crore business. What is the secret of Venkatesh Iyer’s success? He did not just sell a product that everyone else was selling too.
He SOLVED a problem. He provided people MORE VARIETY and BETTER SERVICE.
297
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
He did not stop at the success of one or two outlets. He worked hard to grow his business with the help of a talented team.
Interview an entrepreneur. Speak to any business owner near you. People who run shops, food stalls, salons, factories, etc. are all entrepreneurs. You can ask them the following questions: 1. How did you start your business?
2. What are the biggest challenges you face?
3. What motivates you to overcome these challenges?
4. In your opinion, what kind of person can become a successful entrepreneur?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A mindset is a way of thinking and looking at major decisions in life. 2. An entrepreneurial mindset requires us to think like problem solvers and learn from failure. 3. An entrepreneur should be open to working with people of diverse skill sets and backgrounds. 4. An entrepreneur must be a creative problem solver, analytical thinker and a team leader
298
Activity Time!
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.3 Difference Between Self-Employment and Entrepreneurship In this lesson you will learn : 1. The difference between self-employment and entrepreneurship 2. The connection between self-employment to entrepreneurship 3. How self-employment can lead to entrepreneurship
According to you, what is the difference between a selfemployed person and an entrepreneur (businessman or businesswoman)?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the difference between self-employment and entrepreneurship Self-employment
Entrepreneurship
Pawan provides AC repair services at a fixed fee. He has a contract with a local AC store The store refers him to customers who need to repair their AC.
Shireen understands that many people look for someone to repair their AC. The repair persons are not easy to find, they charge huge amounts and also don’t come on time.
Pawan is self-employed.
Shireen and 4 of her friends from ITI, decide to start a small business. They provide AC
299
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Repair Services in South Bangalore. They have partnership with 10 local AC shops. They guarantee on-time service. Their guarantee states that if the team is late for AC repair by more than 15minutes, they will provide services for free.
Self-employment means providing your services for a fixed fee.
Entrepreneurship means you provide service with a unique quality.
Self-employment does not require you to work with a team.
Entrepreneurs try to work with a team with different skills - this way, they can deliver good quality service to more clients/ customers.
Self-employed people can choose to have only short-term goals for business.
Entrepreneurs always plan for the long-term and want to grow their business. They also provide employment to others.
Vidya is helping her mother sell homemade pickles to people in their personal network. Is Vidya self-employed or an entrepreneur?
Let’s learn about the similarities between self-employment and entrepreneurship Self-employment
Entrepreneurship
Let us go back to the story of Pawan and Shireen to understand the similarities (matchingqualities) between self-employed people and entrepreneurs.
• • • •
Pawan and Shireen are both not salaried employees. They will earn a different amount of money every month.
Pawan and Shireen both work in an area where their personal skills (AC repair) are strong. Pawan and Shireen both find their first clients through their local network.
Pawan and Shireen both partner with other businesses to find more clients.
Q1. Does a self-employed person also need to use some of theentrepreneurial mindset. What are the qualities of an entrepreneur that a self-employed person also needs to have?
300
Q3. Do you know of any self-employed people whose services/products you have used? (Hint: Most auto-rickshaw drivers are self-employed. Think of more examples!)
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Q2. Can an entrepreneur’s journey start with self-employment?
Let’s learn about the journey from self-employment to entrepreneurship Here is a fun activity for you! Pawan wants to become an entrepreneur. Think of the steps we covered in the previous lesson about ‘Setting up a business venture’. Now, help Pawan make a list of things he must do to become an entrepreneur. Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Decide what kind of business you want to do. (Pawan already knows this! It is AC repair.)
(What should he do to come up with a great idea for AC repair business?) Come up with a creative business idea
(What should he do to understand if his idea is actually going to work?) Improve his idea
(The last thing Pawan needs to do before actually starting a business is..?)
301
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Think of 2 or 3 self-employed people around you.
Hint: Vegetable or flower seller, Carpenter, Auto driver
Activity Time!
Now, discuss these questions with your partner. 1. How can these self-employed people become entrepreneurs?
2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of them becoming entrepreneurs?
3. Is it necessary and is it difficult for them to become entrepreneurs?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Self-employed people use their skills to sell a product or service. 2. Self-employed people like entrepreneurs do not get a fixed salary. 3. Entrepreneurs provide employment to others. 4. Entrepreneurs identify and solve the problems their customers are facing, in a smart way.
302
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.4 Market Scan: Exploring the Market
MODULE 9
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is Market Scan? 2. How to conduct an effective market scan 3. Practice conducting a market scan
All of us usually explore the market to buy something. What are the methods you use to scan or explore the market?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about Market Scan Market Scan is also called market research. It is a process by which we explore the different aspects of the market to get information to help your business. A market scan is usually done before setting up a business, to get maximum information about the existing market. Based on the information we get through the market scan, we can make the right choices for our business. A market scan can cover three important things: •
Understand the customers and their needs
•
Understand the types of goods and services offered by similar businesses
•
Explore how to grow the businesses to increase the profit
Let’s understand how to conduct a market scan with an example. We are exploring the market for homemade snacks and pickles! We need your help in completing this scan - add the missing details below.
What kind of homemade snacks are sold in the market
Who is buying them
How do businesses make money from this
Chips
Families
By selling snacks to a wholesale retailer
Pickles
Students
By selling snacks to hotels and restaurants
303
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
By selling
By selling
Market Scan can be conducted to find out any kind of information that will be useful for your business. It can be done by visiting shops, and vendors or it can be done online.
Q1. What other type of information can we find out about other businesses from a market scan?
Q2. We can also find out about different prices at which the same goods / services are sold. How does this help build our business?
Let’s learn how to do a market scan
Now, let’s understand how to do a market scan. It is very, very easy - just follow the given steps.
Step 1
Make a list of all the things you want to know about the industry, businesses and customers: That is right, the MORE questions you ask, the MORE knowledge you will receive. Note: Market Scan can be ONLINE (on the internet) or OFFLINE (on the streets of your town!)
Step 2
Approach the local shops or service centres in your area and simply observe what is being sold, at what price and who is buying them. At this step, you can also identify an expert or a customer who will speak to you about the business and answer all your questions from the list.
OR
304
Step 3
Interview business owners and customers! Ask business owners about their business model and challenges. But more importantly, speak to customers about why they like the current product or service and what they feel could be improved.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
You can also do this online. Use Google to find answers to all your questions. And, use Amazon and other e-retail apps like BigBasket (or Urban Company - for service professionals!) to find out the types and prices of goods and services offered.
MODULE 9
Step 2
Understanding customers is the most important skill of business people! We will learn about this in the next chapter. We will do more work on this in a later chapter. Can Google tell you how many people in your area are offering beauty parlour services? What are the words you will type in Google search to learn about beauty parlours near you? When you speak to a business owner, what would you want to ask them about their business?
Let’s conduct sample a market scan Let’s look at a market scan done by Susheela for her new tailor shop My business idea is to set up a tailor shop that specializes in shirts. I have recently completed a tailoring course.
305
How many shirts are ordered by each student?
How many shirts does your school require every year?
Students come from a lowincome background, so they rarely buy more than one shirt.
About 2000 shirts.
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Customer 1: A school principal
Customer 2: College-going boys Oh, where do you buy them from? How much do they cost?
How many shirts do you buy every year? We don’t like shirts! We buy t-shirts.
Weekly bazaar. They cost about Rs.200 each.
And how many t-shirts do you buy every year? Well, about 2-3 t-shirts every month. You can guess how many in one year
Competitor 1: A local tailor Hello, I wanted to learn about the tailoring business! Can I ask you just two-three questions about this work? Sure!
306
Who are your main customers? Men at factory and nearby families.
Is the demand for shirts the same throughout the year? Well, more or less. Demand is high during January and the festival season.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Supplier 1: Wholesale seller for cloth Suheela finds out from the rate metre on his shop that he sells cotton and nylon fabrics for shirts. Cotton fabric costs Rs. 20/metre and nylon is Rs. 30/metre.
MODULE 9
Why did Susheela ask the supplier about the cost of raw materials for making shirts? Can Susheela sell garments other than shirts?
Using the Online or Offline Market Scan method, complete the market scan for your business idea. If you do not yet have a business idea you like, you can do a market scan for an auto repair shop.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Market scan helps us understand the kind of goods and services sold in the industry. 2. The market scan helps us identify who can be our customers. 3. The market scan helps us understand the common challenges of our business idea. 4. The market scan helps us learn about the cost of setting up our business.
307
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
9.5 Understanding Customer Needs In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are customer needs? 2. How to do customer needs analysis? 3. How to identify customers
Many of us shop online and offline. What are some differences between the needs of customers when shopping online and offline?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about customer needs analysis Customer’s needs can be understood through an interesting process called Customer Need Analysis. It helps us answer the following questions about customers: 1. Do customers pay for the kind of goods/service we want to offer? 2. What products/services are customers currently using?
3. What do they like or dislike about their current product/service?
4. Is there a good demand for our idea of product/service among customers in our area? Let’s consider the following business ideas!
Agarbatti Business
Garment business
Auto repair shop
Idea: Mosquito-repellent agarbattis
Idea: Uniforms for school students and factory employees
Idea: Auto repair shop near a government office situated in a remote area
Customers are already buying agarbattis from big companies at a very low price.
308
Schools and factories near you already have given multi-year contracts (orders) for garments to other businesses.
About 200 people commute to this office every day and there are no auto repair shops within 10kms of this office.
Customers have to regularly go 10kms or more to get help with punctures or sudden breakdown.
Agarbattis are purchased only once every month.
Orders are given once a year or once in six months.
Customers seek auto repairs as and when required. Usually vehicles require help once or twice in two months.
Q1. Out of the 3 businesses presented above, which one should you develop? Give reasons.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Some have expressed they are not happy with quality and untimely delivery.
MODULE 9
Customers love their existing agarbattis
Q2. What are the top 3 things that an entrepreneur can learn from customer needs analysis?
Let’s learn about how to do customer needs analysis Customer’s needs can be understood through an interesting process called Customer Need Analysis. It helps us answer the following questions about customers: 1. Do customers pay for the kind of goods/service we want to offer? 2. What products/services are customers currently using?
3. What do they like or dislike about their current product/service?
4. Is there a good demand for our idea of product/service among customers in our area? Here is a sample questionnaire for your customers! Example:
Business Idea: Homemade Soap at affordable prices
Alfiya wants to start a soap making company/ business. She is reaching out to people to improve her business idea! Here is a list of questions that she asked her customers. You can ask similar questions to your customers to improve your business idea. Alfiya’s questions for her customers: 1. Do you use bathing soaps?
2. What do you value most in your bathing soap? (Fragrance, germ-killing ability, or something else?) 3. Which company’s soap do you prefer?
4. Do you always buy soap from the same company? 5. Have you ever faced any issues with this soap?
309
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
6. What do you like about your Soap and what do you not like?
Have you ever faced any issues with this soap? Do you use bathing soaps?
7. How often do you buy this product?
8. How much do you pay for a soap bar?
9. Would you be willing to try a new kind of soap? 10. Would you be willing to buy the soap prepared by our enterprise?
Would you be willing to try a new kind of soap?
Can you think of more questions to ask your customers?
Let’s learn about how to identify customers When we think about customers - very often we only think of people who can buy our products or services. But we can also sell our products or services to a shop or office or other businesses! For example, Alfiya can sell her soap to a supermarket, which will then sell it to customers! So, when you make a list of all the possible customers for your business remember to include all of the following categories:
310
People
Other businesses
Divide people also into different types of people by age, profession or income level!
All types of business places buy products or services to run their office or manufacture their product.
For example, customers of women’s beauty salons are naturally women. But we can also think about working women (who cannot visit salons on working days), homemakers, students (who have less budget) and older women (who require special services).
For example, restaurants can purchase homemade snacks, schools buy uniforms in bulk, offices require electronic, IT and plumbing services, factories need raw material.
Wholesalers or similar businesses Wholesalers are a type of business that buys products in large quantities and sells them to small stores at slightly higher prices. For example, wholesalers can buy jute bags, agarbattis, or any household goods sold in shops etc.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Interview any 10 potential customers about your business idea. Prepare a list of questions that you would like to ask your customers, and start speaking to them using the questions that Alfiya asked her customers for her business idea.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Customer needs include understanding what they like or don’t like about the products/services they use right now. 2. Customer needs include knowing how often customers buy a product/service. 3. Customer needs analysis means understanding if there is an overall demand for our product/service among our target customers. 4. Customer needs analysis helps us understand how to improve our business idea,
311
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
9.6 Selecting a Type of Business: Product or Service In this lesson you will learn : 1. Difference between product and service 2. Things to consider when choosing a product/service idea 3. How to choose the right business idea
Product is an object that can be seen, touched and used. Ex: Masala Dosa, Idli, Vada Pav
Thinking Box
Service is what we feel, experience and enjoy as customers. Ex: Service of the waiter, service of the cook.
Now, divide the below list into products or service. Car
Shoe polishing
Mobile phone
Car cleaning
Bottle of water
Computer
Food delivery Instagram
Watch
Service
Product
Let’s learn about types of Businesses Here is a fun way to identify different types of businesses in the world. Let’s think of how a tomato becomes tomato sauce and reaches our kitchen!
Raw material
Ex: Tomato grows in the field
312
Supplier
Ex: Tomato sellers at the mandi
Manufacturer
Ex: Tomato sauce making unit
Ex: Local kirana store
ENTREPRENEURSHIP Customer
Everyone in this cycle is running a business! Let’s make a list of the number of businesses involved in this work.
MODULE 9
Retailer/Sales agent
1. Farming: A farmer is growing tomatoes in his/her field. Then selling them to people who sell it at a big mandi. He/she is selling a product. Product = tomato 2. Tomato seller/supplier: Someone is buying tomatoes from farmers and selling it to a company that makes tomato sauce. He/she is selling a service. Service = Supply of tomatoes! 3. Manufacturer/Producer: A factory is making tomato sauce (and may other tomato products like tomato pickle and powder!). This factory will sell a product. Product = Tomato sauce 4. Retailers/Wholesalers: Wholesale shops or retail shops (kirana stores) will directly buy this sauce from the factory to sell it to people. The retailers are selling a service and a product! Service = Many products are sold in the same place! Product = Tomato sauce (and all other products stored in a kirana store.
Q1. Share examples of products that you buy for everyday use.
Q2. Share examples of services that you pay for every day. (Hint: Rickshaw rides are a service too!)
Let’s learn about important things to consider when choosing a product/service idea Choosing the right business idea is the key to starting the business. Without a good idea, an entrepreneur does not have the chance to even start a business. Before choosing a business idea, understand the following: 1. Is this product/service already available in the market?
2. How can I make my product/service different from others in the market? 3. Will I get funding for this product/service?
4. How strong is the competition in the market?
5. Do I have the knowledge and skill about this product/service?
313
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Let us understand more with an example:
Suhana is a 15-year-old girl who wants to win a competition in her school. Suhana is very good at Kabaddi, but she is not so good at painting or dancing. Her school is hosting three competitions – one is a Kabaddi championship, another is for oil colour painting and the last one is for solo classical dance. Which competition does Suhana stand the best chance of winning?
You are right! She can win the Kabaddi championship because she is good at it.
Now, In order to win at Kabaddi, Suhana needs to do the following: •
Make a strategy with her team
•
Practice and become better and faster than others
• •
Understand the strategy of the opposite team
Make the team practice well, so they can win together
Just like Suhana - an entrepreneur needs to think about both their own skills and the level of competition in the market! This is the magic key to a successful business!
What are the most important things you must gather information about before choosing your business idea?
Let’s learn how to choose the right business idea We will make this work really simple for you!
PERSONAL Skills + Resources Finances
(Note: We will explore more about this in a later chapter too!) Do you have the money you need to invest in the business? How much will you need to borrow?
Skills
Do you know how to make this product or offer this service? Can you learn about this from training or work experience?
314
MARKET demand + Competition Demand Check
Is there really a demand for this product or service in the market which is not fulfilled by existing businesses? Do people buy this product/ service often or only a few times a year?
Customer Needs
What are the products that customers currently use?
What qualities do they desire? How can you make your product more appealing to customers?
Can you partner with friends or family members who have the skills or experiences you need?
Competitor Analysis
Can you sell products or services of better quality? Can you sell products or services at a lesser price?
How many local competitors do you have?
Get together with your team and check if your business idea is the ‘right business idea’. Answer questions about finances, skills, other resources, demand checks, customer needs and competitor analysis. Use the checklists in the above activity to make this decision.
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Can you use resources already available to you to start this business? (Space, tools, etc.)
MODULE 9
Other resources
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Businesses can offer both products and services. 2. Businesses can be opened at any point in the supply chain of a product or service. 3. Skills, finances and other resources help us understand if we should run a certain kind of business. 4. Demand, customer needs and competitor analysis help us understand whether or not our business will be profitable.
9.7 My Final Business Idea In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of a business idea 2. Process of creating a Business Idea 3. Creating the Business idea
315
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Have you had any idea/s to start a business? Note down the idea below.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the importance of a business idea A business idea is the first step in an entrepreneur’s journey. A good business idea for a young or new entrepreneur should be:
Unique: It should not be a very common idea, it should be new and have a USP (Unique Selling Proposition).
Low on Investment: It should require a fairly small amount to start (few thousands to a few lakhs maximum).
Sustainable: The business should last for a long time, it should not be a short term plan.
Quickly actionable: It should be able to start immediately.
Let’s look at the following examples of business ideas. Business ideas for ‘Perfect Indoor Plumbing Service’:
1. Indoor plumbing services that provides monthly maintenance service 2. Indoor plumbing service that is always on time
3. Indoor plumbing services that charges fair prices and is always on time Business ideas for ‘Amazing Car Servicing Centre’
1. Car service centre that always offers discounts
2. Car service centre that provides pick and drop service for the vehicle 3. Car service centre that gives free car wash for returning customers Business ideas for ‘Modern Cyber Cafe’
1. Cyber cafe that gives customers unlimited access to computers at a fixed monthly fee 2. Cyber cafe that provides discount rates to customers with government ID cards 3. Cyber cafe that provides customers free computer training every weekend
316
Q2. What do all good business ideas have in common?
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Q1. Read the ideas for each of the three given businesses, which ideas do you like best? Why?
Let’s learn about the process of creating a business idea
We know that a business idea should be short and clear. For example, “Cyber cafe that gives customers unlimited access to computers at a fixed monthly fee”. Here we clearly understand what the business wants to give its customers. It is also giving a special, unique value to customers when compared to other cyber centres. Let’s build a business idea together for a Potato Chips company.
What customers want 1. What do customers want from a packet of potato chips? •
Great taste
•
Crispiness
• • •
Variety
Low cost
Large quantity
2. List of potato chips qualities that will delight customers, but are currently not easily available in the market •
Unique flavours
•
Free ketchup or dip with all potato chip
•
Oil-free potato chips (baked)
3. List of things about current potato chip companies that customers dislike • • •
Non-recyclable, plastic packaging of potato chips
More air and less chips in each packet
Our business idea We will make potato chips which: • • •
Have a great taste
Are available in more than 2 varieties
• • And, our potato chips will also be • •
Baked!
•
And, we will make sure our potato chips: • •
Are sold in recyclable packaging
•
Too salty chips
Based on the exercise you completed above, write your business idea for this Potato Chip company in one line.
317
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Let’s learn how to build our own business idea! Let’s build our own business idea! Think of your dream business idea and complete the following activity. You can think of a product or service. Name of the product/service you have chosen for your business idea:
What customers want 1. What do customers want from our chosen product or service? • • •
2. List of qualities that will delight customers, but are currently not easily available in the market
Our business idea We will make a product/service which: • • •
And, our product/service will also be •
•
•
•
•
•
3. List of things about current potato chip companies that customers dislike • • •
And, we will make sure our product/service: • • •
Write your business idea in one line.
Share your business idea with the customers whom you had previously interviewed. Find out, a) What do they like and dislike about this idea, and b) How much will they be willing to pay for such a product or service.
318
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A business idea is the one that highlights a unique quality of a business 2. A good business idea will be based on customer needs
MODULE 9
3. A business idea can be created by understanding what customer want, what they like or dislike about current products/services in the market 4. We should take feedback from our potential customers on our business idea
9.8 Building My Business Plan In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is a business plan? 2. Importance of a Business Plan 3. Process of Building a Business plan
You already learnt about “Business Idea” in the previous lesson. What do you think is the difference between a business idea and a business plan?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about what a business plan is A business plan is a document which has the complete strategy for the business. It includes goals and the steps for achieving the goals. Bank loans are provided on the basis of how clear and strong a business plan is. Hence, it is an extremely important document for an entrepreneur. When a business is started by 2 or more entrepreneurs, a business plan can help all the entrepreneurs to have a common vision for their business. A business plan needs to be updated once a year or at least once in two years. When a business grows in size, expands to newer businesses, when new business partners join etc the business plan needs to be revised. A good business plan includes explanation of the business idea, products and services, marketing strategy, customer analysis, and a budget. Here is a very simple business plan. Read it carefully, to understand.
319
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Product/Service Details
Business Idea
Add images, explain the details such as size, colour, etc.
Customer Analysis What do you know about customer needs?
Business Expansion Plans
How do you plan to grow the business in the next 2 to 3 years?
Costing:
Earning:
•
•
•
Competitor Analysis
•
Explain about the competition in the market - online & offline
Starting investment
Costs to the company (Raw materials, transport, office cost, salary) Interest on investment
Weekly costs
•
Price per product or service Profit per product or service
Weekly profit
Monthly profit Yearly profit
Monthly costs Yearly costs
Let’s learn why a business plan is important
Sabia was about graduate from ITI and was eager to start her own business! She had seen that her sisterin-law’s salon business was doing really well. She decided to open up a salon too. Based on her sister-inlaw’s salon business, Sabia calculated the following:
Cost Rent (per month)
5,000
Basic Equipment
10,000
Total
15,000
Earning Per customer
1,000
No of customers per month
40
Total
1000*40 = 40,000
Sabia was excited! She calculated that she can earn a profit of Rs 30,000 to 35,000 every month. She used her pocket money (which she had saved for many years) to buy the basic equipment. She also paid rent of Rs 5000 for the first month. But, her situation was the opposite of what she calculated earlier! Let’s see…
Actual Cost
320
Rent (per month)
5,000
Basic Equipment
10,000
Electricity, water
2,000
Transport to salon and back
2,000
Products such as shampoo, hair dye, wax etc
5,000
Total cost per month
24,000
500
No of customers per month
15
Total earning per month
500*15 = 7,500
Sabia is at a loss of Rs 15,000 in the first month! It was too late when Sabia realized the reason for her loss - She did not make a complete business plan! When she created a proper business plan, she understood that her sister-in-law’s salon was located in a richer neighbourhood, so customers paid Rs 1000 each time. Plus it had taken her sister-in-law two years to slowly get more customers. Sabia also realized that she did not properly calculate all the costs needed to run a salon. Preparing a well-researched business plan could have helped Sabia avoid this situation.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Per customer
MODULE 9
Actual Earning
Tip: An entrepreneur usually earns lower than they estimate, especially in the starting months because of a lot of unexpected costs and expenses. It is good to have a back up fund or safety amount to keep them protected from severe loss.
What could Sabia have done differently to make a better assessment of why her sister-in-law’s salon was so successful? (Hint: Reflection on previous chapters about market scan etc.)
Let’s learn about how to build a business plan The name of your business:
Opportunity Problem: (Hint: This is part of your business idea) We are going to solve the problem of
Solution: (Hint: This is part of your business idea)
We will use of product or service to solve this problem by
Market: (Hint: This will be answered by survey and research methods explored in previous chapters) This product or service will be purchased by
321
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Competition: (Hint: This will be answered by survey and research methods explored in previous chapters) Some companies who are already in this line of work are
We can be better than the competition because: We will beat the competition by doing this
Important questions to answer in your business plan •
How much money will you earn initially?
•
How many people will use your service?
• • • • • • •
How will the business grow in the coming months? What are the total costs of running the business? What are expected and unexpected costs?
How much money will you earn at the end of one year?
How much profit will you start making at the end of the first financial year? How can an entrepreneur correctly estimate their earnings in the initial days of a business?
How can you use tools of market scan and customer needs analysis to add information to your business plan?
Build a business plan for your business idea. Present it to any 10 of your classmates and if possible 5 mentor figures who can include ITI instructors, other entrepreneurs etc. Take note of their feedback.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A business plan is like any other plan. It should be made by paying attention to detail and deeply researching all points. 2. A business plan includes our business idea and goals. 3. A business plan includes an estimate of the total cost we will have to incur to produce goods and services. 4. A business plan also includes an estimate of future income. This estimate can be made by studying other businesses doing similar work and serving similar customers.
322
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.9 Pitching for My Business In this lesson you will learn : 1. Know what is a business pitch
MODULE 9
2. Understand who hears our business pitch and how 3. Practice presenting your business pitch
What I already know about Business Pitch •
Business ideas
•
Price and Cost
• • •
Demand
Thinking Box
Incubators
Customer research
Let’s learn about what is business pitch and why is it needed
Raj wants to start a dosa shop in his village. He knows his dosas are the best. But, he lives in a North Indian city where a lot of people are not aware of the varieties of dosas that he can prepare! He is serving only 1015 people every day. He has decided to invest money in renovating his restaurant to make it look more attractive. He also wants to advertise his restaurant online and in newspapers. It will take Raj more than one year to save enough money to do this. His other option is that he can take a loan from a bank. The bank invited him to share his business idea. They will give him money only if they really like his idea. Raj convinces the bank through his 3 minute, powerful business pitch! He shares a presentation explaining: •
His talent & abilities
•
Good reviews by his customers
• • •
The success of his business His costs and profits
His plans for growing the business
What is a business pitch?
It is a short & effective presentation to describe the business. It can last only 2 to 3 minutes long. Within that short time, the entrepreneur needs to convey all the important information about the business. It is like a smart advertisement for the business. A good business pitch is the key to impress a customer, investor and partner for the business. 3 things to focus in a business pitch: 1. Who is my audience?
2. What do I want to achieve with this presentation?
3. Will I present it in person or will I be sending it over email or whatsapp?
323
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Why do you think a business pitch needs to impress the audience?
Let’s learn about who will hear your business pitch and why Startup Investors
Banks
Friends/Family/Others
Who:
Who:
Who:
How:
How:
How:
Benefits:
Benefits:
Benefits:
Startup Investors are special companies or institutions which exist only to support entrepreneurs.
They can support entrepreneurs through money and expert guidance.
Getting support from an invester will help you find expert guidance on growing your business.
All public and private sector banks support entrepreneurs by providing loans.
They will provide you a loan which can be repaid at an interest.
Government has many schemes like MUDRA loan for small businesses where loans are available at low rate.
The people in your network! They can be fellow students from ITI, your family, or any friends who can support you with your work.
They can help you by providing money, space, resources or team support to start your business
We can approach friends and family with untested ideas too! With their help, we can approach banks and other lenders with more confidence.
Is it a good idea to prepare a different business pitch for each of these categories? If yes, why?
Let’s learn about how to prepare your business pitch It is not important to write long sentences. It is only important to know the main thing you will say in your pitch. These steps will just help you think of all the important things about your business idea. What is your business idea?
324
Step 2: Introduce yourself and share why you are here.
I am… My skills …. I am here to ask you to support my idea which solves ….
Step 3: Define your solution
What is your solution? Why is it unique?
Step 4: Share your market research. Tell them who your customers are.
Who are you selling the product to? (How do you know this? Did you do research?
Step 5: Share your business plan. Explain your costing and pricing.
How much are you selling for? (Cost vs price – is this a profitable idea? Cost = how much money it takes to build the product. Price = how much money are you selling it for.)
Step 6: What is your demand estimate?
How much do you expect to sell?
Step 7: Resources and money that you will put into the business
Remember - your full-time skill and effort are also a resource for the business! If your family and friends are working with you share that too.
Step 8: Clearly state your demand from the investor and how will you use the money
How much money do you want from investors? And how will you use it?
Prepare a business pitch for your business idea and plan! Present it to at least 5 people in your friend and family circle and note their feedback. Did they understand it? Did they find it interesting?
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Make your audience interested in your idea by sharing the most important problem you will solve. Ways of starting this: ‘Did you know..?’ ‘Have you ever faced this problem…?’ ‘Have you ever wanted a product or service that can…?’
MODULE 9
Step 1: Clearly state the problem you will solve
Activity Time!
325
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
326
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A business pitch is presented to investors who will help us with money and resources. 2. Investors can be government or private incubators or public and private sector banks. 3. A business pitch must clearly state how much money/ resources are required and how will we use them 4. Business pitch must start with the problem we are trying to solve with our business idea
MODULE 9
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The registrations for different types of businesses 2. How to register a business on Udyam website 3. The necessary rules and regulations for licences and taxes for a sole proprietorship
What do you understand about the word “legal”. Write down below.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.10 Basic Legal Functions Needed for Any Business
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about forms of business enterprises A business can be in many forms. It can be a Sole Proprietorship, Partnership or Private Limited Company. All 3 forms have different rules and regulations as per the Laws regulating business in India. Many laws protect the business owner, business partners and the customers, depending on the form of business enterprise (company).
Sole Proprietorship
Partnership
Any small business which is owned by a single person can be considered a sole proprietorship.
Any business which has to be legally owned by more than one person can become a partnership.
How to register a Sole Proprietorship business:
How to register a partnership:
Registration of the business is not compulsory Registering your enterprise on the Udyam portal will make you eligible for different schemes from the governments
A partnership deed is made on stamp paper. It must include the following details: •
Name of the firm.
•
Name of partners.
• • • • •
Nature of the business. Place of the business.
Capital contributed by each partner. Profit sharing ratio
Loans and advances
Private Limited Company Such a company is registered only for running operations at a very large scale. How to register a Pvt Ltd Company:
1. Obtain Digital Signature Certificate from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA)
2. Apply for a Direct Identification Number on the same website.
3. Reserve the company’s name on the MCA website
4. Fill out the mandatory company registration forms on the MCA website
327
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
•
MODULE 9
•
•
from the partners and the rate of interest.
5. Apply for the company’s PAN (permanent account number) and TAN (Tax collection account number) cards.
Salary and commission payable to the partners. Mode of valuation of goodwill in the event of retirement or death or insolvency of a partner.
Settlement of accounts in the case of dissolution of the firm.
If Bindu wants to start a small auto repair shop, which kind of business should she register for and why? Choose from the options below. Sole Proprietorship
Partnership
Private Limited Company
Let’s learn about how to register a business on Udyam
Certification of Registration is provided by the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME).
The Ministry of MSME is run by the Government of India to form and implement the rules, regulations and laws related to micro, small and medium enterprises in India.
Categories of Business
Micro
Small
Medium
Investment in Plant and Machinery or Equipment
> Rs 1 crore
> Rs 10 crore
> Rs 50 crore
> Rs 5 crore
> Rs 50 crore
> Rs 250 crore
Annual Turnover
(This means the total money a business makes in one year)
The registration can be done online for free on Udyam, an MSME-run website
328
You will need the following documents to complete the registration: •
Aadhaar (Unique Identity Card)
•
ITR: Income Tax Return (ITR)
• •
PAN (Permanent Account Number) Bank IFSC code (This is a unique code of your bank branch which is written in your bank passbook)
Explore Udyam website, and write down any 2 benefits of registering a business on Udyam.
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
To register your ‘Udyam’, log on to https://udyamregistration.gov.in
1. 2.
Let’s learn about mandatory (compulsory) rules and regulations for licences and taxes for a sole proprietorship For filing necessary taxes of a business which is operating as a sole proprietorship, all you need to do is the following: 1. Business name: Sole proprietors are under no obligations to select a trading name for their business. However, they are free to do so if they want. 2. Bank account: Although the person can continue their business with their existing saving account. They are advised to open a bank account separate from their personal savings account. 3. PAN Card of the individual: Since the sole proprietor is alone responsible for their business, their personal PAN card can be used for all the filling purposes. Separate PAN cards are not issued for proprietorship firms as they do not have a separate legal existence like a company. 4. Annual filing of income-tax
5. Shops & Establishment Licence (For business centres, offices, warehouses, stores, hotels, eateries, amusement parks, theatres, etc,)
6. Quarterly filing of Goods and S ervices Tax or GST (This is required ONLY if the annual turnover or income of a business is greater than Rs 20lakhs, and it also depends on the permissible limit offered by the state government).
Through online search or offline inquiry at your personal bank, find out the steps required to do the following: • •
Activity Time!
Get a PAN (permanent account number) card for an individual Open a bank account for a business
329
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
330
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are three types of businesses, ie sole proprietorship, partnership and private company limited 2. Sole Proprietorship is the simplest form of business from the point of view of mandatory registrations, financial reporting etc. 3. All businesses must file income tax returns every year 4. Businesses that generate an income of more than Rs 20 lakh (or the limit permissible as per their state government) have to file the Goods and Services Tax or GST.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.11 Marketing in the 21st Century
MODULE 9
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What is Marketing? 2. Importance of Marketing 3. 7P’s of Marketing
What do you understand about marketing? Select from the options below. Buying things in a market
Thinking Box
Going to a market
Different ways of advertising and selling products or services to customers
Let’s learn about marketing Marketing our product means doing different activities to make our product or service popular among customers in the market. It is the process of advertising our products in a smart way! The first rule of successful marketing is to know how to highlight the best qualities of our product. Let’s learn this skill by practising it on our own business idea. Write an advertisement for your business in the following format:
Product name here Unique qualities of your product! Unique qualities of your product!
Draw a picture of your product!
Unique qualities of your product!
Price Festival sale
Price discount
Something special is free!
Where can customers buy your product? Address | Phone number | Other details
331
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Write the names of the products or services whose advertisements you have enjoyed seeing on television or in the newspaper. State your reasons for choosing these products!
Let’s learn about the importance of marketing Why is it important to market your products or services? If we make products or services of great quality, shouldn’t that be enough to attract customers to buy our products? Unfortunately, no. Here are some of the reasons why marketing is really important: Marketing helps customers learn about the unique qualities of your products or services. Marketing helps customers compare similar products or services in the market.
Marketing helps customers know where the product or service they want is available - For ex: the name of the shop, app or website Marketing helps customers learn important information like price, availability, special discounts, etc. about our product or service. There are many products explained below. Which one do you like and why?
Tip: If you observe carefully, you will also learn some useful tricks of marketing!
Friendly Air Conditioner Repair • •
Service charges as per work Time: 10am-5pm / Monday-Friday
Try Tailor Shop • •
Fixed rate Rs500 per cloth Time: 10am-5pm/ Monday-Friday
Perfect Flexibility AC repair • •
Fixed service charges as per brochure Time: 24x7 service available
Star Tailor Shop • •
Latest designs
Time:10am- 10pm/ Monday-Friday
Top Price AC repair • • •
Time: 24x7 service available
Special Summer Discount 20% off
Super Tailor Shop •
Latest designs
•
Guaranteed stitching in 2 days
•
•
Time:10am- 10pm/ Monday-Friday
Special Summer Discount 15% off
Nice Bathing Soap
Rose Bathing Soap
Rainbow Bathing Soap
•
•
•
Seven different scents
•
Available online and at your nearest retail store
•
One fragrance, one price
Available only at retail store
•
Handmade with real rose petals Available for orders online
•
•
332
Fixed service charges as per brochure
Rs 30 only
Request a free sample by calling us on this number!
Q2. Which of the bathing soaps from the above example would you prefer to buy? State your reasons.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Q1. What kind of information should be included in advertisements to attract customers?
Let’s learn about the 7Ps of marketing A marketing plan for your business idea can be presented in the form of 7Ps of Marketing. 7Ps of Marketing helps us think about the complete process from production to sales! You can use this format to make your own marketing plan.
7Ps OF MARKETING Product
Price
Place
Promotion
People
Packaging
Physical evidence
P1: Product
P2: Price
Explain the product/service - talk about the features or qualities.
I can price my product like this:
1.
Product name
Quantity
Price
2. 3. 4. 5.
333
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
P3: Place •
•
Open your store or market your products in areas where potential customers hang out
Example: Tom wants to start a stationery shop. He should open a store or market his business near colleges, offices, and schools because these are the places where potential customers hang out. This will help him to get more customers as he is marketing his product in front of right set audience 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
P4: Promotion How you can inform customers about the product or service. (Choose as many as you like from the list.) Radio
Cable TV ticker
Newspaper advertisement
Fliers to be distributed at home Pamphlets
Social media (WhatsApp, Facebook, Instagram) Others (write)
I will give my customers following offers to make the product more attractive for them! Price discount (Example: 20% off!)
Festival offers (Limited time deals!) Free samples
Others (write)
P5: People
P6: Packaging
The people who will be selling the product to the customers. Training them, giving them a company uniform etc will help.
The way you package your product. You can use colours, unique materials etc.
P7: Physical evidence Show the product or service to the customers. When they can touch, feel or use the product or service, customers will be more likely to purchase it.
These images are called ‘company logos’. We see logos on packaging of these companies’ products or on the nameplate of their place of business. Do you recognise the names of these companies? Write these names in the given space.
334
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Marketing helps entrepreneurs educate their customers about the unique qualities of their product or service.
MODULE 9
2. Marketing helps entrepreneurs promote their products using price discounts, sales offers etc. 3. Marketing plan includes planning of how the product will be sold to potential customers. 4. 7Ps of Marketing stands for: Product, Price, Place, Promotion, People, Packaging and Physical evidence
9.12 Accounting for Business In this lesson you will learn : 1. The basics of business accounting 2. How to calculate the cost of goods/services 3. Simple money tracking template
You have Rs 100/-. You need to buy three things that you can use in your daily life. What would you buy? Product
Thinking Box
Price
Principal Amount: Rs. 100 Amount Spent: Saving:
Let’s learn about the basics of business accounting Accounting is the process of managing all money-related matters in a business - total earning, total spending, employee salary, loans, cost of advertising, product/services cost etc. Business accounting includes:
1. Keeping track of business costs - To know how much money you are putting into the business, and how much you are earning from it. It helps you determine the profits and losses and make stronger business decisions.
335
Business costs are generally categorized as fixed and variable costs. Every business owner must understand these costs to identify the most profitable price level for their products or services.
MODULE 9
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
2. Calculating the right price for your product/service - The price of a product/service depends on several factors. But, the most important factor is: How much does it cost you to produce this product/service?
Total cost
Variable cost
Fixed cost
Increases or decreases depending on how much we produce or sell
Remains the same for a specific time period.
Example:
Cost of raw materials, shipping costs, sales commission etc.
It does not depend on how much we produce or sell Example:
Rent, Equipment Costs, Admin/Management Salaries, insurance etc.
Q1. An ‘Entrepreneur’s salary’ is also a business cost. What kind of business cost is it? Why do you think so? Variable Cost Fixed Cost Reason:
Q2. Preeti is renting a kitchen to sell parathas for a tiffin service run by her. Is this kitchen rent a variable cost or a fixed cost? Why do you think so? Variable Cost Fixed Cost Reason:
Let’s learn how to calculate the cost of goods/services Product Price: Money we request customers to pay in exchange for our goods or services.
Product Cost: Money we invest into producing a good or service. Let’s see how we can calculate the cost of a single unit of goods that we produce. Value of a Paratha!
The next time you prepare some delicious parathas (or any other favourite breakfast item!), calculate the ‘cost’ of each piece of paratha.
336
Cost
Ingredients
—
Ingredient 1 (write name here)
MODULE 9
Ingredient 2 (write name here)
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Variable
Categories of Cost
Ingredient 3 (write name here) Ingredient 4 (write name here) Cost of procurement of ingredients (transportation, etc.) Your time (Remember to account for every minute including the time spent in cutting the vegetables or preparing the dough) Inventory cost (leftover dough, pickle or curd) Any other costs
Fixed
Operation and upkeep of kitchen
—
Cooking Utensils Gas Cleaning, etc. Cost of service Serving utensils Cleaning of dishes, etc. Any other costs: Total Cost No. of parathas made Cost per paratha (Total cost ÷ No. of parathas)
337
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Let’s say,
The cost per paratha is Rs. 500. The market price of paratha is Rs. 30 per paratha.
Nobody will buy a paratha for Rs. 500. You will have to sell it at a price similar to your competitors. You will not make any profit from selling just one paratha. You will have to sell many parathas to cover your total production cost and make a profit. When the money earned from selling parathas covers your total costs of business, its is called a break-even point. After crossing the break-even point, you need to sell more parathas to make a profit. Break-Even Point = Fixed Cost ÷ (Selling price - Variable Cost) So, if Fixed Cost of Parathas = Rs 1000, Variable Cost = Rs. 10, Selling price = Rs. 30 Break-Even Point = 1000 ÷ (30-10) = 50. This means you will have to sell more than 50 parathas at Rs. 30 to cover the total cost of the business. After selling 50 parathas, you will start making profits for your business.
Sunil has started a tailoring business where he makes shirts. The machines cost him Rs. 10,000. For making one shirt, he spends Rs. 40 for cloth, thread, electricity and labour. His competitors sell one shirt for Rs. 100. What is the total cost of making a shirt? Calculate his break-even point using the formula given in the above section. Fixed Cost of shirt = Rs. ________ Variable Cost = Rs. _______ Selling price of shirt = Rs. _______ Break-Even Point = Fixed Cost ÷ (Selling price - Variable Cost Break-Even Point = _____ ÷ ( _____ – _____ ) = _______________
Let’s learn about a simple money tracking template Here is a simple template for tracking your business expenses and revenue. Business expense: Money spent by us on producing the goods or services and keeping the business running. Business revenue: Money we receive from selling goods or services to customers/ wholesalers.
338
Business Expense
Fixed Cost
Variable Cost
Business Revenue Amount
Particulars
Amount
Rent of manufacturing unit
Rs. 1000
Sales (No. of jars sold x Price of 1 jar)
30 x Rs. 200 = Rs. 6000
Raw Ingredients (Mangoes)
Rs. 1000
Raw Ingredients (Oil)
Rs. 600
Raw Ingredients (Spices)
Rs. 400
Packaging Cost (Pickle jars etc.)
Rs. 1000
Delivery cost
Rs. 500 Total Revenue
Rs. 6000
Total Cost
Rs. 4500
Profit / Loss
Rs. 1500
Loan Repayment (if any)
Rs. 500
Balance Profit (if any)
Rs. 1000
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Income and Expenditure for the month ___________
MODULE 9
An example of a pickle-making business is given below. A total number of 30 pickle jars are sold in a month. The price of 1 pickle jar is Rs. 200.
Note: You can also use online apps for maintaining business accounts. Some of the apps are Vyapar, Mybillbook and Khatabook.
If you borrow some money from a friend or bank, would this money be considered an expense or an income? Expense Income
Calculate the total cost of the product or service you are planning to sell as part of your business plan. Remember to include the cost of your own time and skills (your salary!) when you calculate the cost of your product.
Activity Time!
339
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. The cost of producing a product or service is both variable and fixed. 2. Variable cost increases or decreases depending on the amount of product or service we produce. For example, the cost of paint for a house painting job is a variable cost, as the cost increases if the area that needs to be painted increases. 3. Fixed cost does not increase or decrease depending on the volume of product or service. For example, the cost of paint brushes in the above example is a fixed cost. 4. The break-even point of a business is calculated by dividing its fixed cost with the difference between its sales price per unit and its variable cost. 5. In order to make profit, an entrepreneur needs to sell more goods and services than his / her break even point. 6. We can track expenses and income in our everyday life with the help of basic accounting methods.
340
In this lesson you will learn : 1. Sources of funds to start a business or start-up
MODULE 9
2. Process of applying for funds 3. The requirement to apply for loans
Have you taken the benefit of any Govt schemes? Share about it here.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
9.13 Funding for Your Business
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about sources of funds to start a business or start-up A start-up is a new business, which has the potential to grow into a big company. Startups and new businesses need funds to start their work and to grow their business. There are many ways in which the Govt of India supports businesses and startups. They are:
Loans and Credit
Under the Government of India’s various schemes to promote entrepreneurship in the country, all public and private sector banks provide loans for starting a business. The most common loan availed by businessmen is the PMMY Mudra loan. In addition to this, there are several schemes which help entrepreneurs avail loans. Some of them are • • • •
District Industry Centres or DIC: These centres help entrepreneurs get loans under the Startup India scheme at a district level Small industries service institutes (SISI): These institutes provide entrepreneurs support at a state level. National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC): These institutes provide entrepreneurs support at a national level.
Small Industries Development Organisation (SIDO): This institute operates as part of the Ministry of Micro and Small Enterprises. It helps provide loans and other support facilities to all small business owners in the country.
341
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Incubation/Funding
Under the Atal Innovation Mission, Government is setting up Atal Incubation Centres (AICs). The government is also helping the Established Incubation Centres (EICs) grow. These incubation centres provide entrepreneurs support through financing, training and networking.
Others
Other ways for businesses to obtain financial support include venture capital funding and angel investors. Venture Capital funds are big companies that provide financing to startups that have the potential to become profitable in the future. Angel Investor is the word used to describe individuals who invest their money in a business.
Visit startupindia.gov.in and find out if there are special loan schemes for women entrepreneurs. Make note of the schemes available for women entrepreneurs in your state.
Let’s learn about the process of applying for funds Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency (MUDRA) Loan scheme is run under Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY). Mudra Loan Scheme offers loans to individuals, SMEs and MSMEs under 3 schemes: Shishu, Kishor, and Tarun. The maximum loan amount offered under MUDRA is Rs. 10 lakh. There is no minimum loan amount. No collateral or security is required by banks or financial institutions for a Mudra loan. A Mudra loan can be repaid within three to five years with flexible EMI options.
SHISHU: Loans upto Rs. 50,000 (For start-ups and first-time entrepreneurs)
MUDRA Loan
KISHOR: Loans upto Rs. 50,000 - Rs. 5 lakh (For entrepreneurs with existing business)
TARUN: Loans from Rs. 5 lakh - Rs. 10 lakh (For businessmen, loan amount to be used for business expansion
Kiran is just starting her beauty salon. She requires financial assistance for purchasing basic equipment used in a salon, like chairs, mirrors, and beauty products. Which Mudra loan should she apply for? State your reasons.
342
A MUDRA loan is available in both private and public banks. The following kinds of businesspeople can take a MUDRA loan: 1. A small manufacturer 2. An artisan
3. A fruit and vegetable dealer
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Let’s learn the requirements to apply for loans
5. An individual occupied in Agriculture (poultry, fisheries, livestock units, etc.) The minimum age of the person who is taking the loan should be 18 years.
MODULE 9
4. A shopkeeper
A MUDRA loan can be taken from any public or private sector bank. Following documents are required to apply for a MUDRA Loan. 1. A Mudra application form with two of your most recent passport-sized photographs
2. KYC documents such as your passport, voter ID card, driving licence, Aadhaar card, utility bills (water or electricity), PAN card
3. Special identity documents such as your caste certificate in case you belong to the SC/ST or any other special category 4. A proof of your business income
5. The address proof of your business
6. A proof of establishment of your business (if in case you are already running an enterprise) 7. Your bank account statements going back at least 12 months
8. Your Income Tax Returns (ITR) for the past 2 years, if applicable 9. Any other document requested by the bank officials
You need to follow these steps to apply for a Mudra Loan: Step 1: Visit a PMMY-authorised bank of your choice.
Step 2: Ensure you have a self-written business plan.
Step 3: Ask for the Mudra loan application form and fill in the required details.
Step 4: Submit the application form along with passport-size photographs and documents.
Step 5: Once all of the documents have been verified successfully, the loan will get approved and the desired amount will be credited to the mentioned bank account. SIDBI, State Bank of India and Private Banks offer loans to start a business.
343
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Documents required to avail a startup business loan Photographs
2 copies (passport-sized)
Proof of Identity
PAN Card, Passport, Aadhar Card, Voter’s ID, Driving License
Address Proof
Passport, Driving License, Aadhar Card, Postpaid Phone Bill, Voter’s ID
MODULE 9
Age Proof
Passport, PAN card
Bank Statements
Last six months
Proof of Income
Income Tax Returns, Salary Slips
Signature Proof
Bank verified signature, PAN Card, Passport
IFSC Code Proof
Cancelled/scanned cheque, copy of passbook’s front page of the same bank account
Visit your nearest bank and inquire about the details required in a business plan which is used to apply for a MUDRA loan.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A business can obtain financial support through a loan, incubation centre or venture capital firms and angel investors. 2. PM Mudra loan scheme is a good option for availing a business loan. It does not require any collateral or guarantees from loan seekers. 3. There are three types of loans available under Mudra schemes. These are Shishu, Kishor and Tarun. 4. Only business owners can apply for business loans. 5. One must submit a business plan as part of their loan application for PM Mudra loans.
344
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
9.14 Business Stories: Learning from Successes and Failures In this lesson you will learn : 1. Witness some of the Success stories of entrepreneurs 2. Learn from their life stories
How do you motivate yourself in times of failure?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about How entrepreneurs learn from failure Nandita Bijur overcame many difficulties when starting her business. Nandita is the owner of Uma Food Products - a company that is worth several crores of rupees. Nandita had a simple business idea - she could make delicious ice cream mix and she wanted to sell it. Nandita’s husband - Pramod - supported her idea. They decided to name their business ‘Yummy Ice Cream’. They made the ice cream mix at home. Soon the demand for Nandita’s ice cream mix grew. She rented a space for her first factory in Jogeshwari, Mumbai. She took a small bank loan for Rs. 70,000 for the premises and pledged her jewellery to get an additional loan for Rs. 40,000. The first year was very tough. Since her business was new, nobody gave her any credit. All her suppliers wanted cash, yet she had to supply her retailers and customers on credit. As Nandita became more successful, she launched new products such as Gulabjamun and Basundi mix. Nandita’s company soon had more than 40 such products. Nandita soon hired a distributor for her products. Her sales increased four times. Nandita invested Rs. 6 lakhs in TV commercials, magazine and newspaper advertisements, and billboards. Then one day, disaster struck.
There was already a company by the name of ‘Yummy Ice Creams’ in Goa. Nandita did not know this. She found out the name ‘Yummy Ice Cream’ was already registered and trademarked by someone else. The businessman from Goa stormed into her factory and her home with CBI officers. He threatened to sue her. The distributor intervened and they negotiated with the Goa businessman and settled out of court. This proved very expensive. Once again, after all these years, Nandita had no money. Her accounts in the banks had been closed. This was a very trying period.
345
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
Nandita changed the name of her company to ‘Uma Food Products’. Her packaged mixes were renamed ‘Et-mi’. The first thing she did was pay off the bank loan because she needed to have a bank account to write cheques. For this, she had to take another loan from a private lender at the very high rate of 24%. Nandita and her family worked hard to pay off all their loans. Nandita has now learned from her mistakes and has been running her business successfully now for more than 10 years.
A trademark is a product name that has been officially registered with Trademark Registry of India. Once a trademark has been registered by a business, no other business can legally use that product’s name to sell their own products. Why do you think it is important to get a trademark for your business?
Let’s learn about story of hard work and team work
This is the story of five brothers – PC Musthafa, Shamsudeen TK, Abdul Nazer, Jafar TK and Noushad TA – who started a small idli-dosa batter business from a 50 square feet kitchen in Bangalore. 15 years later, this small business has become Rs185 crore and their batter is sold not only all over India but also in several countries abroad. Musthafa is the son of a daily wage earner from a remote village, Chennalode in Wayanad Kerala. He was 10 years old when he dropped out of school. He had failed Class 5. But, his teacher encouraged him to return to school. With the help of his teacher, he started becoming a better student. After completing his school, he went on to become an engineer. His salary helped his family overcome poverty. He then returned to India with three objectives in mind – creating employment for young people in his village, spending more time with his parents and pursuing higher education.
He teamed up with his cousins Nazer and Shamsudeen who had started a Kirana store in Bengaluru and started working on their new business idea – selling idli dosa batter. He used his savings to set up the factory and he used his engineering know-how to create unique machines that helped them make the idlidosa batter in very large quantities.
Now, with the help of investments from Azim Premji and others who were impressed by the company’s success, the company has set up factories in Bengaluru, Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata, and the Middle East. Soon ID fresh will also sell idli batter in America! For PC Musthafa – the journey from dropping out of school in class 5 to becoming the CEO of a multi-crore business was not a short one. He worked hard for decades to achieve this success.
346
Visit a successful business in your city/town. This can be a shop, restaurant or any other kind of business. Request the business owner to share with you their motivation behind starting this business and overcoming challenges every day.
Activity Time!
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MODULE 9
In your opinion, how did PC Musthafa and his cousin’s previous work experience help them in growing their business at ID Fresh batter?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Business owners use their past experiences and skill to build successful businesses 2. Success is not easy or guaranteed in a business 3. The secret to growing your business is to choose the right team to support your growth 4. Business owners are ambitious and do not give up in the face of failure
347
In this lesson you will learn :
MODULE 10
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
10.1 Introduction to the World of Work 1. The difference between job and career 2. The difference between personal and professional life 3. How to prepare for the world of work
Name top 3 differences in how we need to behave in our personal and professional life
Thinking Box
Let’s identify the difference between job and career Has anyone asked what you want to do when you grow up? They are asking about your career and not your job! Are you confused? Read further to understand. Career means the kind of work a person does to reach their full potential. A career depends on a person’s strengths, goals and aspirations, beliefs, qualifications. Career results from various decisions that we make throughout life. It is a lifelong process. Career and job are different. Here are the differences between job and career:
S. No. 1.
Job
Career
A job has a definite starting point and ending point.
Our career is the real progression of our professional life. It can include many different jobs over the years.
For ex: Your job can be a teacher in a school.
348
For ex: In your teaching career, you can be a tuition teacher, school teacher, principal, trainer of other teachers etc
Careers are broad and include a person’s educational qualification, interests, abilities, skills, certification, and diplomas.
3.
The career is the connection between these multiple jobs.
A person’s career may include multiple jobs
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
Jobs are well defined and have a fixed title and salary.
MODULE 10
2.
For example, let us observe the principal’s career of your ITI. In their career, your principal could have had the job of being a trainer, a placement officer, or a deputy principal. Before becoming a principal, they would have undergone several training sessions and done many different tasks and jobs in the ITI. So in their career, they have done different jobs to reach their full potential.
Interest
Skills
Abilities
Certification Job
Education Qualification Job
What is the difference between a job and a career?
Diplomas Job
Career
Let’s understand the difference between personal and professional life Personal life consists of everything we do outside of your work. It can be our relationship, leisure time, time for us to rest, relaxation, entertainment, hobbies, family time, health and fitness, etc. Personal life is important as it enriches us and gives us time to rest/relax. Professional life refers to our working life. It can be our career, our business, or our job.
It is important to separate your personal and professional life. It will help ensure that we can be there for our family, friends, etc. It will also help us get results in your professional life. Here are some tips on separating your personal and professional life:
1. Have a specific time for work during which you only perform your tasks. Do not get distracted by talking to family members, social media, etc. 2. Take rests and short pauses to recharge yourself. Sitting in front of your computer desk the whole day will decrease your productivity.
3. Improve your skills from time to time. Read books, and attend seminars and workshops that will improve your skills.
Wor k Life
4. Prioritize your work tasks based on how urgent and important they are.
349
MODULE 10
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
Why is it important to balance personal and professional life?
Let’s learn how to prepare for the world of work The world of work is a place where people work or are employed. This can include finding a job, moving up in the job, finding new jobs, learning to be better at a job, etc. To grow in a job, we need to stay up-to-date about the latest skills and technologies. To prepare for the world of work, you need to focus on building a few important skills. You can start learning about these skills now, and keep on developing them as you grow in your career. These skills are: •
Communication skills
•
Critical Thinking
• • • • • •
Flexibility / Adaptability Decision making Problem-solving Digital Literacy Soft Skills
Self Learning
Tip: If you want to know the meaning of the skills mentioned above, search about it on Google.
Many skills and qualities are needed to succeed at work. Few of the important skills are listed below.
Activity Time!
Put a tick mark in one of the columns based on if you have already done this.
I have done this
I know my interests and abilities I can introduce myself to others
350
I will do this soon (mention by when you will complete this)
I have a PAN card and an active bank account
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
I have discussed my career plan with my family members
MODULE 10
I have a career plan
I have an email address I can search for jobs online I have a resume I have attended a mock interview I have conducted a Market Scan I have a plan to manage & save my money This is an individual activity. However, you can discuss it with a friend if you need some support.
351
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Career and job are different. Job is short-term. A career combines the different jobs, qualifications, and roles one has in their entire professional journey.
MODULE 10
2. Personal life is what we do outside of work. Professional life is our life in the workplace. 3. Work-Life balance is very important to have a healthy and happy life. 4. The world of work is a place where people work or are employed. We need to keep our skills updated to be relevant in work.
10.2 My Interests and Abilities In this lesson you will learn : 1. Difference between interests and abilities 2. Identifying your own interests and abilities
What are 3 things that you really like to do? 1. 2. 3. What are 3 things that you do very well? 1. 2. 3.
352
Thinking Box
Abilities
1.
Interests are those that one is passionate about.
Abilities are activities that one is good at and can.
2.
These are the activities that we love doing, but we might not be good at.
These are the activities that we are good at but may not give us joy.
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
Interests
S. No.
MODULE 10
Let’s learn the difference between interests and abilities
It is an interesting challenge to identify how we can match our abilities to fit into the areas we are interested in. It is possible to have abilities that we are not fully aware of. We come to know about our abilities when other people tell us that we are good at something. It is also possible that we can develop our abilities in a particular area, if we have an interest in it. Our interests and abilities may not be in the same field. Our interests might change through our lives.
Assessing interest and abilities in choosing a career Interests
Abilities
Career options
Q1. Zubia loves to draw. But she is good at singing. Which of the following is Zubia’s ability? a) Drawing b) Singing
Q2. Pakur is very good at cooking. He loves to dance. Which of the following is Pakur’s interest? a) Cooking b) Dancing
353
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
Let’s learn how to identify your own interests and abilities It is important to identify our interests while planning a career. Working on the activities of our interest gives us satisfaction and happiness. It is very important that an individual considers their strengths while choosing a career. Ability becomes an important aspect for an individual to succeed at a task. Having the ability to do the particular work helps the individual feel motivated. It also ensures that we deliver results at our workplace.
Let us now identify our interests and abilities. Think about your life and answer the questions. Interests Q1. If you had free time in the next 48 hours, what would you do with it?
Q2. What do you answer when people ask you “What is your interest?”
Abilities Q1. What talents do your friends and family know you for?
Q2. What skills do people usually come to you for?
Why is it important to identify our interests and abilities?
354
After completing school, he joined a diploma course in fashion design. He performed very well in theory and practical. He found out that he was very good at dress-making and embroidery. He completed the course with the top marks in his class.
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
Bishnoi is a successful fashion designer in Bombay. As a 15-year old boy, he used to love singing. He used to participate in many singing competitions. He went for a Talent Hunt auditions, but did not get selected. He felt sad, and decided not to sing anymore.
MODULE 10
Read The Given Paragraph And Answer The Questions.
Activity Time!
Q1. What is Bishnoi’s interest?
Q2. What are Bishnoi’s abilities?
Q3. Was Bishnoi aware of his abilities?
Q4. How did Bishnoi become aware of his abilities?
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Interests are those that one is passionate about. Abilities are activities that one is good at and can. 2. I know how to identify my interests and abilities. 3. I know my Interests and abilities.
355
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
10.3 Building My Career Pathway In this lesson you will learn : 1. Importance of career pathways 2. How to explore career pathways in different industries
What are the different career paths or routes open to you after completing your trade? 1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about the importance of career pathways Today we have a lot of career directions/ paths which were not available to earlier generations. On the one hand, it is exciting to have so many possibilities. But it can also feel stressful and confusing, if we have no sense of purpose or direction. We could waste precious time in low paying, unsatisfying jobs. Choosing a career path early can give us a good-start on a bright future. A career path is a series of jobs that help you progress towards your goals and objectives. For example, if your goal is to become a principal, you’d typically start as a teacher. You can apply for promotions and also learn leadership skills to reach your goal. After you complete studying, many career paths are available to you. You can choose any path, depending on your interests and abilities. Your career path is your decision, others can only influence or inform you! Tip: In the 21st century, newer jobs and career paths are getting formed every 5 years. So if you decide on a career path today, there is no need to stick to it 5 to 10 years later. If a better career path opens up for you, be free to follow it.
356
Thinking Box
•
Your interests, talent & ability
Demands, trends & jobs available in the market
With a career path you will: •
Have clarity on your future: Your goals can be clear to you, helping you choose the right jobs
•
Be flexible: You can choose your career path based on how the market demands are changing.
•
Learn the right skills: Based on how you want to grow, you can choose the skills you want to learn
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
•
MODULE 10
The most important thing in choosing a career path is to balance between two things:
Why is it important to plan your career path?
Let’s learn how to explore career pathways in different industries Form a group of 3 people. Look at the posters given. These are career pathway posters for the following careers: •
Fashion designing
•
Cosmetology
• •
Computer Operator and Programming Assistant (COPA) Stenographer
As a group, go through each of the posters in detail. After you have gone through the posters, answer the questions given at the end of each poster.
357
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
Q1. What are some of the skills required to take up this career?
MODULE 10
Q2. What is the starting salary one can expect in this career?
Q3. What are some new aspects that you learned about this career through this poster?
Q1. What are some of the skills required to take up this career?
CAREER PATHWAY
COMPUTER HARDWARE & NETWORK MAINTENANCE SKILLS TAUGHT IN ITI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Knowledge of basic electronics Assemble and repair Personal Computers (PC) & laptops Hardware and software installation in PC & laptops applications, and powerpoint presentation) printers, plotters, & scanners Setting up and configuring networking systems using network devices Sharing resources and internet connection through the network Implementation of network security protocol Installation and configuration of Windows and Linux servers Browsing online and email communication
SKILLS NEEDED BY COMPANY ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Knowledge of working, upgrading, troubleshooting PCs and laptops Server installation and configuration to manage Network security Safe handling of data Setup and configuration of Local Area Network (LAN) Knowledge of internet usage
Q2. What is the starting salary one can expect in this career?
CAREER PATHS FOR THIS TRADE ENTRY LEVEL Polytechnic Lab Assistant, ITI Workshop Assistant, Data Entry Operator, Network Trainee, Computer Service Assistant
JOB OPPORTUNITIES AFTER ITI ● ● ●
MIDLEVEL
Jobs in central government like railways Jobs in state government like government ITI, polytechnics, and engineering colleges Private companies like Wipro, HCL, Dell,TVS Electronics, VI Microsystems, & Zebronics India Pvt. Ltd
Senior Lab Assistant, Assistant Training - Network Technician, Computer Service Technician
SENIOR LEVEL Superintendent, Manager - Network Administrator, Computer Hardware Engineer
UPSKILLING OPPORTUNITIES ● ● ●
358
Apprenticeship (NAC Certificate). Crafts Instructor Training Scheme (CITS) to become an instructor in ITI Network academy course to become a network administrator
Q3. What are some new aspects that you learned about this career through this poster?
Q2. What is the starting salary one can expect in this career?
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
Q1. What are some of the skills required to take up this career?
Q3. What are some new aspects that you learned about this career through this poster?
CAREER PATHWAY
STENOGRAPHY Immediate Skill Requirements
Preferred Skill Requirements
Typing speed- 25 words per minute for English, 30 words per minute for regional language with 95% accuracy Shorthand speed- 80 words per minute for English, 100 words per minute for regional language with 95% accuracy Communication Skills Credibility and trustworthiness as stenographers handle confidential legal documents and proceedings
Proficiency in English speaking Grammar and intricacies of concerned languageEnglish or regional language Knowledge of legal or medical terminology- basis of organization requirement
Q1. What are some of the skills required to take up this career?
Job Opportunities After ITI Vacancies for stenographers are available from time to time at different Government Ministries and Institutions. They are advertised by SSC, UPSC for various departments and organizations. Apart from government institutions, there are plenty of opportunities in the private sector too. Entry level Secretary, Personal Assistant/ Executive Assistant, Computer Operator, Data Operator, Typist
Mid-level Company Secretary, Office Administration/ Coordination, Front Desk Executive
Career Opportunities Industry Finance and Accounts Book-keeping Office Administration/Management Hospitality Retail Front-Desk Operations
Upskilling Tally Accounts Modern Office Management Spoken English Modern Office Management
Senior level Executive Assistant to Director, Administrative Secretary
Q2. What is the starting salary one can expect in this career?
Q3. What are some new aspects that you learned about this career through this poster?
359
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
Continue with the same groups of 3 for this activity. As a group, decide on any one career path you want to explore (apart from the four careers mentioned in the last activity). Research on the career path that you choose. Try to collect information based on the headings given in the previous posters. Once you have collected the information, write it in the space given.
Share the information with the class at the end of the activity.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A career path is a series of jobs that help you progress towards your goals and objectives 2. In the 21st century, newer jobs and career paths are getting formed every 5 years 3. Choosing a career path is to balance between your interests, talent & ability + demands, trends & jobs available in the market 4. Creating career pathway posters can give a lot of clarity on that career
360
Activity Time!
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
10.4 Job Market Research In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to explore the world of work
MODULE 10
2. How to conduct a market scan
What do you understand by the words “Job Market”?
Thinking Box
How can you get information about the “Job Market”?
Let’s learn how to explore the world of work We have already learned about the world of work and its importance in previous lessons. In this lesson let’s learn how to explore it for the growth of our career.
1992
2002
2022
Over the past 30 years, workplaces in India have been transformed. Typewriters are replaced with computers and laptops. Landline phones have become mobile phones and so on. We have seen some of these changes happen in our homes and schools too. But have you ever thought of the jobs that have disappeared along with these changes? Are you aware of the new jobs that have been created?
361
MODULE 10
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
With the example of the image above, think and make a list of jobs that have disappeared and jobs that have been created in the past 30 years
S. No.
Jobs that have disappeared or reduced
New jobs that have been created
1.
Typewriter repair person
Computer technician
2.
Postman or Postwoman
Youtube videomaker
3. 4. 5.
The world of work is always changing. We must be fully aware of these changes. Only then we can plan our career pathway. Market Scan
Market scan is a process by which we can understand the ever-changing world of work. It helps us: • • • • •
Identify the different career pathways available for our interests and abilities
Understand in more details about our chosen careers Learn the how to be successful in our careers Develop a plan to achieve our chosen career Get inspired by others in our field
Let’s learn how to conduct a market scan 1. Identify the career pathways you are interested in: You already know the difference between a job and a career. While conducting a market scan, focus on a career and not just a job. Eg: Retail sales instead of a job at a supermarket.
2. Identify Sources of Information: Identify various sources where you can get information about your chosen career. Eg: Internet, industry visits, alumni, your teachers etc 3. Make a list of the different kinds of information needed: What are the various kinds of information you need to know about your career? Eg: educational qualifications
362
5. Prepare a Career Card: Bring together all the information you have collected about a particular career in one place. 6. Share your knowledge: Share your career card and your knowledge with your friends. Learn from and support each other so that all of us can grow together. Are you clear about how to conduct a market scan? Let’s talk about the various ways to collect data about a career in more detail. 1. Internet: You already know that not everything online is true or correct. So how can you make sure that you are getting the correct information? a. Government Websites: websites of the Ministry of Labour, Ministry of Human Resources etc have accurate information about various industries in the country. They can also help understand policies related to the industries. Policies can show trends of where the world of work is heading towards. b. Private websites: Trusted private websites such as career search websites ( Naukri, timesjobs, Monster etc), and professional networking websites ( Eg; Linked in) are all good sources to understand career options. They may also help you understand the requirements for a career option and talk to people already in that career.
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
4. Set targets and timelines: Set a timeline for yourself on how long you will take to collect all the necessary information from all your sources
MODULE 10
necessary, technical skills required, etc.
2. Newspapers and Magazines: Many newspapers and magazines publish supplements or articles focused on career information. They contain information about existing or new career pathways, interviews with professionals or experts in the field, or even about upcoming job fairs. 3. Career guidance agencies: These are agencies that provide services to help you understand your career interests and possible pathways. They can be in person or online, paid or free. 4. Discussion with Professionals: One of the best ways to learn more about a career is to talk to someone who is already associated with work. You can ask them how they started their journey, what are their goals and expectations, what does their workday look like etc. You can also ask them about what they like most about their career and what is most challenging.
Conduct a Market Scan
Activity Time!
As per the steps provided above, conduct a market plan to help you identify and select the best career path for you. Make sure to use all the above methods to collect information. Share your career cards with each other and discuss them in the class. Below is a sample table to guide you. Question
Information
Name Companies/Organizations where you can find this type of work? What are the qualifications necessary? 363
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
What are the additional skills required in this career? What does a day in the work life look like? What is the most exciting part of the work? What are some of the challenges faced in the career?
What are the growth opportunities? What is the expected salary for a fresher? Any other information necessary
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Market scan is helpful in understanding the ever-changing world of work. 2. Identifying the career pathways, source of information, target and timelines are crucial in market scan. 3. We must collect various data about a career using the internet, newspapers, career guidance agencies and working professionals.
364
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
10.5 Goal Setting for Your Career
MODULE 10
In this lesson you will learn : 1. How to define your long-term and short-term goals 2. How to use SMART goals to prepare a plan for a job or career
Mention the top 3 things you want to achieve in the next 1 year
Thinking Box
1. 2. 3. Mention the top 5 things you want to achieve in the next 5 years 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Let’s learn how to define your long-term and short-term goals You must have often heard the term goal. Your teachers, your parents, and your elders must have asked you “what is your goal”. What do they mean by goal?
A goal is what you deeply desire or wish for from your life. It is something you select from many choices, make a plan to achieve it and take the right actions to achieve it. Goal = Desire/Wish + Plan + Actions
365
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING MODULE 10
A long-term goal is something you want to achieve well into the future. Eg: Starting your own company.
Oh that’s a great goal. What are your steps towards it?
A short-term goal is something you plan to achieve within a year. Usually, it is one more step towards achieving one of your long-term goals. Sometimes they are also called Milestones. Eg: Identify 3 investors for your start-up.
Short-term goals
I want to start my own company that produces low cost home appliances First, I have to finish college with a top rank. Then I have to get some experience in a home appliance company. After that I will start on the steps for my own company
Long-term goals
Smaller and easier to achieve
Complex and harder to achieve
Timeline of weeks and months
Timeline of years
Larger in number
Fewer in number
Connected to your present situation
Uncertain and depends on achieving short term goals Short Term goals: CEO
A career goal refers to your vision of your career pathway. Eg: You want to become a CEO at a manufacturing company or you want to become an entrepreneur giving jobs to 100 people. Career goals also are long-term and short-term. Long term goal: Become CEO of a manufacturing company
Get promoted
Get a management degree Get a job at a manufacturing company
Graduate from ITI
And a lot of other steps like this till you can finally achieve your long-term goal.
366
Short-term goals
MODULE 10
Career goal
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
What is your career goal? What are the short-term goals that will help you achieve your career goal?
You can do the same exercise for your personal goals too.
SMART Goals
Rahul’s goal is to score high marks in his 10th exams. He decides to study more in order to achieve his goal. When the results came, Rahul scored 60%. This was more than he had ever received before but Rahul and his family were all sad. What do you think went wrong?
When we are setting our goals , we must be very clear about what we want. In the above example, ‘high marks’ is an unclear term. It can mean different things to different people. Similarly, what does study more, mean? If we have to achieve our goal, we need to be very specific and clear about it. SMART goals help us do this. SMART stands for
SPECIFIC
What exactly do you wish to achieve? Eg: I want to get at least 80% in my 10th exams.
M
MEASURABLE
It should be possible to measure whether you have achieved your goal and also if you are on your way to achieving your goal. Eg: I will study for 4 hours each day; I will take mock tests and check if I am close to my target.
A
ACHIEVABLE
Be realistic when setting your goals. Eg: If you are currently getting less than 50%, then aiming straight for more than 80% may not work out.
S
R
RELEVANT
Goals take time and effort. Make sure that your goals are useful for your personal and/or professional life. Make a list of why it is important to achieve this goal. Eg: Getting high marks in my 10th standard will help me get into my choice of subject for 12th or ITI.
T
TIMED
Have a specific timeline for your goal. Eg: This year’s 10th exam.
367
What is your career goal? Use the SMART goal method to detail your goal.
MODULE 10
CAREER DEVELOPMENT AND GOAL SETTING
When you set your goals to be SMART, you are also simultaneously planning to achieve your goal. SMART goals are designed to help you define your goal, plan how to achieve them and identify if you have achieved them.
Activity Time!
Goal:
S
SPECIFIC
M
MEASURABLE
A
ACHIEVABLE
R
RELEVANT
T
TIMED
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A goal is the desired result that one purposefully selects, plans for and commits to achieve. 2. A long-term goal is something one wants to achieve well into the future and that will take significant time. 3. A short-term goal is something one can achieve within a quick time frame. 4. Milestones are the steps towards achieving long-term goals. 5. The SMART goals help us to be Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-Bound.
368
CUSTOMER SERVICE
11.1 Customer Service and Relationship Building
MODULE 11
In this lesson you will learn : 1. The importance of customer service and interaction 2. The need to build customer relationships 3. How to build good relationships with customers
What do you think is the meaning of customer service? Give 2 examples.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the importance of customer service and interaction Customer is a person who buys a product or service. Customer service is the service that we give a customer before, during or after a purchase. For example when you go to a departmental store, the sales person near you volunteers to find the products and helps you with. When you go to buy a mobile phone, the sales person identifies your needs and starts giving you more options for mobile phones that you might want to buy. These are a few examples for customer service. Why is customer service important?
1. When customer service is good, customers will come to the shop to buy products and services again and again. This means that the business will grow. 2. Happy customers will talk to others about the products and service. So more new customers are created.
369
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
5 Simple ways by which good customer service/ interaction can be achieved. 1. Smile and greet customers. 2. Help them with patience.
3. Clear the customers’ doubts wherever necessary.
4. Talk to them, understand their needs and support them accordingly.
5. You can share your goodwill by informing them about offers, discounts and new launches too.
Here is a list of good and bad ways to provide customer service. Tick the good and bad ones from the checklist. Good
Good
Bad
1. Patience
7. Complaints
3. Product Knowledge
9. Delay in service
2. Smile 4. Rude
5. Ignore the customer
6. Pushing to buy ignore
Bad
8. Follow up
10. Dishonest
11. Not knowing your customer 12. Disrespect
Let’s learn about the need to build customer relationship The need for customer relationships is beyond putting a smile on the customer’s face. It is needed to: 1. Create a Positive Relationship: By understanding and resolving the concerns of the customer.
2. Retain Customers: By making customers come back again and again to buy the products/ service.
3. Ensure Customer Satisfaction: A fully satisfied customer becomes an Ambassador of the business. So one must work towards customer satisfaction.
What will happen if we don’t develop a good relationship with customers?
Let’s learn about how to build good relationships with customers Good relationships with customers can be built with time, effort and trust. The 4 C’s to create good customer relationship
370
Create
People never forget how you made them feel, so create a unique experience for your customers. Confirm
The unhappy customers are the greatest source of learning. Get feedback regularly and confirm the quality of your service.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Identify your customers. Let your customers understand your product or service. Connect with your customers through social media, ads etc.
MODULE 11
Connect
Commit
Keep up the promise and respect your customers’ time.
Visit a couple of shops alone or with your friends. Do a keen observation of their customer service right and rate them on the basis of the checklist shared earlier. Come back and discuss your experiences with each other.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Customer service is the service that we give a customer before, during or after a purchase. 2. The growth of a business is based on how we treat and interact with our customers. 3. Create a positive relationship, retain customers, ensure customer satisfaction is important in maintaining customer interaction 4. We must practice 4 C’s to build good relationships with customers
371
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
11.2 Types of Customers In this lesson you will learn : 1. Who is a customer 2. Different types of customers 3. How to communicate with the different types of customers
Thinking Box
What are the different ways through which customers can help a business grow?
Let’s learn about who is a customer 1. A customer is a person who buys a product or service from a seller or vendor through a financial transaction. 2. Customers bring the revenue for a business. So they are very important for small businesses as well as for big businesses.
3. Customers have the choice to choose their products / brands / services. All businesses have to compete with each other to attract customers with their new ideas and offers
As a customer, write down your favorite products or services. Products
372
Services
There are 5 types of customers:
Dissatisfied Customers
New Customers
MODULE 11
Identifying the different types of customers helps us to deal with them effectively.
1. New Customers – A customer who buys a product / service for the first time
2. Loyal Customers – A customer who repeatedly buys a product or service. 3. Dissatisfied Customers – A customer who is not happy with the product or service and has complaints towards it.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Let’s learn about different types of customers
Loyal Customers
Researching Customers
4. Researching Customers – Customers who do a lot of analysis, comparisons and reviews before buying or using any product or services. You may need to engage with them several times.
5. Bargaining Customers – A customer who looks for offers / best deals / discounts or additional benefits in their purchase and argues for the same.
Bargaining Customers
Recall an incident when you were an ‘angry customer’. How could the customer service be better to not make you angry?
Let’s learn about how to communicate with different types of customers Best ways to handle the different types of customers 1. New Customers •
• • •
The good thing about this type of customer is they have already finished their research and are very close to buying a product/ service. Guide them with more options.
Keep the customer well informed about the product or service details. In short, be ready to answer all their queries.
2. Loyal Customers • •
Show appreciation to such customers.
Provide them with additional benefits & special offers.
• A well-written thank you note along with some discounts can also make them feel happy.
373
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
3. Dissatisfied Customers •
Show them empathy in the first place.
•
Act very quickly.
• Make them understand that you are eager to solve their problem. •
Do not hesitate to apologize.
4. Researching Customers •
Ensure to provide maximum details.
•
Provide them with comparison against competitors.
• •
Talk about testimonials and user feedback.
Allow them to use samples and show them demonstrations.
5. Bargaining Customers •
Make them understand the value they gain from customer service. Treat them specially.
•
Fix the right price.
•
They will be attracted to huge deals and sales.
As a customer, what will be your 3 most important expectations? 1. 2. 3.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A customer is a person who buys a product or service from a seller or vendor. 2. Customers have the choice to choose their products / brands / services. 3. Identifying the different types of customers helps us to deal with them effectively. 4. Keeping customers well informed about the product, solving problems, attracting them on huge deals and sales will promote business.
374
Activity Time!
CUSTOMER SERVICE
11.3 Probing to Identify Customer Needs
MODULE 11
In this lesson you will learn : 1. Recognize the importance of understanding customer needs & expectations 2. How to identify customer needs 3. Practice probing with customers
What questions can you ask to understand customers’ needs?
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the importance of understanding customer needs & expectations Let’s imagine that you are growing a tomato plant. What will ensure that your plant grows big, red tomatoes?
Only if a business can understand its customer needs and expectations, it can achieve the following:
Firstly you need to understand the needs of the plant. Next you provide proper care for the plant. If you grow plants with love, care and passion, you will be rewarded with a rich harvest. Isn’t it? The same logic applies to customers too!
Knowing and understanding customer needs is the key of every successful business. Caring for customers is key to growing your business!
Repeated Sales
Stay Updated
The basic reason to understand the customer’s needs is to provide them with what they need. That makes the customer happy. Customers who love your product/service are likely to promote you to similar customers in the market. Building Trust
Be a Competitor
375
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
Imagine that you are a regular and happy customer of a vegetable shop near your home. How will you help the vegetable business to grow?
Let’s learn about how to identify customer needs Identifying customer needs is simple. Check about the following five areas with customers:
Price - What is the price range customers have.
Choice – What kind of product or service does the customer like. For ex., colors, material, feel which customers like
Quality – What kind of quality do the customers need
Experience - What kind of customer service will make the customer feel good?
Convenience – What kind of use is the customer looking for? For ex., do they want a shoe to walk in rainy season or football shoes?
Think and write down from your experience as a customer How your need was identified and fulfilled while buying a product or service?
Let’s learn how to practice probing with customers Probing is a way to understand the customer’s needs and emotions by asking the right questions and to deliver a better service. To practice effective probing with customers, we can follow funnel technique.
376
1. Open Questions
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Ask questions that help to understand the feelings, thoughts and opinions of a customer. This will help to continue the conversation further. Ex: What are you looking for? Are you buying for yourself or is it a gift? 2. Probing Questions
MODULE 11
These questions help us to go deeper into the conversation and give more clarity on the customer needs and expectations. Ex: What is your budget range? What is the age of the person you are buying for? 3. Closed Questions
These questions are asked to get particular information or a specific detail.
Ex: Will this product suit your needs? Do you think your friends will like this product?
You are a customer in the National Clothes Center. You are buying a dress for your sister. Your classmate is the salesperson of the dress shop. Practice probing questions. Enact in front of your class. Write down the various questions you will use in the role play.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Understanding customer needs is the key to a successful business. 2. Understanding customer needs will help in sales, building trust and staying updated with market trends. 3. Identify customer needs by checking about - price, quality, choice, convenience, experience. 4. Probing is a great way to check customer needs. 5. Probing: Open questions ->Probing questions -> Closed questions
377
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
11.4 Simple Techniques for Communicating with Customers In this lesson you will learn : 1. Importance of using selling techniques 2. Using simple selling techniques: FAB & Cross Selling 3. Selling to Customers
Thinking Box
Put a on the correct option. The selling technique should be based on: Customer needs Our choice
Let’s learn about the importance of using selling techniques All businesses require some type of selling. Customers can sense if a salesperson is dishonest or not confident. That is why it is important to earn their trust and build a relationship.
You must practice your voice tone, body language(maintaining eye contact) and closing a sale after making your pitch. Selling techniques help us in building a relationship with the customer and making sure that they make a purchase.
We should practice a few things to be able to make a successful sale. Put a tick for the correct options: Voice tone Cooking
Eye contact
Body language
Chatting with friends
Using simple selling techniques Here are two simple selling techniques every salesperson should know and practice:
FAB
Cross Selling
FAB: FAB is a logical approach that helps a customer to discover the product or service.
378
Advantages
Benefits
The characteristics of a product or service, which can be Technical, Physical or Descriptive
The actual functionality of features in a product or service
The usefulness and the improvement that customer can get it by using the product or service
MODULE 11
1. Provides a clear idea on the benefits of the product or service.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Features
2. Helps customers make better choices.
3. Increases the sales and profit for the business.
Let’s learn how to practice FABing. By identifying FAB of the product or service we can start writing the FAB statement for our sales. It has 3 easy steps. List down all the features of a product or service. Write down one or two advantages of each feature. Get into customers’ shoes and write a benefit statement. Product Name: Smart Phone Features
Advantages
Benefits
•
4000 mAh battery
•
Long lasting battery
•
More power storage
•
120 megapixel camera
•
Good pictures
•
Capturing more image
• • •
Fingerprint sensor Wireless charging
64 GB RAM & 2.0 GHz processor
• • •
Security
Handy charging Fast processing
• • •
Personalized lock
Charge battery without cable and plug
Running apps to store their data & processing speed
The FAB statement for the above smartphone. “The long lasting battery with 4000 mAH will help you to use the mobile for whole day with just one time wireless charging. The fast processor allows you to use multiple applications at same time. You can take beautiful pictures with 120 mega pixel camera. 64 GB RAM supports you with more storage capacity”.
Identify a product/service around you and write down a FAB statement for it Product Name:
379
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Advantages
MODULE 11
Features
Your FAB Sales Statement
Let’s learn about cross selling Cross Selling is a sales technique that aims to market additional products to the customers. Why cross selling
1. Adding value to the customer
2. Increasing the overall revenue 3. Customer Engagement How to do Cross Selling 1. Identify related products and services suitable for cross selling.
2. Identify suitable customers to cross sell the products and services. 3. Develop a cross selling promotions and suggestion plans.
380
Benefits
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
Visit any nearby shop/market. Make a list of products or services that are sold using cross selling technique.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. You must practice voice tone, body language and closing a sale for making a successful sale 2. Selling techniques help us in building a relationship with the customer and making sure that they make a purchase. 3. A FAB Statement helps in explaining the Features (facts & specifications), Advantages (usefulness), and Benefits (functionality) of a product or service. 4. Cross Selling is a sales technique that aims to market additional products to the customers.
11.5 Closing Sales and Customer Feedback In this lesson you will learn : 1. Importance of closing a sale or service
3. Customer feedback and Satisfaction
2. How to close a sale or service
What do you think the words “closing a sale” means? Use Google and find out more!
Thinking Box
381
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Closing a sale means the process of completing a sale.
MODULE 11
Let’s learn how to close a sale or service
There are 2 major opportunities to close the sale. They are:
The battery life is longer than my previous phone
You can also get 5% discount upon return of your old phone
Closing is the stage where the buyer commits to buy the product or service.
Closing techniques is an essential skill to become a better salesperson.
Select the statements which show closing the sale. Here are two statements What are the features of this product? I will buy this phone, it looks good.
Let’s learn how to close a sale or service
There are many closing sales techniques. The 3 most important closing sales techniques are: Now or never closes:
The sales person tells an exclusive benefit and creates a sense of urgency and moves the customer to make a decision to buy. Example: “This offer exists only for today” Summary closes:
The sales person keeps reminding the value and benefits of the product or the service in order to close the deal. Help the customer to visualize the points discussed by an impressive summary. Example: “ So we have the SmartTV with wider screen, 5 years guarantee and with accessible service centers. When would be the good time to deliver?” Question closes:
The sales person closes the sale in the form of a question. The question aims either for a closure or more information to understand the reason for not closing the sales. Example:
Does this offer meet your expectations?
Is there a specific expectation that is not being met with this offer?
Do a Google search to find more closing sales techniques and write it below. Closing Sales Techniques
382
The easiest way to find the happiness and satisfactory level of a customer is by getting their opinion.
Customers sharing their experience and opinion about a product or service is called customer feedback. The performance of a business is directly connected to customer satisfaction. So it is important that customers are happy to use the products or services delivered.
MODULE 11
Customer feedback is important for the below said reasons:
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Let’s learn about customer feedback and satisfaction
Serves as a guide for the business
Improve products and services
Sign of valuing customer
Simple and effective ways to collect feedback from customers. 1. Ask for review on social media
3. Customer testimonial
2. Customer feedback survey
383
CUSTOMER SERVICE MODULE 11
Have you ever done online shopping? Go to any online shopping portal (amazon/myntra/flipkart) and choose any item. Check out customer feedback in the reviews section and note down key experiences shared by customers.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Closing sales technique is an essential skill for a salesperson. 2. The 3 important closing techniques- Now or never close, summary close, question close. 3. Customer satisfaction is the key to business growth. 4. Feedback helps us to understand the expectations of the customer. 5. Simple and effective ways of getting feedback- review through social media, customer surveys, and customer testimonials.
384
Activity Time!
In this lesson you will learn : 1. Being part of a positive workplace.
MODULE 12
2. Building healthy relationships at the workplace. 3. How to conserve energy in the workplace.
You have joined a new workplace. Note your ideas of your dream workplace in the table below: What will make it a positive work environment?
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.1 Positive Work Environment
Thinking Box
What will make it a negative work environment?
Let’s learn about being part of a positive workplace When you join a workplace, you will spend 8 hours a day there at your workplace everyday. That is 1/3rd of your day! The place we work in has a huge influence on how we feel about our job. A positive work environment will make you feel good about coming to work, and provide you with the motivation to keep working throughout the day. Workplaces where there is trust, cooperation, safety and support create positive experiences for both employees and employers. What makes a workplace positive?
Work-life balance
Good physical work conditions like lighting, noise, temperature, ventilation, etc.
Workplace safety guidelines
Positive Work Environment
Quality of equipment
Open and honest communication
Supportive supervisor & coworkers
Growth opportunities
385
Things they like at their workplace
Things they want to change at their workplace
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Talk to a friend or family member who is employed. Find out what they like about their work environment and things they would like to improve in their workplace. Tip: You can refer to the diagram on the previous page to ask questions. For example: Are your supervisors and coworkers supportive?
Let’s learn how to build healthy relationships at work When you join a workplace, you will be introduced to many new people whom you will meet almost daily. You will have a new supervisor and coworkers. You may even work as a part of a big team It is important that you develop positive professional relationships with your coworkers at your workplace. It leads to increased job satisfaction and motivation. Here are some tips to help you:
Greet your coworkers everyday.
Make a plan for your day. If you require the support of your coworkers, inform them in advance. Reach out politely if you have questions or need help.
Express gratitude and thank people when they help you.
Be a good listener.
Support your coworkers when they ask you for help.
Let’s learn how to conserve energy in the workplace Conservation of energy means to use less resources (electricity, water, paper, chemicals, fuel etc) and save energy. Energy conservation can be successful when all the employees of a company contribute to save energy. The company also needs to create the right policy & rules to save resources.
386
Switch off lights when not in use.
•
Switch off equipment when not in use.
• • • •
Upgrading out-dated equipment to more energy efficient options. Print only when needed.
Use renewable energy like solar energy Save water by using less water
Find out a few tricks online to conserve energy in your home and office.
Activity Time!
MODULE 12
•
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
The few best practices that can conserve energy in workplace:
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Positive workplace impacts the quality of work. 2. Need to develop good qualities to build healthy relationships in the workplace. 3. Saving energy in the workplace saves money as well as the non-renewable resources of the earth.
387
In this lesson you will learn : 1. Importance of personal grooming
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.2 Personal Grooming and Hygiene 2. Maintaining personal hygiene 3. How to groom yourself
What do you do to maintain your personal hygiene?
Let’s learn about the importance of personal grooming When in school, you had to wear a uniform every day. Your teachers told you to wear the clean, ironed uniform and shoes. They may have also told you to tie your hair neatly and cut your nails regularly. This is called grooming. Grooming is the process of taking steps to look neat and presentable. This includes how you take care of yourself and your appearance. This is necessary especially when you go for an interview and join a new job. Personal grooming has an influence on: 1. How you feel about yourself 2. How other people see you
Why is Grooming important? •
Creates a positive first impression
•
Indicates that you are a professional
• • •
388
Helps you feel confident Shows self-discipline
Improves people’s opinion of you
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about maintaining personal hygiene Good personal hygiene means keeping all parts of your external body clean and healthy. It is important to maintain both physical and mental health. People with poor personal hygiene, the body provides an environment for germs to grow, and could make you fall sick easily.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
You need to make a good first impression in your new job. How will you present yourself? Write down top 5 points.
Let’s have a look at some good practices to maintain personal hygiene: Wash your hands regularly with soap and water before eating, after using the toilet, after returning home from public places, etc. Brush your teeth twice a day.
Shower everyday and wash your hair at least once a week.
Do not share personal products like earphones, toothbrushes, cobs, etc.
Keep your nails of your fingers and toes clean at all times. Maintain good menstrual hygiene when you have your period. Wash yourself properly every time you change your pad. Keep your surroundings like your home and work desk clean and organized at all times.
389
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Your family and teachers have taught you good, personal hygiene habits from a very young age. Mention 5 good habits that you follow regularly. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Let’s learn the steps to groom yourself When going for an interview or an industrial visit, you are required to dress neatly in formal attire. Let’s have a look at what this means.
For men:
For women:
•
•
•
Wear a shirt and pants with formal shoes.
•
Make sure your clothes are ironed well.
• • • •
390
White or light coloured shirts are best. Wear matching socks.
•
Wear a shirt and pants; or a kurti and salwar.
•
If you’re wearing heels do not wear very high heels.
Shave and get a haircut or if your hair is long.
•
Carry your resume and documents in a folder or a bag.
•
Avoid wearing strong perfume and deodorant.
• •
Make sure your clothes are ironed well.
Keep your makeup light and natural. Don’t wear strong perfume.
Hair should be neatly styled or tied back.
Carry your resume and documents in a folder or a bag.
MODULE 12
Make sure the uniform is clean and ironed Wear high heels Have a bath in the morning Wear bright coloured socks Not carry a bag and id card Forget to comb your hair
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Your ITI is taking you for an industrial visit. Your trainer has asked you to wear your uniform and groom yourself well. Pick the steps you will follow:
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Grooming is the process of taking steps to look neatly and presentable. 2. Maintaining hygiene is important for good health. 3. Formal dressing should be followed when going to an interview or industrial visit
12.3 Managing Stress in the Workplace In this lesson you will learn : 1. Meaning of stress 2. Types of stress 3. How to deal with stress in the workplace
What I already know about stress? 1.
Thinking Box
2. 3.
391
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Let’s learn about the meaning of stress Stress is what we feel when we are worried or uncomfortable about something. It can be a physical, mental, or emotional reaction.
“Oh, I am really stressed”
You can be stressed when you: •
Face big changes in your life
•
Have a lot of responsibilities - in personal life and workplace
•
• • • •
Are worried about something, especially family, health, money, job etc.
Feel a lot of pressure, especially at work
Don’t have a supportive manager or coworkers Don’t have enough work or change in your life Don’t have good and comforting relationships
Look at the image and recognize the cause for stress 1. Less work to do
2. Lot of work to complete
Let’s learn about types of stress In everyday life, we generally use the word ‘stress’ to describe negative situations. This may make you believe that any type of stress is bad. But, that’s not true! Not all stress is bad. Good stress is the type of stress you feel when you ride a roller coaster, start a new job or appear for a test or a job interview. Good stress is helpful to make you perform well. Bad stress is caused by painful events such as loss of a loved one, injury or illness, lack of important needs, or being bullied or abused. Long term stress can lead to lifelong physical and mental health issues. It can cause headaches, sleeplessness, weight gain, anxiety, pain and high blood pressure.
Good Stress vs. Bad Stress
392
Good stress:
Bad stress:
•
•
•
Is short term.
•
Increases focus, and improves performance.
Makes you feel excited, and motivated.
•
Can be short term or long term.
•
Leads to poor concentration and performance.
Makes you feel fearful and hopeless.
Bad Stress
Let’s learn about how to deal with stress in the workplace
Stress doesn’t just affect our mental health and mood; it also affects our physical health. That is why it is important to deal with stress properly. Common situations like attending an interview, being late for work due to traffic or meeting a deadline for a task can cause stress in the workplace. We cannot control the situation, but we can learn how to face it. Let’s learn about some of the healthy ways to deal with stress: •
Identify the reason for stress
•
Communication and honesty is the best way to deal with workplace stress
•
• • • • • •
Socialise
Breathe
Sleep
Exercise
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Good Stress
MODULE 12
Think of the different stressful situations in your life. Pick the top 2 types of good and bad stress you have.
Try to sort out the problem as soon as possible, by talking to the HR or your supervisor
Focus only on your work - Do not get involved with workplace politics Eat healthy, well balanced meals.
Make a list of all the tasks you need to complete and prioritize them.
Practice relaxation techniques like deep breathing exercises, and meditation. Try to get some restful sleep. Take time off to relax.
These tips will also help you in achieving a healthy work - life balance.
1. Mention some of the things that make you feel stressed.
Activity Time!
2. List some ways you can manage or ease stress.
393
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Stress is caused when we are worried or uncomfortable about something. 2. Long term stress can lead to lifelong physical and mental health issues.
MODULE 12
3. Good stress is helpful to make one perform well. 4. One must cultivate some of the healthy ways to deal with stress
12.4 Building My Resume In this lesson you will learn : 1. Identify the key components of a resume 2. Practice writing your own resume 3. Check your resume for common mistakes
Have you made a resume before? Yes
No
What details should be mentioned on a resume?
Thinking Box
Let’s identify the key elements of a resume To apply for jobs after your ITI course, you will be asked for a resume. A resume is your first mode of introduction to a potential employer. In many cases, your resume is the first document an employer will look at when reviewing your job application, and therefore is a “first impression.” It’s important to put time and effort into developing and maintaining an updated resume while looking for jobs. The key elements of a Resume are: •
Personal information
•
Education qualification
• • • • •
394
Career objective
Work / Internship experience
Achievements / Extra-curricular activities Hobbies Skills
Full Name: Current address:
Mobile number: Email address:
Career Objective
In one or two short sentences summarize the goal for your job search.
The goal statement should be related to the specific position and skills for which you are applying. Example 1: To use my knowledge of circuits, wiring and computers to contribute to the growth of this company as an Electrician Example 2: To document and organize all the company documentation through my skills as a Typist.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Contact Information
MODULE 12
Let’s practice writing your own resume
Hobbies Activities you involve in your free time Examples: Reading books / Listening songs / Painting / Playing sports 1. 2. 3. Skills Soft skills Example: Your strengths like – Responsible, Hardworking, Adaptable etc., 1. 2. 3. Hard skills Example: Your technical skills like – Computer skills and other skills 1. 2. 3. Personal Information Father’s or Mother’s Name: Date of Birth: Languages Known:
Education Qualification (Start with the highest qualification to the lowest qualification) 1. Diploma in from in the year . Overall percentage:
2. HSC in from in the year . Overall percentage: 3. SSC in from in the year . Overall percentage:
Work and Internship Experience Part-time jobs, Internships, Volunteer work Intern at company name (00 month-00 month 2019) Key responsibilities: 1. 2. 3.
Achievement / Extracurricular activities Academic / Athletic and or other recognition. (Include the name of the award/honor, who awarded it, and when it was awarded.) 1. 2. 3.
395
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Finally add your Date / Station / Your signature
Let’s check your resume for common mistakes. Dos while making a resume: • • • • • • •
Don’ts while making a resume:
Your resume has to be one or two pages.
•
Make your resume error free. Seek someone’s support to proofread it for you.
•
Use a simple, easy to read font style, 1014 points.
• •
Keep it in a neat folder.
•
Different formats of resume can be found online, choose simple and suits you best.
Put an incorrect phone number or email id on your resume Lie on your resume about any information
Using an unprofessional email address
Write anything negative in your resume. Mention salary expectations on your resume
Mention all trade related and technical skills in detail Provide information about your past work experience and your role
Activity Time!
1. Prepare your own resume in a word document using the above information you have noted and and take a print out. 2. Let us Review. Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Team up with one student in your class.
Exchange each other’s resumes and use the checklist given to check each other’s resumes.
Share feedback with your partner!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A resume is your first mode of introduction to a potential employer 2. The key elements of a Resume are personal information, career objective, education qualification, work / Internship experience and skills.
396
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are interview skills? 2. How to prepare for an interview
MODULE 12
3. How to follow up after the interview
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.5 Preparing for an Interview
How do you prepare for any interview? Share 3 tips.
Thinking Box
1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about interview skills An interview is a conversation between two or more people (the interviewer and the interviewee). Interviews are done by employers to check if the candidate is suitable for the job. Many candidates are interviewed before the final candidate is chosen. Interview skill is your ability to convince the interviewer that you are suitable for the job role The important interview skills are: •
Clear communication
•
Active listening
• • •
Positive body language Confidence
Preparing for interview questions
True or False? Q1. Employers interview only 1 person for a job True/ False Q2. HR manager conducts the interview True/ False Q3. Interview is a casual conversation between two people True/ False
397
There are 3 stages to the interview process: Before, During and After
Before
During
After
1. Prepare on questions related to the resume
1. Speak slowly and clearly
1. Take the interviewer’s email ID and phone number
3. Reach the interview location on time
3. Listen to the interviewer
2. Eat and rest well
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Let’s learn how to prepare for an interview
4. Read the job description clearly
2. Maintain eye contact while speaking 4. Answer the questions asked by the interviewer clearly 5. Dont get into unnecessary debates and discussions 6. Ask questions to the interviewer
2. Be patient to hear back from the interviewer
3. Call back after a week to follow up on your results
4. Ask the interviewer for feedback on how you can do better
7. Thank the interviewer What to take to the interview?
Multiple copies of the resume
Original & photocopies of the educational qualification certificates Photographs ID proofs
Experience certificates of previous organizations, if any What to wear to the interview? •
Neatly ironed, formal clothes
•
Comb your hair well and away from your face
• • •
Be tidy and maintain personal hygiene
For Men: Shirt & trouser with well-polished shoes
For Women: Salwar kameez, saree or shirt & trouser
Here are some important things to do in the interview process. Write what needs to be done before, during and after the interview.
Things to do Research about the company Keep eye contact Thank the interviewer for taking your interview Answer the question that was asked Make a few copies of your resume Shake the interviewer’s hand
398
When to do? - Before, During or After
Set your goals and be clear about them Be confident when answering (even if you don’t feel confident), be positive and bold
Let’s learn about how to follow up after the interview
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Prepare and practice for the questions you may be asked
MODULE 12
Follow up the company/interviewer through phone call or email to check your progress
Before leaving the interview, politely ask about the next steps with Employer.
If the results were not announced and the interviewer asked you to stay in touch, do wait for a few days. After waiting a few days, if there is still no communication from the Employer, you can follow up with the Employer. How to follow up? You can follow up through a telephone call (If you have the number) or an E-mail (If you have email address) Follow up in Phone call Step 1: Greet them
Step 2: Thank them for their time and patience Step 3: Express your interest on the job role Step 4: Politely, do let them know, you are keen to know the results
Step 5: Close the call with a thank you note and act as per their instruction.
Follow up in E-mail Step 1: Write the simple subject line Step 2: Start with proper salutation
Step 3: Thank you for the interview opportunity Step 4: Request for the interview result politely Step 5: End with thank you note
399
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Activity Time!
Reflect on how well you are prepared for an interview. Put a tick if you have that point ready. Else, put a star if you need to prepare for that point. Add more points for interview preparation too! Points for interview preparation
Ready
Yet to prepare or get
Resume Names of companies I want to apply to Formal dress for the interview Email ID of the HR manager Location of the interview
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Interviews are done by employers to check if the candidate is suitable for the job 2. Interview skill is your ability to convince the interviewer that you are suitable for the job role 3. Preparation for interview is extremely important 4. Follow up with the interviewer after the interview in a polite manner
400
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.6 Decoding Interviews In this lesson you will learn : 1. Do’s and don’ts of facing an interview
MODULE 12
2. Common questions asked in an interview
Tick the skills you think that help during an interview:
Thinking Box
Good communication skills Driving skills Being on time Listening Dancing Good appearance & hygiene
Let’s learn about do’s and don’ts of facing an interview Let us understand the expectation of an interviewer while conducting an interview. The interviewer will be looking for candidates with:
•
Suitable technical skills
•
Ability to work along with other people
• • • •
Good soft skills Flexibility
Ambition to learn and grow in the career Hardwork & dedication
Do’s of facing an interview •
Prepare well - research about the company
•
Bring a copy of your resume
•
• • •
Make a good impression - Arrive on time, dress neatly
Don’ts in facing interview •
Do not give false information
•
Do not speak negatively about your previous company
•
Listen & respond carefully
•
Prepare questions to ask the interviewer
•
Talk about your skills and strengths
•
Do not interrupt the interviewer
Do not leave the interview without asking for next steps
Do not give an answer in one word like “Yes” or “No”, unless required Do not use your mobile during the interview process and keep it in silent mode
401
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Which of the following is an example of a good interview?
Panel A
Panel B
Let’s learn about common questions asked in an interview Interview process is like a discussion between an Employer and an Employee to understand how both of them can benefit mutually. The discussion involves the possible questions as below, be prepared to answer it. 1. Tell me something about yourself. 2. What are your strengths?
3. What would you call your biggest weakness? 4. Why do you want to work for this company? 5. What do you know about this company? 6. Why should we hire you for this job? 7. Are you willing to relocate or travel? 8. What are your salary expectations?
9. Where do you see yourself five years from now? 10. Do you have any questions for me?
Choose 3 questions from the list on the previous page, prepare your answers and write it below.
402
Activity Time!
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. There are many do’s and don’ts we should follow while appearing for an interview 2. Being well dressed and arriving on time makes a good impression in an interview
MODULE 12
3. We should prepare for some commonly asked questions before an interview
12.7 Mock Interviews In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are mock interviews? 2. Benefits of mock interviews 3. Practice mock interviews
Write three things you will do to prepare for an interview. 1.
Thinking Box
2. 3.
Let’s learn about what are mock interviews
The word “mock” means not real. So, Mock interview means the practice you do before the real interview. It is a practice interview to feel comfortable. Nowadays, interviews happen face-to-face or on video call. Mock interviews can also be done in-person or on video call. Usually, the time taken for mock interviews is 30 – 40 mins. Once the mock interview is over, feedback is given to the interviewee. Feedback is the main purpose of mock interviews. Feedback is the process of understanding what went well and what needs to be improved by the interviewee. Here are few tips to gather feedback during a mock interview: 1. Firstly, ask the interviewer to closely observe you when you give a mock interview 2. After observing, request the interviewer to write down points as per Table No.3 below
3. You can also use a phone to record a video of the interview. You can watch the video to understand what you did well and how you can improve.
403
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
4. Take the feedback you get seriously. That will help you improve yourself.
5. Remember, you can do many rounds of mock interviews to get feedback.
What are the different ways in which a Mock Interview can be done?
Let’s learn about benefits of mock interviews There are many benefits or advantages to mock interviews. A mock interview helps you learn how to speak in the interview, how to dress, use proper body language etc. Most importantly it can help you overcome your fears. After a mock interview, you can get feedback on what you did well, and how you can improve. As you do more mock interviews with the help of your friends or trainers, you will keep increasing your confidence! Here are some tips to conduct a good mock interview:
1. Prepare yourself as if you are attending a real interview
2. Choose the right mock interviewer who will give you good feedback. A senior, teacher or a family member who has attended interviews are good options.
3. Choose a proper setting. Do not conduct a mock interview at your home, when traveling or any such non-professional environments. 4. Dress well. Wear formal clothes and be neat.
5. Keep your documents ready, just as for a real interview. 6. Prepare your answers to common interview questions. 7. Record your mock interview.
8. Most importantly, be calm and confident. You are sure to do well!
What do you think are the top 3 benefits of a Mock Interview? 1. 2. 3.
Let’s learn about Practice mock interviews Here are a few tables to help you practice mock interviews properly. These tables cover:
1. Common Interview Questions
2. Do’s and Don’ts during mock interview 3. Format to collect feedback
404
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Table 1: Common Interview Questions 1. Can you tell me about yourself?
2. What interests you about this job opening? 3. What do you know about our company? 4. Why did you leave your last job?
5. Why should we hire you for this job?
MODULE 12
6. What are your strengths/weaknesses?
7. What are some of your achievements?
8. Where do you see yourself in five years? 9. What salary range are you looking for? 10. What questions do you have for me?
Table 2: Do’s and Don’ts during Mock Interviews Do’s
Don’ts
1. Speak politely
1. Don’t hurry in answering
2. Sit straight
2. Don’t be scared if you make any mistake
3. Be honest
4. Sit in a quiet place
3. Don’t argue when you receive feedback
Table 3: Format to collect feedback
Request your interviewer to use the below table to give you feedback. They can observe and take notes when you give a mock interview.
Things to continue doing
Things to improve
Things to not do
Imagine you have applied for the post of a service mechanic in Larsen and Toubro Ltd. You have been one of the shortlisted candidates for the interview.
Activity Time!
Request your friend, senior or trainer to conduct a mock interview, to help you practice. The interview may be conducted for 15 – 20 minutes. Then using the template in Table No 3, collect feedback from the interviewer. All the best! 405
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. A mock interview is a practice job interview. 2. It helps you learn what to say and do during an interview and get feedback. 3. You can get feedback on what you did well, and how you can improve.
12.8 Professional Networking In this lesson you will learn : 1. The meaning and importance of professional networking. 2. How to build a professional network.
What do you think the words “professional networking” mean? Use Google to find out more!
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the meaning and importance of professional networking A professional network is your circle of friends or acquaintances (people you know) who are in your field of work. For example, if you are a car mechanic, the people you know in the field of car service, car repair, car sales are all part of your professional network. This formal relationship allows you to seek professional support such as: •
Sharing knowledge
•
Getting professional guidance
• • • • •
Learning about a job opening Finding new clients
Getting tips and updates about your field Build your self confidence
A professional network supports you in your career growth and reaching your professional goals.
Have you tried to build a professional network? If yes, how?
406
Hi Suman. Nice to meet you
You are currently HR manager for XYZ company, right? Are there any job openings right now?
Yes! We are looking to hire sales executives. Freshers can also apply
MODULE 12
Hello Rashida, nice to connect with an alumni from our institute
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Why is Professional Networking important for career development?
Let’s learn about how to build a professional network Where can you build a professional network? You can build in both online and offline. 1. Social events 2. Alumni clubs
3. Conference & Expos 4. Current job
5. Online social media sites Who can be in your professional network? 1. College professors
2. Previous classmates 3. Friends & Family 4. Co-workers
5. Members of professional clubs or associations Tips for Professional networking
1. Connect with right professionals 2. Stay in regular touch
3. Be available for you contact when they need you 4. Show gratitude and appreciation 5. Establish a professional attitude
407
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Choose any one professional social media platform and create an account in it. Start developing your professional network.
Activity Time!
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Professional networking allows both the individuals to seek professional support like sharing knowledge and expertise 2. We can seek professional advice from the right professionals. 3. Social media platforms help us to connect with professionals related to our career.
12.9 Handling Rejection and Failure In this lesson you will learn : 1. To identify failure as the stepping stone of success 2. How to handle rejection and failure in a positive manner
What do you do if you fail at something? • • • • •
408
Give up Continue to work hard Complain to others Feel very bad Learn from your mistakes
Thinking Box
If something is not accepted by someone it is called rejection.
We all experience failure and rejection many times in our life. To be more successful in the future, we need to learn to handle failure and rejection with a positive attitude. Failure and rejection can make us sad or frustrated. But in reality, they are the best opportunity for us to learn something new. By learning from failure, we can discover our weaknesses and work on our strengths.
Nila has been preparing for an interview for 1 week. She was very sure that she would get the job. On the day of the interview she got nervous. She was not able to answer some questions and got rejected. What should Nila do? Tick the right
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Failure means lack of success in a goal or a task. When you set a goal, but cannot achieve it, it is a failure.
MODULE 12
Let’s learn how to identify failure as the stepping stone of success
answer:
Keep thinking about her failure
Practice her interview skills more Amala took a test to get her two wheeler license. But she could not ride the two wheeler properly, and failed the test.
What should Amala do? Tick the right answer: Stop riding two wheeler
Practice riding properly and take the test again
Let’s learn about how to handle rejection and failure in a positive manner Thomas Alva Edison failed 10,000 times before inventing a proper electric bulb. When he was asked how he did it even after so many failures, he replied “I have not failed. I have just found 10,000 ways that do not work”. Another example is of Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam. He was the Project Manager for India’s first Satellite Launch Vehicle. The first attempt was a failure because the rocket crashed into the sea. He did not stop working on it. Exactly one year later, the launch was successful in the second attempt. From the above two examples, we can easily understand: •
It is common to fail or get rejected
•
When handle failure and rejection positively, our chances to success are more
•
We all need to learn how to handle failure and rejection positively
Failure or rejection does not mean we cannot try again. How can you learn from failure and achieve success?
1. Think about it: Note down all the steps you took. Find out what you could have done differently 2. Stay focused: Do not lose focus from your goals
3. Take a break: Take a small break to think about your next steps
4. Don’t give up: Do not stop even if you don’t succeed at first. Continue to set goals for yourself 5. Take support: Take inspiration and support from people around you
6. Believe in yourself: Even if things do not work out, believe in your abilities
409
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Identify a person who inspires you (can be a friend, family member or a professional). Ask them the below questions to understand how they handled failure or rejection. Share their answers in the space below. Q1. Have you experienced failure or rejection? Q2. How did you overcome the feeling of failure or rejection?
Q3. How did you change your approach to succeed?
Q4. What are the 3 things you learnt from this experience?
1. 2. 3.
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Failure means lack of success in a goal or a task. 2. We need to handle failure and rejection with a positive attitude 3. By learning from our failures we can know our weaknesses and work on our strengths. 4. We can learn from our failure if we follow these tips: analyze, stay focused, Take a break, Don’t give up, take support, believe in yourself
410
Activity Time!
Request your institute will organize an industry visit to a nearby company.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Industry visit or Exposure visit helps you experience the real world of work and give you a chance to talk to the experts.
Activity Time!
MODULE 12
12.10 Industry Visit: 1
It is always good to prepare a few questions before going on an industry visit. Make a list of 5 questions you will ask professionals during your industry visit: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
411
Prepare for your next industry visit.
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.11 Industry Visit: 2
Make a list of 5 professional you will meet during your industry visit: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Make a list of 5 questions you will ask during your industry visit: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
412
Activity Time!
Tick the points you focused upon during your industry visit: I spoke to experts and professionals
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Activity Time!
MODULE 12
12.12 Reflection after Industry Visit
I learned about how a workplace functions
The visit helped me make decisions about my career
I understood that I need to build the right attitude for a workplace I found internship opportunities
Share you experience of industry visit with your family members:
413
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
12.13 Guest Lecture by Alumni or HR In this lesson you will learn : 1. What kind of questions to ask alumni and HR visiting our institute 2. Understand about job market through the questions to the HR
Let’s learn about guest lecture A Guest Lecture is a formal interaction between students and a guest speaker. The guest speaker can be an alumni (ex-students of your institute) or a Human Resource (HR) professional. Guest lectures are a great platform to talk to alumni and ask about their experience and learnings in the workplace. It is also a way to find out the latest updates on industry requirements, changes in a sector and other career related information from HR.
Let’s learn how questions the right questions to HR or guest speakers help us Guest Lectures are conducted to: • • • •
Provide real-world experiences from experts and professionals.
Understand the expectations of the workplace. Inform about changes in the requirements in various job sectors.
Motivate us to update our skills and abilities to face the world of work.
Here are some questions you can ask during a guest lecture: Questions to Alumni
Questions to HR
1. What are the most important skills you need to get a job?
1. What are some tips for a good resume?
3. How did you make the decision about your job?
3. How to apply for a job in your company?
2. What skills help us grow in our career?
2. What are some do’s and don’t during an interview?
4. How did you negotiate your salary?
4. What should I expect at an entry level position?
6. Did you relocate for your job? What were the top challenges?
6. Are digital skills necessary for the job market?
5. What did you do to convince your parents/family to work?
7. How do communication skills help in your workplace?
8. How did you prepare yourself for a job/ workplace?
9. How important are English skills in your career?
414
5. What is the career growth path in sector?
7. How should I select the right job? 8. Where can I find out about job vacancies in
sector?
9. What type of candidates do companies prefer for hiring?
What I learnt today: Note down the top 5 things your newly understood from the guest lecture 1.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
10. Why is it important for us to ask questions to HR in an interview? a. What type of questions should we ask? b. Is it ok to ask about salary?
MODULE 12
10. How do you deal with challenges or conflict in your workplace?
2. 3. 4. 5.
415
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
12.14 Introduction to Platform-Based Jobs In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are platform-based jobs 2. To explore portals such as Urban Company, Helpr 3. How to register on portals
Which of these apps are you familiar with? Put a tick next to them.
Urban Company
Helpr
Ola
Uber
Thinking Box
Dunzo
Let’s learn about platform-based jobs Because of the Internet, we don’t always have to find a company to hire us. Platform-based jobs are a great way to create self employment. Platform-based jobs can help us earn well too! Platform-based jobs are jobs that you find by being part of a particular online platform or an app. For e.g, drivers can find many customers by using the Ola or Uber app in big cities. Different types of work opportunities and jobs can be found through such websites and apps. Platformbased jobs connect workers in two main ways: 1. Worker to Customer 2. Worker to Company
1. Worker to Customer: Jobs for plumbers, electricians, delivery people can be found through apps such as Urban Company, Helpr, Dunzo, Swiggy etc 2. Worker to Company: Some apps help you find work with the companies directly. These jobs include writing, editing, designing etc.
If you sign up to do platform-based jobs, you get the choice and flexibility to choose how often you will work. How many hours a week would you work? What timings would you choose? •
I would like to work as a
•
I would like to work from
•
416
I would like to work
hours per week. a.m/p.m to
in a platform-based job. a.m/p.m.
Urban Company
Ola
Helpr
Uber
Dunzo
Zimmber
Swiggy
These platforms usually have two parts in their websites - one part for the customers to use and another part to be used by people who want to use it to find jobs. They invite people to be partners with them or to sign up as professionals.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Here are some of the most popular websites for platform-based jobs in India.
MODULE 12
Let’s learn to explore portals such as Urban Company, Helpr
Urban Company is a platform where people look for electricians, plumbers, beauticians and other services. If you offer any of the services that fit in Urban Company, you can find jobs on the portal.
Helpr is another popular portal for all kinds of household work - pest control, cleaning services, electrical services, plumbing and relocation services.
417
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
Take a look at this image of the jobs available on Urban Company. Make a list of the jobs that a person can find on the portal.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Let’s learn how to register on portals Portals that offer platform-based jobs could open up many opportunities for you to work. If you would like to explore using these portals, spend some time doing some research about them on the Internet. Read and watch videos about other people’s experiences. Read the information given on the portals carefully. 1. Find the ‘Sign Up’ or ‘Register With Us’ option on the website.
Start earning straight away. Share your details and we’ll reach out with the next steps. Name
Your phone number
Email
What do you do?
Get in touch. 2. Share your basic details like name, phone number and email address.
3. You might also be required to share certain documentation with the platform to be approved for the jobs - like driver’s license, Aadhar card, your degree or ITI certificate. Scan and share the required documents.
4. Think carefully and write a list of questions that you have about the conditions set by the company that runs the platform. Contact a support staff or your assigned representative and ask your questions. 5. Once your application is approved, read the terms and conditions very carefully before accepting the final contract
418
2.
What I learnt today: Put a
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
1.
MODULE 12
Explore the Urban Company and Helpr websites. Write 2 advantages of using these sites to find jobs.
Activity Time!
if you know this topic well.
1. There are online apps that connect us directly with people who want to hire us for jobs. These jobs are called platform-based jobs. 2. Urban Company and Helpr are two of the most common platforms for these jobs. 3. We can apply to be a partner or a professional on these platforms.
419
In this lesson you will learn : 1. What are job search engines?
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
12.15 Applying for Jobs through Online Portals 2. How to find and apply for jobs online. 3. How to find various job roles available for technicians.
What do you need to apply for jobs on online job portals? Education Certificates
Valid Email ID and Phone Number
Thinking Box
Bank Account and Debit Card Resume
Let’s learn about job search engines
Job search engines are also called job portals. They are websites where companies share details of jobs which are available. You can search for jobs as per your skills and interest. Companies share a job description which helps you understand if you are a good fit for the job. It has details of the role, job location, qualifications required to help you apply for the job. This way, job search engines make it much easier for us to find work that fits our training and skills. Here are some popular job portals in India:
Portals like Naukri and Indeed have all kinds of jobs. Specialized portals are designed to find jobs in very specific categories. For example, • •
420
Freshersworld is a portal specifically for freshers - people who have just finished studying. Jobs For Her is a portal specifically for women to find jobs.
2. 3.
Let’s learn how to find and apply for jobs online
You can find jobs online by using job search engines. You can create your profile on multiple portals for wider reach. Step 1: Profile Creation
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
1.
MODULE 12
Write the names of any 3 popular job search engines you have heard of
Create a profile on the website. Share your basic details, your education and training and details of any other work experience.
Step 2: Resume Upload
Upload a full, updated pdf of your resume to your profile. Your profile is now complete.
Step 3: Job Search
You are ready to search for jobs. Use specific keywords to search. Use the filter options to set your preferences for location of the job. Read the search results carefully.
Step 4: Apply for Jobs
Read the job description and find some information about the company. Once you click the apply button, your resume will be shared with the organization or you will be redirected to the company website to apply.
Step 5: Application Status
Check the job portal regularly for new job postings and updates on your applications.
Sometimes, job portals have job postings that are fake or trying to trick you. Avoid these postings or interacting with anyone from those companies. How to identify fake jobs?
1. Companies do not usually ask money to apply for jobs
2. Do not share personal financial information - like bank account number, debit card number, PIN number
3. If they offer to pay a lot of money for very little work, its suspicious 4. If they offer you the job without checking your skills or doing an interview 5. Check company reviews online and on websites like Glassdoor before interviews
421
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Choose the correct answer to the question. Q1. What can be included while creating a profile on an online job portal? a. Your resume b. Your debit card number
Q2. How can you apply for a job that you find online?
a. Call customer care b. Follow the application instructions given in the job description
Q3. Which is the best search term to find a job as a medical technician in Hyderabad? a. ‘hospital technician hyderabad’ b. ‘technician job India’
Let’s learn to find job roles available for technicians When looking for technical/ trade related job roles, it may sometimes be difficult to find jobs online through job portals. In such cases one can take a different approach as well. You can follow the below steps to search for trade specific jobs: 1. Make a list of companies. Search for companies you would like to work for. You can make this list based on your skills and a market scan/ talking to people in the similar field. 2. Search using relevant job titles. Using the correct words to search for a job is very important. Companies have different titles for the same job role. You can use key skills to look for jobs too. For example, using the word ‘computer technician’ will give you better results than using the word ‘technician’ 3. Search in the correct portals. You can search on job portals like Naukri.com or the company website of the company you’re interested in. Find the ‘Careers’ page on their website and search for jobs.
4. Use various filters. When looking for jobs on the internet, you can set filters as per your years of experience, technical skills, preferred location. 5. Contact companies directly If you are unable to find a careers page or job listings online, look for an email id or contact number online and reach out over mail with your resume or call on the listed number and ask if they are hiring for positions you are interested in.
Write a list of 2 or 3 people who are working in your field. They can be alumni or friends and family. 1. 2. 3.
Have a conversation with these people about what is the best way to find job opportunities in your line of work. 422
Activity Time!
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. Job search engines are a place where different companies post about available jobs. 2. We can apply for jobs on job search engines using a resume and following the instructions.
MODULE 12
3. You can find the right jobs online by using correct search terms and using a good online job search engine.
12.16 Enrolling for Apprenticeships In this lesson you will learn : 1. About the NAPS portal. 2. How to register on the NAPS portal. 3. How to apply for jobs on the NAPS portal.
What is the meaning of apprenticeship training? Explain in your own words. Tip: If you do not know about apprenticeships, ask the placement officer or ES trainer in your institute.
Thinking Box
Let’s learn about the NAPS portal National Apprenticeship Promotion Scheme (NAPS) is a scheme by the Government of India to provide apprenticeship training through employers. An apprenticeship is a one-year training program in a specific industry for ITI students. Any person who has completed 14 years of age, is physically fit and has minimum qualifications can undergo apprenticeship training. The training includes basic, practical training that is helpful in a workplace. A monthly stipend amount is also given.
Benefits of Apprenticeship Training •
On the job training
•
Operate advanced machinery
• • •
Earn while studying
Learn industry best practices Certificate on completion
423
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
The NAPS portal is the online portal where you can find all the required information about apprenticeship training. It has a list of all the apprenticeship opportunities provided by different companies across the country. The website is www.apprenticeshipindia.gov.in.
Visit the www.apprenticeshipindia.gov.in website. Explore the following options on the screen. 1. Register
2. Apprenticeship Opportunities
3. Get Started > Candidate User Manual
Let’s learn how to register on the NAPS portal Do you have all the requirements to register on the NAPS portal? 1. Any ITI certificate (original) 2. Age 14 to 60
3. Valid mobile number and email ID
4. Aadhar card, photo, digital signature & ITI certificate for registration in portal (jpeg or png format) How to register on the NAPS portal 1. Go to the link www. apprenticeshipindia.gov.in
2. Click on ‘Register’ on the top right part of the screen. Select ‘Candidate’.
3. Fill in your Personal Details and click the Submit button. •
•
•
424
The name entered here should match the name on your Aadhar card.
Add the correct 10 digit Mobile Number and valid Email ID as registration will be activated through them
Ensure your password is easy to remember. You can also note it down.
¬ǴļƀŧϴϿϴ¡ǟƹɫƤŧϴ ƹƭǜƤŧǴƍƹƯ Apprenticeship India to validate your Email ID Step 1: Log in to update your profile details. Enter your .ƭļƍƤϴS$ and Password and click the Login button.
Tip: Take a screenshot of your registration number for future reference.
Step 5: GƺхǵƺхțƺǽǠх.ƮļƎƥхƎưŗƺȚϮхƺǝŧưхǵƉŧхȔŧǠƎɭŘļǵƎƺưхƮļƎƥххх and click the Activate button. 5. Go to your email. Open the verification mail and click the Activate button.
MODULE 12
4. Make note of your registration number for future reference. You will also get an email from Apprenticeship India to validate your Email ID and activate your account.
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
and Activate your account.
Tip: Take a screenshot of your registration number for future reference.
Step 5: GƺхǵƺхțƺǽǠх.ƮļƎƥхƎưŗƺȚϮхƺǝŧưхǵƉŧхȔŧǠƎɭŘļǵƎƺưхƮļƎƥххх and click the Activate button. Tip: Don't forget to click the ǧƭļƤƤϴǧǞǼļǟŧϴŗƹș below the password before clicking the login button. You cannot log in without clicking it!
How to complete your profile
Step 2: Click “ŘƹƭǜƤŧǴŧϴȚƹǼǟϴǜǟƹɫƤŧϴŗǼǴǴƹƯ” to update details like About Me, Education, Preferences, ļşƈļǟϴ×ŧǟƍɫŘļǴƍƹƯ, etc. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_rKnGtk474
1. Once logged in, you will have to click on the button ‘Complete Your Profile.’ You will not be able to apply to any apprenticeship opportunities without completing your profile.
Step 3: Click Edit (near About Me) and submit your basic details. (Note: you will have to upload your date of birth ID proof and digital signature. Keep soft copies ready before you start updating About Me section.) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_rKnGtk474
2. Start by clicking the ‘Edit’ button to complete your ‘About Me’ section and contact details. (Note: you will have to upload your date of birth ID proof and digital signature. Keep soft copies ready before you start updating the About Me section.)
Step 4: Click the Add Education button and submit details about your qualifications.
425
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS MODULE 12
3. Click the ‘Add Education’ button and submit details about your qualifications.
Under ‘Category/Sector’ choose either Step 4: Click the or Add Education button and submit details юs ×¹я ю¬ ×¹я. about qualifications. Underyour ю¬ǜŧŘƍļƤƍȤļǴƍƹƯя enter your trade name. Finally, enter your S¹Sϴsļƭŧ in the Institute section. (Do not use any characters like: - , . * when Select ю.şǼŘļǴƍƹƯϴ£ǼļƤƍɫŘļǴƍƹƯя under Step 5: entering the ITI name)
Ц¤ǽļƥƎɭŘļǵƎƺưхºțǝŧЧх Select юS¹SяхƀǠƺƮхǵƉŧхШ¤ǽļƥƎɭŘļǵƎƺưЩхşǠƺǝхşƺȕưϭ Under ‘Category/Sector’ choose either юs ×¹я or ю¬ ×¹я. Under ю¬ǜŧŘƍļƤƍȤļǴƍƹƯя enter your trade name. Finally, enter your S¹Sϴsļƭŧ in the Institute section. (Do not use any characters like: - , . * when entering the ITI name)
4. Select ‘Education Qualification’ under ‘Qualification Type’. • •
• •
Select ‘ITI’ from the ‘Qualification’ drop down Under ‘Category/Sector’ choose either ‘NCVT’ or ‘SCVT’. Under ‘Specialization’ enter your trade name. Enter your ITI Name in the Institute section (Do not use any characters like: - , . * when entering the ITI name).
5. Click ‘Choose File’ to upload your ITI certificate and click ‘Update.’
Tips: fŧŧǝхǵƉŧхǨƺƀǵхŘƺǝțхƺƀхǵƉŧхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхǠŧļşțϭх ŘļưхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхƺǠхǵļƢŧхļхǝƉƺǵƺхƺƀхƎǵϭ ºƉŧхǨƺƀǵхŘƺǝțхƺǠхǵƉŧхƎƮļƁŧхƺƀхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧϮхT$хǝǠƺƺƀϮхҸхşƎƁƎǵļƥх signature, should be less than 4MB otherwise the portal will not accept it.
Step 6: Click ƈƹƹǧŧϴEƍƤŧхǵƺхǽǝƥƺļşхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхļưşх click Update.
Tips:
fŧŧǝхǵƉŧхǨƺƀǵхŘƺǝțхƺƀхǵƉŧхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхǠŧļşțϭх ŘļưхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхƺǠхǵļƢŧхļхǝƉƺǵƺхƺƀхƎǵϭ ºƉŧхǨƺƀǵхŘƺǝțхƺǠхǵƉŧхƎƮļƁŧхƺƀхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧϮхT$хǝǠƺƺƀϮхҸхşƎƁƎǵļƥх signature, should be less than 4MB otherwise the portal will not accept it.
Step 6: Edit Clickthe ƈƹƹǧŧϴEƍƤŧхǵƺхǽǝƥƺļşхțƺǽǠхTºTхŘŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхļưşх Step 7: Preferences and select your preferred click Update. trade. 6. Edit the ‘Preferences’ and select your preferred trade.
Tip: Select your trade from the drop down list. The preferred trade is the trade which you have opted for at your ITI.
Step 8: Click ļşƈļļǟϴ×ŧǟƍɫŘļǴƍƹƯ and enter your Aadhaar number.
426
The preferred trade is the trade which you have opted for at your ITI.
Step 8: Click ļşƈļļǟϴ×ŧǟƍɫŘļǴƍƹƯ and enter your Aadhaar number.
¬ǴļƀŧϴϿϴEƍƯşƍƯƀϴ~ǜǜƹǟǴǼƯƍǴƍŧǧ Tips:
Fill in this form as required on the NAPS portal.
.ưǨǽǠŧхțƺǽǠхǝǠƺɭƥŧхǠŧƁƎǨǵǠļǵƎƺưхưļƮŧϮхưļƮŧхƺưхǵƉŧхTºTх ŧǠǵƎɭŘļǵŧхļưşх Aadhar card are the same. ºƉŧхǝƺǠǵļƥхȕƎƥƥхưƺǵхļŘŘŧǝǵхțƺǽǠхǝǠƺɭƥŧхƎƀхǵƉŧǠŧхƎǨхļưțхşƎɪŧǠŧưŘŧхƎưх your1:registered name and name on the Aadhar Card. Step ºƺхļǝǝƥțхƀƺǠхļǝǝǠŧưǵƎŘŧǨƉƎǝǨϮхƥƺƁƎưхǵƺхțƺǽǠхǝǠƺɭƥŧхх
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
7. Click ‘Aadhaar Verification’ and enter your Aadhaar number.
Let’s learn how to apply for jobs NAPS portal and on clickthe Apprenticeship Opportunities. Candidates Dashboard https://bit.ly/3NfQJRp
There are 3 sections on the Dashboard.
1. Contracts: This shows any contract that you have signed with a company. Many companies can send you a contract but you can only sign one.
2. Applications: This shows all the applications that you have completed. 3. Invitations Received: Sometimes, a company might see your profile and invite you to apply to their company. These invitations can be seen here.
How to apply for opportunities
¹ƈŧϴƯŧșǴϴǧǴļƀŧϴƍǧϴǴƹϴļǜǜƤȚϴſƹǟϴļƯϴļǜǜǟŧƯǴƍŘŧǧƈƍǜϴƍƯϴȚƹǼǟϴ ǜǟŧſŧǟǟŧşϴƤƹŘļǴƍƹƯϴļƯşϴSƯşǼǧǴǟȚϽ
Step 2: Select preferred location, course, industry, and хххххххххххǟǽļƥƎɭŘļǵƎƺưǨхŗțхǽǨƎưƁхǵƉŧхɭƥǵŧǠǨϭх ļǨŧşхƺưхțƺǽǠх preferences available opportunities are found by the portal.
¬ǴļƀŧϴϿϴEƍƯşƍƯƀϴ~ǜǜƹǟǴǼƯƍǴƍŧǧ
You can click the View button for more details or click the ǜǜƤȚ button to send your completed хххххххххххǝǠƺɭƥŧхǵƺхƎưǵŧǠŧǨǵŧşхŧƮǝƥƺțŧǠǨϭ Step 1: ºƺхļǝǝƥțхƀƺǠхļǝǝǠŧưǵƎŘŧǨƉƎǝǨϮхƥƺƁƎưхǵƺхțƺǽǠхǝǠƺɭƥŧхх and click Apprenticeship Opportunities.
1. Click on the ‘Apprenticeship Opportunities’ on the top menu to view all available opportunities.
Step 2: Select preferred location, course, industry, and хххххххххххǟǽļƥƎɭŘļǵƎƺưǨхŗțхǽǨƎưƁхǵƉŧхɭƥǵŧǠǨϭх ļǨŧşхƺưхțƺǽǠх preferences available opportunities are found by the portal. https://bit.ly/3ukeOOj
You can click the View button for more details or click the ǜǜƤȚ button to send your completed хххххххххххǝǠƺɭƥŧхǵƺхƎưǵŧǠŧǨǵŧşхŧƮǝƥƺțŧǠǨϭ
427
MODULE 12
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
You can click the View button for more details or click the ǜǜƤȚ button to send your completed хххххххххххǝǠƺɭƥŧхǵƺхƎưǵŧǠŧǨǵŧşхŧƮǝƥƺțŧǠǨϭ 2. Select preferred location, course, industry and qualifications by using filters.
3. Search using relevant keywords that fit your needs.
4. Click on the ‘Apply’ button when you find an opportunity that is a good fit.
https://bit.ly/3ukeOOj
After you apply, the company will review your profile and invite you for an interview. If the company selects you, they will issue a contract.
Choose the correct answer to the question. 1. What can you do on the NAPS portal? a. Apply for NAPS apprenticeship opportunities b. Apply for any job in any company 2. How can you find relevant opportunities on the NAPS portal? a. Checking your email b. Searching with keywords 3. How many contracts can you sign at one time, on the NAPS portal? a. One b. Five
What I learnt today: Put a
if you know this topic well.
1. National Apprenticeship Promotion Scheme (NAPS) allows us to apply for apprenticeship training in different companies. 2. The NAPS website has all the relevant information. 3. The NAPS portal is where we can create a profile and apply for apprenticeship training opportunities.
428
Activity Time!
GETTING READY FOR APPRENTICESHIP & JOBS
Scan to start learning
MODULE 12
YOU CAN LEARN EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS ON THE BHARAT SKILLS PORTAL Visit: www.employabilityskills.net
Supported by:
429